Classification of Alcohol, Phenol and Ether Notes

Alcohols Phenols And Ethers

Alcohols can be regarded as derivatives of hydrocarbons, saturated or unsaturated, where one or more of the hydrogens have been replaced by hydroxyl group(s).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Hydrogen Replaced By Hydroxyl Groups

Ethyl alcohol (C2H5OH) has been known since ancient times. It is an important constituent of alcoholic beverages, like beer, wine and brandy. It is also used in making tincture iodine (I2+ C2H5OH), cough syrups and tonics.

Isopropyl alcohol [(CH3)2 CHOH] is the common ‘rubbing alcohol’ which is used as a 70% solution in water for its antibacterial properties. Methyl alcohol is widely used as an industrial solvent. Glycol is widely used as a solvent and antifreeze for fuels. Glycerol is used in medicines and cosmetics.

When the hydroxyl group is connected to a carbon atom of a benzene ring, the compound is known as a phenol. Phenols possess the general formula Ar-OH where Ar is a phenyl or substituted phenyl group. Phenol containing a small amount of water is known as carbolic acid, which is used as a disinfectant. Phenol was the firs compound to be used as an antiseptic (1867).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenols

Phenols are considered to be different from alcohols because their chemical properties are rather different.

Ethers: Ethers are compounds in which two carbon atoms are connected to a single oxygen (C-O-C). Diethyl eth has since long been used as a general anaesthetic. It is also used as a solvent.

⇒ CH3– O- CH3
(Dimethyl ether)

⇒ CH3-CH2OCH3
(Ethyl Methyl Ether)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Diethyl Ethers

If the C-O-C unit is part of a ring, the molecule is known as a cyclic ether, examples being (tetrahydrofuran) and dioxane. If the two ether-linkage carbons are directly bonded to each other to form a t-membered ring, the molecule is known as an oxirane (or epoxide).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers THF And Dioxane And Oxirane

Example 1:  Can you what petroleum ether is

Solution: Petroleum ether is in fact not an ether, but a mixture of alkanes.

Classification Alcohols Phenols And Ethers

Depending upon the number of hydroxyl groups, alcohols and phenols are classified into monohydric (one-OH group) dihydric (two-OH groups) and trihydric (three-OH groups) and polyhydric (more than three -OH groups) compounds.

Structures of some monohydric, dihydric, trihydric and polyhydric compounds:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Structures Of Some Monohydric And Dihydric And Tryhidric And Polyhydric

Monohydric alcohols may be classified on the basis of the hybridisation of the carbon atom to which the hydroxyl group is attached.

Compounds Containing An Sp3 C-OH Bond

Primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols:

Monohydric alcohols are classified into primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols, depending upon the number of alkyl groups attached to the carbon atom carrying the hydroxyl group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Monohydric Alcohols

Thus, a primary alcohol contains a monovalent —CH2 OH group, a secondary alcohol contains a bivalent ->CHOH group and a tertiary alcohol has a trivalent ->C-OH group.

Allyl alcohol:

In an allyl alcohol, the hydroxyl group is attached to that sp3-hybridised carbon which is bonded to the carbon-carbon double bond.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Ally Alcohol

Benzyl alcohol:

In benzyl alcohol, the hydroxyl group is attached to that sp3-hybridised carbon which is bonded to the benzene ring.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Benzyl Alcohol

Alcohols Containing An Sp2 C-OH Bond

Vinyl alcohol:

In vinyl alcohol, the hydroxyl group is bonded to the sp2 -hybridised carbon atom of a carbon-carbon double bond.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Vinyl Alcohol

Phenol:

In phenol, the hydroxyl group is attached to the sp2-hybridised carbon atom of a benzene ring.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenol

Example 2: Classify the following as primary (1°), secondary (2°) and tertiary (3°) alcohols.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Example 2 Classify Primary Secondary And Teritary Alcohols

Solution:  

  1. 1 and 3 are primary alcohols.
  2. 2 and 6 are secondary alcohols.
  3. 4 and 5 are tertiary alcohols.

Ethers:

Ethers are said to be symmetrical or simple when the two alkyl groups are the same and unsymmetrical or mixed when they are different.

Symmetrical Ethers:

⇒ CH3 – O- CH3
(Dimethyl ether)

⇒  C2H5 – O-  C2H5
(Diethyl ether)

Unsymmetrical Ethers:

⇒  CH3 – O- C2H5
(Ethyl methyl ether)

⇒  CH3 – O- CH2– CH2 -CH3
(Methyl n – propyl ether)

Nomenclature

There are three different systems of naming alcohols, and two systems of naming phenols and ethers.

Trivial name

Simple alcohols are commonly known by their trivial names or common names. According to this system, the name of an alcohol is derived by writing the name of the alkyl group and then the word alcohol. The name is always written as two separate words.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Trivial Name Propyl Alcohol

In the common system of nomenclature, the position of an additional substituent is indicated by letters of the Greek alphabet rather than by numbering, the carbon attached to the OH group being labelled α.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Beta Bromoethyl Alcohol And Gama Fluorobutyl Alcohol

Any simple group that has a common name may be used in the alkyl alcohol system, with one exception. The group C6H5-is phenyl, but the compound C6H5-OH is phenol and not phenyl alcohol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenyl Group And Not Phenol Group

Substituted phenols are considered to be derivatives of the parent compound phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Parent compound Phenol Of 3 Nitrophenol And 4- Methylphenol

However, phenyl-substituted alkyl alcohols are normal alcohols. For example,
CH2OH

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Benzyl Alcohol And Beta Phenylethyl Alcohol

The Carbinol System

In the carbinol system, the simplest alcohol, CH3OH, is called carbinol. More complex alcohols are considered to be alkyl-substituted carbinols. The whole name is written as one word.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Carbonyl System

The IUPAC System

Alcohols:

In the IUPAC system, alcohols are named by replacing the ‘e’ of the corresponding alkane by the suffix ‘ol’.

CH3OH – Methane-e + ol = Methanol

CH3CH2OH –  Ethane-e+ol Ethanol

The positions of the hydroxyl group and other substituents are indicated by numbers, the lowest possible number being given to the carbon atom attached to the hydroxyl group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers 1 Butanol And 2 Butanol And 2 Methyl 1 Propanol

In the IUPAC system, if two-OH groups are present in a compound (as in CH2OH CH2OH), the suffix becomes ‘diol’ instead of ‘ol’. If three – OH groups are present (as in CH2OH – CHOH- CH2OH), the suffix becomes’triol’ instead of ‘ool’. Thus:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers IUPAC System Of Groups Of Ethanediol And Propanetriol

(Note that terminal ‘e’ of the parent alkane has not been removed because the suffix ‘diol’ or triol begins with a consonant.)

Gives the common and IUPAC names of certain typical alcohols:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Gives The Common And IUPAC Names Of Certain Typical Alcohols

Monocyclic alcohols are named using the prefix cyclo and considering the -O-H group to be attached to C-1.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mono Cyclic Alcohols

Phenols:

In the IUPAC system, a compound with the hydroxyl group directly attached to a benzene ring is called phenol.

Substituted phenols are named as derivatives of the parent compound phenol as illustrated by the following IUPAC names.

The common and IUPAC names of some phenols:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers The Common IUPAC NAmes Of Some Peoples

Ethers:

In the common system, ethers are named by first writing the names of the two alkyl groups in alphabetical order and adding the word ether.

⇒ CH3OCH2CH
( Ethyl Methyl Ether)

⇒  CH3OC(CH3)
(t-Butyl methyl ether)

In symmetrical ethers, the prefix ‘di’ is used.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Diethyl Ether Prefix di

Diethyl Ether

⇒ (CH3)2 CHOCH(CH3)2
(Disopropyl ether)

In the IUPAC system ethers are considered to be alkoxyalkanes. For complex molecules, the simplest organic group along with the oxygen atom is named as an alkoxy group and used as a substituent on a more complex chain.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Methoxypeopane Of Complex Chain

The Common And IUPAC names of some ethers:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers The Common And IUPAC Names Of Some Ethers

A few examples of IUPAC nomenclature:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers few Examples Of IUPAC Nomeclature

Cyclic ethers are known as epoxides The term ‘epoxy’ is derived from epoxide

Example 3:  Draw the structures of the folloeing compounds.

  1. 2,2,4 – Trimethyl – 3 pentanol
  2. 2- Ethoxypropane
  3. 5 – Methyl – 2, 4 – Hepatanediol
  4. 2 – Ethyl – 6- Methylphenol
  5. 2- Fluoro – 3- Methyl – 2 buten-1 – ol

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Draw The Structures Of The Following Compounds

Structures of Alcohols, Ethers And Phenols

In alcohol, the hybridisation of carbon is approximately sp3. So is the hybridisation of oxygen. Oxygen share one bond with carbon and one with hydrogen. The two lone pairs of electrons on oxygen occupy orbitals that ar each approximately sp2-hybridised.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers SP3 Hybridised

The  Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Angle In Alcoholbond angle in an alcohol is 108.9° (a little less than the tetrahedral angle 109° 28′). This is due to the repulsion between the two lone pairs of electrons on oxygen.

In dimethyl ether the Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Angle In Alcohol bond angle is 111.7° (a little more than the value of the tetrahedral angle). This is due to repulsion between the hydrogens marked H, in the above structural formula.

The C-O bond length of (136 pm) in phenol is slightly less than the C-O bond length (141 pm) in methanol. This is because the hydroxyl group in phenol is directly attached to the sp2-hybridised carbon of the benzene ring, which acts as an electron-withdrawing group.

General Methods Of Preparing Alcohols

Alcohols can be prepared by several methods. In this chapter, we will discuss methods which are generally used to prepare alcohols in the laboratory.

From Alkenes

By hydration:

Alcohols are prepared commercially by the hydration of alkenes (obtained cheaply from the cracking of crude oil) in the presence of an acid catalyst. The addition of a molecule of water to an alkene takes place according to the Markovnikov rule. Except for the hydration of ethylene, the reaction produces secondary and tertiary alcohols.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers By Hydration Of Teritary Alcohols

By hydroboration oxidation:

Alkenes react with diborane to give trialkyl boron compounds, which yield alcohols on oxidation with alkaline hydrogen peroxide.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Alkaline Hydrogen Peroxide

Hydroboration Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mechanism By Hydroboration Oxidation

Because of the vacant orbital on boron, borane may be regarded as an electrophile and attacks the electrons of an alkene in accordance with the Markovnikov rule. But the chief product of the overall reaction, n-propyl alcohol, arises from the anti-Markovnikov addition of a molecule of water at the site of the double bond.

By The Hydrolysis Of Alkyl Halides

Alkyl halides can easily be hydrolysed to the corresponding alcohols by boiling with an aqueous alkali or moist silver oxide (AgOH).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers By The Hydrolysis Of Alkyl Halides

The hydrolysis of alkyl halides in an aqueous alkali may occur by either the SN1 or the SN2 mechanism. The hydrolysis of most primary halides occurs by the SN2 mechanism and yields alcohols in appreciable quantities.

Tertiary halides also undergo hydrolysis, but these reactions occur by the SN1 rather than the SN2 mechanism.

By The Reduction Of Aldehydes And Ketones

Carbonyl compounds can be reduced to the corresponding alcohols by a number of methods, either catalytically or by the use of chemical reagents.

Catalytic reduction:

Aldehydes and ketones are reduced by hydrogen in the presence of Ni, Pt or Pd catalyst at room temperature and moderate pressure to the corresponding alcohols.

⇒ \(\mathrm{RCHO} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 / \mathrm{Ni}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{RCH}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Catalytic Reduction

During the process, the double bond is converted into a single bond.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{CHO} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 / \mathrm{Ni}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

Reduction by metal hydrides:

Aldehydes and ketones are easily converted to alcohols in dry ether by LIAIH4. LIAIH4 is a specific reagent an does not ordinarily reduce the ethylenic double bond in the molecule to a single bond.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reduction By Metal Hydrides

Sodium borohydride is a milder reducing agent and reduces aldehydes and ketones only.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{CHO} \stackrel{\mathrm{Li} \mathrm{AlH}_4}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

Aldehydes are reduced to primary alcohols. Ketones are reduced to secondary alcohols.

By The Reduction Of Carboxylic Acids And Esters

Carboxylic acids and esters are usually reduced by LiAlH4 in dry ether.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers By The Reduction Of Carboxylic Acids And Esters

In order to reduce a carboxylic acid to an alcohol, the carboxylic acid is first converted to an ester and then reduced catalytically by hydrogen to yield an alcohol.

⇒ \(\mathrm{RCOOH}+\mathrm{R}^{\prime} \mathrm{OH} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{RCOOR} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{RCH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{R}^{\prime} \mathrm{OH}\)

Grignard Reagents

Primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols can be prepared by the use of Grignard reagents.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Grignard Reagents

The addition of a Grignard reagent to formaldehyde yields a primary alcohol

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Gridnard Reagent Primary Alcohol

The addition of a Grignard reagent to formaldehyde yields a Secondary alcohol

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Aldehydes Yields And Secondary Alcohols

The addition of a Grignard reagent to formaldehyde yields a Tertiary alcohol

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Ketones And Teritary Alcohols

Physical Properties Of Alcohols

The introduction of a hydroxyl group in a hydrocarbon brings about a marked change in its physical properties like melting point, boiling point and solubility in water.

Boiling point:

The boiling and melting points of alcohols show a regular increase with the increase in the number of carbon atoms. The boiling point rises by about 20 K for each additional carbon atom. This is due to the increase in van der Waals attraction. In the case of isomeric alcohols, the boiling points show a regular decrease with an increase in branching as there is a decrease in van der Waals attraction due to branching (less surface area).

The boiling points of some alcohols:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers The Boiling Points Of Some Alcohols

When compared to hydrocarbons, alkyl halides and ethers of comparable molecular weights the boiling points of alcohols are unusually high due to the association of their molecules through intermolecular hydrogen bonding. The high boiling point of alcohols may be attributed to the high energy required to break the hydrogen bond.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Compounds And Formula And Weight Of Hydrogen Bond

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Hydrogen Bonding Between The Molecule And Alcohols And Water

Solubility:

The lower members of the class of alcohols like methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, t-butyl and many polyhydric alcohols are completely soluble in water. This may be attributed to the intermolecular hydrogen bonding between the molecules of alcohol and water.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Hydrogen Bonding Between The Molecule And Alcohols And Water

The solubility of alcohols decreases in water as the alkyl chain increases in length. Alcohols have both hydrophilic (waterlike, due to the OH group) and hydrophobic (alkane like, due to the carbon chain) moieties. With the increase in molecular weight, the hydrophobic character of alcohols increases. This reduces their solubility in water.

Among isomeric alcohols, tertiary alcohols are more soluble than primary and secondary alcohols. This can be attributed to a decrease in the relative volume of the hydrophobic portion.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Relative Volumes Of Hydrophobic Portions Of N Butyl Alcohol

Chemical Properties Of Alcohols

Alcohols react both as nucleophiles and electrophiles.

The O-H bond is broken when alcohols react as nucleophiles.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Nucleophiles And Electrophiles

The reactions of alcohol can be divided into the following four types.

  1. Those in which the O-H bond is cleaved,
  2. Those in which the C-O bond is cleaved,
  3.  Those in which the oxygen acts as a base, and
  4. Oxidation.

Reactions Due To Fission Of O-H Bond

Reactions with metals-Acidic nature:

Alcohols behave as weak acids. This characteristic can be explained on the basis of the fact that the hydrogen atom is attached to the electronegative oxygen atom, which attracts the pair of electrons of the O-H bond. Due to this attraction, there is a tendency for the loss of hydrogen as a proton. Thus, alcohols react with strong electropositive metals, evolving hydrogen

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reactions With Metals And Acidic Nature

The order of acid strength of various types of alcohols is primary > secondary > tertiary.

This is because oxygen is considerably more electronegative than either carbon or hydrogen. Therefore the C-O and O-H bonds are polarised towards the oxygen atom.

The tertiary alcohol is the weakest because of the presence of three electron-releasing alkyl groups on the carbon atom attached to oxygen. This increases the electron density on oxygen tending to decrease the polarity of the O-H bond. This causes a decrease in acid strength.

Reaction with Grignard reagent

Alcohols react with Grignard reagent to form alkanes.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reaction With Grignard Reagent

In these reactions, the order of reactivity of alcohols is primary>Secondary> Tertiary

Esterification

Alcohols react with

  1. Carboxylic acids
  2. Acid halides and
  3. Acid anhydrides to form esters

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Esterification Alcohols React With Acids

The reaction of an alcohol with carboxylic acid is reversible. It is catalysed by concentrated H2SO4. Concentrated H2SO4 removes water as soon as it is formed so that the forward reaction is favoured.

Esterification Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mechanism Of Esterification

The reaction of an alcohol with an acid chloride occurs rapidly and does not require an acid catalyst. Pyridine (a base) is usually added to the reaction mixture to neutralise HCl as soon as it is formed during the reaction. Alcohols react with acid anhydrides to form esters in the absence of a catalyst.

Reactions Of Alcohols Involving C-O Bond Cleavage

Formation of an alkyl halide

Alcohols react with a variety of reagents to yield alkyl halides. The most commonly used reagents are hydrogen halides (HCl, HBr or HI), phosphorus tribromide (PBr3) and thionyl chloride (SOCI2).

Reactions with hydrogen halides

Alcohols react with dry HCl(g) in the presence of anhydrous ZnCl2 as a catalyst. CH3CH2OH + HCl(g)- anhydrous →CH3CH2Cl+ H2O ZnCl2 Ethyl chloride (chloroethane)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reactions With Hydrogen Halides

Hydrogen halides Mechanism

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mechanism Of Hydrogen Halides

Lucas reagent

Low-molecular-weight primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols react at different rates with a solution of anhydrous zinc chloride in concentrated hydrochloric acid (Lucas reagent) (alcohols are soluble in the Lucas reagent) to give alkyl halides which are not soluble in the reaction mixture and can be seen as a separate oily layer (and on shaking give a cloudy appearance).

The ease with which the alkyl halide forms depends upon the ease with which the alcohol is converted into a carbocation. Tertiary alcohols react instantly, secondary alcohol within two or three minutes, and primary alcohols do not produce turbidity at room temperature.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Lucas Reagent

The difference in reaction rates described above is the basis of the Lucas test by means of which primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols are distinguished.

Alcohols react with HBr (formed by the reaction between KBr and concentrated H2SO4) to yield alkyl bromides.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Alcohols React With Hydrogen Bromide HBr

Alcohols give alkyl iodides on reaction with hydrogen iodide.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Alcohols React With Hydrogen Bromide HBr.

Reaction with phosphorus halides

Alcohols react with phosphorus halides to form alkyl halides.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{PX}_5 \rightarrow \mathrm{RX}+\mathrm{POX}_3+\mathrm{HX}\)

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{PX}_3 \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{RX}+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_3\)

For example:

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{PCl}_5 \rightarrow \underset{\text { Ethyl chloride }}{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{Cl}}+\mathrm{POCl}_3+\mathrm{HCl}\)

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}+\underset{\left(2 \mathrm{P}+3 \mathrm{Br}_2\right)}{\mathrm{PBr}_3} \rightarrow \underset{\text { Ethyl bromide }}{3 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{Br}}+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_3\)

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{PI}_3 \rightarrow \underset{\text { Ethyl iodide }}{3 \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{I}}+\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_3\)

Victor Meyer Test (Distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols):

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Victor Meyer Test

Reaction with thionyl chloride

Alcohols react with thionyl chloride in the presence of pyridine to form alkyl chlorides.

⇒ \(\mathrm{ROH}+\underset{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Thionyl } \\
\text { chloride }
\end{array}}{\mathrm{SOCl}_2} \stackrel{\text { Pyridine }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{RCl}+\underbrace{\mathrm{SO}_2+\mathrm{HCl}}_{\text {gas }}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{SOCl}_2 \stackrel{\text { Pyridine }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{Cl}+3 \mathrm{SO}_2 \uparrow+\mathrm{HCl} \uparrow\)

Reaction with concentrated H2SO4

Like other acids, concentrated H2SO4 also reacts with an alcohol to form an ester (alkyl hydrogen sulphate).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Alkyl Hydrogensulphate

Reaction with Ammonia:

A mixture of primary, secondary and tertiary amines is formed when vapours of alcohol and ammonia are passed through heated alumina at 633 K.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reaction With Ammonia

Dehydration

Alcohols can easily be dehydrated to olefins at high temperatures in the presence of an acid

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Dehydration Of Alcohols

This is a ẞ-elimination reaction and is favoured by high temperature.

An elimination reaction in which a proton is lost from one carbon (B-carbon) and a nucleophile is lost from the adjacent carbon (a-carbon) is called a -elimination reaction or 1, 2-elimination reaction. The most common examples of B-elimination reactions include the dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides and the dehydration of alcohols

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Alkyl Halide And Dehydration Of Alcohols

In order of decreasing acidity, the acids commonly used in the reaction are H2SO4>H3PO4 >(COOH)2 >HCOOH> KHSO4 > Al2O3

The dehydration of primary alcohols requires a higher temperature than is needed for the dehydration of secondary or tertiary alcohols.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Dehydration of Secondary And Teritary Alcohols

Secondary alcohols undergo dehydration in milder conditions.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Dehydration Of Milder Conditions

Tertiary alcohols undergo dehydration at a much lower temperature.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Dehydration At A Lower Temperature

Thus, the relative ease with which alcohols undergo dehydration is in the following order.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers The Relative Ease Alcohols Undergo Dehydration Alcohols order

Dehydration Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mechanism Of Dehydration Undergo

In case the olefin concerned has an isomer, the more stable isomer is formed (Saytzev rule).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Stables Isomer Formed

Some Primary and secondary alcohols undergo rearrangement during dehydration. For example,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Some Primary Secondary Alcohols Undergo Rearrangement During Dehydration

Oxidation And Dehydrogenation Of Alcohols

The oxidation of alcohol takes place with the cleavage of O-H and C-H bonds to form the C = O bond.
Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Oxidation Of An Alcohol

This type of cleavage and formation of bonds occurs in oxidation and dehydrogenation reactions.

Primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols differ in their behaviour towards oxidising agents. In general, primary alcohols yield aldehydes, which are readily oxidised further to carboxylic acids. Secondary alcohols give ketones, which are relatively resistant to further oxidation.

Tertiary alcohols do not have a hydrogen atom on the carbon attached to the hydroxyl group and are resistant to oxidation.

The orange-red colour of a solution of chromic anhydride (CrO3 in aqueous sulphuric acid) is immediately discharged when this solution is added dropwise to a solution of a primary or secondary alcohol in acetone. Tertiary alcohols fail to react immediately.

Reactions of primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols with CrO3 in aqueous H2SO4:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reactions Of Primary Secondary And Teritary Alcohols

Acidic or basic aqueous potassium permanganate is often used to oxidise primary alcohols to carboxylic acids directly.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH} \frac{\mathrm{KMnO}_4 / \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4}{[\mathrm{O}]} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{COOH}\)

Tertiary alcohols are not easily oxidised by acidified KMnO4. However, at elevated temperatures, the use of strong oxidising agents (acidified KMnO4 ) leads to the breaking of C-C bonds and the formation of a carboxylic acid containing a fewer number of carbons.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Carboxylic acid Containing A Fewer Number Of Carbons

Primary alcohols are mainly oxidised to aldehydes by a weak oxidising agent, pyridinium chloromate (PCC).

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{OH} \underset{[\mathrm{O}]}{\stackrel{\mathrm{PCC}}{\longrightarrow}} \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CHO}\)

Pyridinium chlorochromate is a complex compound of chromium trioxide, pyridine and concentrated HCl.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Pyridinium Chlorochromate Of Chromium Trioxide

This compound oxidises a primary alcohol to an aldehyde and the reaction stops at this stage. Pyridinium chlorochromate does not attack double bonds.

When alcohol vapour is passed over copper at 573 K, dehydrogenation occurs; a primary alcohol yields an aldehyde and a secondary alcohol yields a ketone. A tertiary alcohol undergoes dehydration to yield an alkene.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{OH} \underset{573 \mathrm{~K}}{\stackrel{\mathrm{Cu}}{\longrightarrow}} \underset{\text { Acetaldehyde }}{\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CHO}}+\mathrm{H}_2\)

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Isopropyl alcohol }}{\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CHOHCH}_3} \underset{573 \mathrm{~K}}{\stackrel{\mathrm{Cu}}{\longrightarrow}} \underset{\text { Acetone }}{\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COCH}_3}+\mathrm{H}_2\)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers t Butyl Alcohol And Isobutylene

This reaction may be used for differentiating primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols.

Example 4: Give the structures of the products of the following reactions. Give reasons for your answer.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Example 4 Structures Of Products

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Example 4 Solution 1 Option

This is an electrophilic addition reaction. In an acid medium water adds according to the Markovnikov rule.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers The Electrophilic Addition Reaction

NaBH4 is a weak reducing agent>It reduces the ketonic group selectively.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers NaBH4 Is A Weak Reducing Agent of ketonic Geoup

This s the nucleophilic addition reaction of a Grignard regent with a carbonyl compound

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Nucleophilic Addition Reaction Of A Grignard Reagent

Some Commercially Important Alcohols

Methanol

Methanol is known as wood alcohol or wood spirit because it was first obtained by the destructive distillation of wood. Today methanol is produced commercially by passing a mixture of carbon monoxide and hydrogen over a catalyst containing oxides of chromium, copper and zinc at a temperature of 623-723 K and a pressure of 200 atm.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Methanol Of Water Gas

Methanol is highly toxic. Ingestion of even small quantities of methanol can cause blindness; large quantities cause death. It is used as a laboratory reagent and as a solvent for paints and varnishes. It is also used in the preparation of formaldehyde.

Ethanol

Ethanol is manufactured on a large scale from molasses, a brown syrup prepared from raw sugar during the sugar-manufacturing process. Molasses is diluted with water whereby some of the cane sugar dissolves. The diluted solution is fermented with yeast.

The enzymes invertase and zymase are present in yeast. Invertase converts sugar into a mixture of the isomers glucose and fructose. Zymase converts this mixture into ethanol and carbon dioxide. After fermentation is over the alcohol is distilled. The alcohol so obtained is 95% pure, the rest being water. This is referred to as rectified spirit.

⇒  \(\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\text { invertase }}{\longrightarrow} \underset{\text { Glucose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}+\underset{\text { Fructose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}\)

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Glucose and fructose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6} \stackrel{\text { zymase }}{\longrightarrow} \underset{\text { Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) }}{2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}}+2 \mathrm{CO}_2\)

Pure ethanol (absolute alcohol) cannot be obtained by fractionation. It is difficult and expensive to remove the last traces of water. Water can be removed by distilling the rectified spirit with anhydrous benzene. A ternary azeotropic mixture of 7.5% water, 18.5% alcohol and 74% benzene is formed, which distils out first. The residual liquid in the distilling flask is absolute alcohol (99.9%).

The last traces of water can be removed by distilling it over metallic magnesium. Absolute alcohol is hygroscopic and should be carefully preserved away from moisture. Rectified spirit and absolute alcohol, like alcoholic drinks, are taxed at a very high rate. For many industrial purposes pure alcohol is not needed and it is made undrinkable by adding various other chemicals.

This industrial methylated spirit or denatured alcohol is a mixture of 95% rectified spirit and 5% methanol, which is extremely poisonous. Sometimes CuSO4 is added to give a blue colour to methylated spirit, so that people do not drink it by mistake. Alcohol is mainly used as a solvent for paints, varnishes, perfurmes, and so on. It may be a useful fuel some day, since it burns to form CO2 and water, producing a considerable amount of heat.

Wine production

  • Wine is made from grapes, which contain sugar. The grapes are crushed to squeeze out the juice. A fungus (yeast) grows naturally on the skins of the grapes. Its enzymes start the fermentation of the sugar in the juice as soon as the grapes have been crushed.
  • Fermentation is carried out in the absence of air (anaerobic condition). This is because the oxygen of air oxidises ethanol to acetic acid, which destroys the taste of alcoholic drinks.
  • Fermentation is complete when all the sugar has been converted into alcohol after several days. The wine is stored for several months, or even years, to mature before being bottled for sale.
  • Red wine is produced from black grapes by mixing some of the skins of black grapes into the juice during fermentation so that the colouring matter from the skins passes into the wine. Sparkling wines, like champagne, are made by bottling the wine before fermentation is complete. Fermentation continues inside the bottle and the carbon dioxide produced dissolves in the wine.
  • When the bottle is opened, the pressure is released and the carbon dioxide bubbles out slowly. Wine contains between 10% and 12% of alcohol by weight. To make stronger wines like sherry and port, brandy (34% of alcohol by weight) is added to increase the ethanol content to about 17% by weight. The average strengths of some alcoholic drinks are given in the following table.

The alcohol content of some common alcoholic drinks:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers The Alcohol Content Of Some Common Alcohol

The effects of alcohol on the body

In small quantities, ethyl alcohol (generally called alcohol) is a stimulant and can be beneficial. In small quantities, alcohol increases the flow of the digestive juices and stimulates the appetite. In larger quantities, alcohol makes the whole nervous system less sensitive. An excessive intake of alcohol over a long period can cause addiction (alcoholism), affect the liver and kidneys, and eventually cause damage to the brain.

Phenols

Phenol was discovered in the middle oil fraction during the distillation of coal tar sometime in the nineteenth century and was named carbolic acid.

Phenol Methods of Preparation

Phenol is prepared by the following methods.

1. Laboratory methods:

From benzene diazonium salts: Aniline is diazotised with NaNO2 and HCl at 0-5°C (278 K) and the resulting benzene diazonium salt forms phenol with water.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Benzenediazonium Of Phenol With Water

From benzene sulphonic acid:  The fusion of the sodium salt of benzene sulphonic acid with solid NaOH at 623 K followed by acidification yields phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Acidification Yields Phenol

From chlorobenzene: Chlorobenzene reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 623 K and 300 atm to produce sodium phenoxide, which on acidification yields phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Sodium Phenoxide Which On Acidification Yields Phenol

2. Commercial method (from cumene):

The oxidation of isopropylbenzene (cumene) with air in the presence of an acid catalyst (H2SO4) gives cumene hydroperoxide which on hydrolysis with an acid yields phenol and acetone.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenol And Acetone

Cumene itself is prepared by the Friedel-Crafts alkylation of benzene with propyl chloride

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Friedel Crafts Alkylation Of Benzene With Propyl Chloride

Physical Properties of Phenols

Phenol is a colourless, crystalline, low-melting (315 K) solid. The O-H bond of phenol is polar and therefore involved in intermolecular hydrogen bonding as shown below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Intermolecular Hydrogen Bonding

Due to intermolecular hydrogen bonding, the boiling point of phenol (455 K) is higher than that of toluer (383 K), which has a comparable molecular weight.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Hydrogen Bonds With Water

Phenol is moderately soluble in water because it forms hydrogen bonds with water.

Chemical Properties of Phenols

Reactions of the phenolic (-OH) group

Acidic nature:  The acidic nature of phenol is indicated by the following reactions.

1. Phenol turns blue litmus red.

2. Phenol reacts with sodium metal to evolve hydrogen gas.

⇒ 2C6H5OH + 2Na →2C6H5ONa+ H2

3. Phenol reacts with sodium hydroxide to give sodium phenoxide.

⇒ C6H5 OH + NaOH→ C6H5ONa+ H2O

4. Phenols fail to react with Na2CO3 or NaHCO3. In fact, phenols are precipitated from an aq solution of sodium phenoxide by bubbling CO2 gas.

⇒ C6H5ONa + CO2+ H2O→ C6H5OH+NaHCO3

The hydroxyl group of phenol is directly attached to the sp2-hybridised carbon of the benzene ring. Due to the higher electronegativity of the sp2-hybridised carbon of phenol, the electron density decreases on the oxygen atom. This increases the polarisation of the O-H bond and results in an increase in the ionisation of phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Ionisation Of Phenol

The negative charge on the oxygen atom of the phenoxide anion gets delocalised in the benzene ring. This delocalisation makes the phenoxide anion more stable and favours the ionisation of phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Favours The Ionisation Of Phenol

The delocalisation, no doubt, is also possible in phenol as shown below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Posssible In Phenol

As these resonating structures involve charge separation, phenol is much less stable than the phenoxide anion. The presence of an electron-withdrawing group (NO2) at the o and p positions enhances the acidic strength of phenol.Thus, p-nitrophenol is more acidic than phenol. On the other hand, an electron-releasing group attached to the benzene ring decreases the acid strength. Cresols, for example, are less acidic than phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Cresols And Nitrophenoxide Anion

Phenol is more acidic than ethyl alcohol. Let us see how.

Phenol is soluble in aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and forms sodium phenoxide. Ethyl alcohol, on the other hand, does not react at all with sodium hydroxide.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Sodium Hydroxide

In phenol, the hydroxyl group is bonded directly to an sp2-hybridised carbon atom of the aromatic ring. Being more electronegative than the sp3-hybridised carbon, the sp2-hybridised carbon polarises the O-H bond. This means that the ionisation of phenol is greater than that of ethyl alcohol (in which the OH group is attached to a -hybridised carbon).

The greater acidity of phenol as compared to ethyl alcohol is attributed to the greater stability of the phenoxide anion than that of the ethoxide anion. In the ethoxide (C2H5, O) anion, the full negative charge is localised on the oxygen atom and therefore the anion is not stable.

As a consequence, this anion is strongly basic and the corresponding acid (C2 H5 OH) is very weak. On the other hand, in the phenoxide anion, the negative charge is delocalised over the entire molecule as shown below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Entire Molecule

The delocalisation of charge stabilises the phenoxide anion and favours ionisation of the phenol to the phenoxide anion and H.

pk, values of some phenols and ethanol:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Values Of Some Phenols And Ethanol

The greater the pK, value, the weaker the acid.

Reaction with Zn dust:

On distillation with Zn dust, phenol is converted to benzene.

⇒ C6H5OH + Zn→ C6H6 + ZnO

Alkylation The sodium salt of phenol (sodium phenoxide) reacts with an alkyl halide to form the corresponding ether.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Alkylation Of The Sodium Salt Of Phenol

Acylation Phenol reacts with acetyl chloride in the presence of pyridine (a base) to yield phenyl acetate

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Acylation Of Phenol Reacts With Acetyl Chloride

Reaction with Ammonia

Phenol reacts with ammonia at 573 K in the presence of anhydrous ZnCI2 to yield aniline.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenol Reacts With Ammonia

Reaction with phosphorus pentachloride:

On treatment with phosphorus pentachloride, phenol gives chlorobenzene (poor yield)

⇒ C6H5OH+ PCI5 C6H5CI+ HCI (Chlorobenzene)

Mainly, triphenyl phosphate is formed in the side reaction.

⇒ 3C6H6OH + POCI6 → (C6H5)3 PO4 +3HCI Triphenyl phosphate

Substitution reactions in the benzene nucleus

The presence of the OH group in phenols activates the benzene ring and electrophilic substitution becomes possible. Phenols undergo electrophilic substitution reactions more readily than benzene. The hydroxyl group directs the incoming group to ortho- and para-positions as these positions become electron-rich.

Phenol undergoes nitration, halogenation, sulphonation and Friedel-Crafts reaction readily.

Nitration Phenol can be nitrated in dilute aqueous nitric acid even at room temperature. Ortho- as well as para- para-nitrophenols are formed.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Nitration Of Phenol Can Be Nitrated In Dilute Aqueous Nitric Acid

The ortho- and para-isomers can be separated by steam distillation. o-nitrophenol is steam volatile. It has higher volatility because of the intramolecular hydrogen bonding between the hydroxyl group and the nitro group.

p-nitrophenol is less volatile because intermolecular hydrogen bonding causes association between its molecules. Thus, o-nitrophenol passes over with the steam, and p-nitrophenol remains in the distillation flask.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Ortho And Para Nitrophenol

Phenol is first sulfonated and then nitrated to form picric acid. It is not treated with nitric acid first because phenol is easily oxidised by nitric acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenol Is First sulphonated And Then Nitrated To Form Of Picric Acid And Phenol Easiliy Oxidised By Nitric Acid

Halogenation: When bromine water is added to phenol, a white precipitate of 2, 4, 6-tribromophenol is formed

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Halogenation When Bromine Water Is Added To Phenol

Bromination in a nonpolar solvent (carbon disulphide) affords p-bromophenol as the main product.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Halogenation Of Bromination Of Anisole

Halogenation takes place even in the absence of a Lewis acid because the hydroxyl group in phenol activates the benzene ring towards electrophilic substitution.

Sulphonation:

Phenol reacts with concentrated H2SO4, to form a mixture of ortho- and para-hydroxybenzene sulphonic acid. At higher temperatures, predominantly the p-isomer is formed because it is less reactive than the ortho-isomer due to less steric interference of the bulky sulphonic acid group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Bulky Sulphonic Acid Group

Friedel-Crafts reaction: 

Phenol reacts with methyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous AICI3 to give o-cresol and p-cresol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Friedel Crafts Reaction Phenol Reacts With Methyl Chloride

Kolbe reaction:

On being heated with CO2 at 393-413 K and 1.5 atm the sodium salt of phenol yields the sodium salt of salicylic acid. On acidification, the latter salt gives salicylic acid. This entire sequence of reactions comprises what is known as the Kolbe reaction.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Kolbe Reaction

Reimer-Tiemann reaction:

On being heated with chloroform and caustic alkali, phenol gives salicylaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reimer Tiemann Reaction

In this reaction, dichlorocarbene (: CCl2) is a reactive intermediate, which is formed by the alkaline hydrolysis of chloroform.

⇒ \(\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{O}}+\mathrm{H}-\mathrm{CCl}_3 \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+: \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{Cl}_3 \rightarrow \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}+: \mathrm{CCl}_2\)

: CCl2 is an electrophilic reagent. It reacts with the phenoxide anion to form salicylaldehyde

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenoxide Anion Form Salicylaldehyde

Coupling reaction: In the presence of an alkali, phenol couples with benzene diazonium chloride to form p-hydroxy azobenzene, which is a red dye.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Coupling Reaction With Alkali And Phenol Couples With Benzenediazonium

Reaction with phthalic anhydride:

On being heated with phthalic anhydride in the presence of concentrated H2SO4, phenol gives phenolphthalein. Phenolphthalein gives a red colour with an alkali. It is used as an indicator in acid-base titration.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reaction With Phthalic Anhydride Of Phenolphthalein

Reaction with FeCl3: On treatment with a neutral FeCl3 solution, phenol gives a violet colouration. The violet colour is due to the formation of a water-soluble iron complex.

6C6H5OH + FeCl3 →3H+ [Fe(OC6H5)6]-3+3HCl [complex ion (violet)]

This reaction is used as a test for the presence of phenol.

Liebermann’s nitroso reaction:

Phenol forms a deep blue solution on treatment with sodium nitrite and concentrated H2SO4 in cold conditions.

The colour turns red when the solution is diluted with water. The red solution becomes blue when it is made alkaline. This reaction is known as Liebermann’s nitroso reaction and is used as a test for the presence of phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Liebermanns Nitroso Reaction Used As A Test For the Presence Of Phenol

Oxidation:  On oxidation with chromic acid, phenol gives benzoquinone.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenol Gives benzoquinone

Phenol Uses

Phenol is used in the preparation of

  1. Bakelite (synthetic resin),
  2. Picric acid (as an explosive),
  3. Phenolphthalein (as an indicator), and
  4. Salol, aspirin, salicylic acid (as drugs).

Ethers

Ethers Methods of preparation

By the dehydration of alcohol:

Ethers are usually prepared by heating alcohols with concentrated H2SO4.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{ROH} \stackrel{\Delta, \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{O}-\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Diethyl ether is prepared by heating ethyl alcohol with concentrated H2SO4 at 413 K. The reaction occurs in two steps. At a low temperature, ethyl alcohol reacts with concentrated H2SO4 to form ethyl hydrogen sulphate which again reacts with ethyl alcohol at 413 K to yield diethyl ether

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Dehydration Of Alcohols

Ethers Mechanism

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Nucleophilic Bimolecular Substitution Of SN2 Reaction 

This is a nucleophilic bimolecular substitution (SN2) reaction.

This method is only used in the preparation of ethers having unhindered primary alkyl group dehydration secondary or tertiary alcohols, yield alkenes as elimination competes with substitution.

From alcohol vapours and heated alumina:

Diethyl ether is formed when vapours of alcohol are passed through heated alumina at 513-533 K. anhydrous

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{H} \mathrm{O}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_3 \frac{\text { anhydrous } \mathrm{Al}_2 \mathrm{O}_3}{513-533 \mathrm{~K}} \mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{O}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

By Williamson Synthesis

Diethyl ether is formed when ethyl iodide is heated with an alcoholic solution of sodium ethoxide. (produced by the action of sodium on ethyl alcohol).

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{I}+\mathrm{Na}-\mathrm{O}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3-\underset{\text { Diedium ethoxide }}{\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{O}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_3+\mathrm{NaI}}\)

This is an example of Williamson’s synthesis.

 Williamson’s synthesis Mechanism

Williamson synthesis involves the displacement of a halide ion from an alkyl halide by an alkoxide. It follows the SN2 mechanism.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mechanism Of Williamson Synthesis Of Diethyl Ether

Symmetrical as well as unsymmetrical ethers can be synthesised. However, the alkyl halide must be a primary alkyl halide. For example, sodium f-butoxide reacts with methyl bromide to yield t-butyl methyl ether.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Methyl Bromide To Yield Butyl Methyl Ether

If a tertiary alkyl halide is treated with sodium ethoxide, then an alkene is formed due to the dehydrohalogenation of the alkyl halide. For example, the reaction of CH3CH2ONa with (CH3)3 C-Br gives 2-methylpropene exclusively.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers 2 Methylpropane

The ethoxide anion (a strong base) reacts with t-butyl bromide, leading to an elimination reaction. Phenol can also be converted into an ether by Williamson synthesis.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Phenol Can be Converted Into An Ether By Williamson Synthesis

From an alkyl halide and dry silver oxide:

Diethyl ether is formed on heating ethyl iodide with dry silver oxide.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{I}+\mathrm{Ag}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{O}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_3+2 \mathrm{AgI}\)

Physical Properties of Ethers

Diethyl ether is a colourless, volatile liquid. The C–O bonds in ethers are polar and ethers do have a dipole noment (for diethyl ether, HD = 1.18), revealing the angular nature of the molecule. The bond angle in diethyl ther is around 110°.

Boiling point:

Ethers have lower boiling points than the corresponding isomeric alcohols since there is no association between the molecules due to hydrogen bonding. The boiling points of ethers are close to those of alkanes of comparable molecular weight.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Compound And Boiling Water

Solubility:

The rule of thumb which states that compounds having no more than four carbons per oxygen are water-soluble holds for ethers as well as for alcohols. The solubility of ethers in water is comparable to that of alcohols of nearly the same molecular weights. The solubility of diethyl ether and 1-butanol is about 10 g per 100 g of H2O at 298 K. This is because of their capability to form hydrogen bonds with water.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Ethers Solubility Of Hydrogen Bonds Of Water

Chemical Properties of Ethers

Ethers are relatively inert to most reagents. They are stable to bases, to catalytic hydrogenation, and to most other reducing agents.

Reactions with acids

Ethers are stable to dilute acids but do react with hot concentrated acids. Strong HBr or HI causes cleavage of the C-O bond in ethers.

Reaction with HI:

Two molecules of an alkyl iodide are formed when an ether is boiled with HI. Initially a molecule of an alcohol is also formed, which reacts further to form a second molecule of an alkyl iodide.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5-\mathrm{O}-\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5+2 \mathrm{HI} \stackrel{\Delta}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{I}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

 Ether Mechanism:

The ether first dissolves in the acid due to its basic nature with the formation of an oxonium ion. This is followed by an SN2 reaction with the iodide ion.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Iodide Ion

In the next step, the ethyl alcohol formed reacts with HI to produce a second mole of ethyl iodide.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mole Of Ethyl Iodide

In the case of an unsymmetrical ether, the iodide ion (a nucleophile) attacks the least substituted carbon (carbon the smaller alkyl group) of the oxonium ion and displaces an alcohol molecule by the SN2 mechanism.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Iodide Ion

At High Temperature, the excess HI reacts with Ethyl Alcohol to yield ethyl iodide

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers HI Reacts With Ethyl Iodide

However, when one of the alkyl groups is the tertiary butyl group, the iodide formed is t-butyl iodide through the S 1 mechanism. In this reaction, the nucleophilic iodide ion attacks the more substituted carbon (carbon of the bigger alkyl group i.e.,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Bigger Alkyl Group Of The Oxonium Ion

Anisole (an aromatic ether) reacts with HI to form methyl iodide and phenol. Alkyl aryl ethers are cleaved at the alkyl-oxygen bond because neither SN1 nor SN2 processes can normally occur at the aromatic carbon. The phenyl group is electron-rich and tends to repel any nucleophile.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Mechanism Of Nucleophile

Phenol does not react further to give a halide as the nucleophilic substitution reaction of phenol is rather difficult.

The C-O bond in ethers can also be cleaved upon their reactions with HBr and with HCl. Since these acids are less reactive than HI (because CI and Br are poorer nucleophiles than I), higher concentrations and temperatures are required for them to be effective.

The cyclic ether tetrahydrofuran is cleaved by HCI in the presence of ZnCl2 to yield 1, 4 dichlorobutane, a valuable intermediate in the manufacture of nylon.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Manufacture Of Nylon

Reaction due to ethereal oxygen:

Ethers are bases and can react with acids such as sulphuric acid, boron trifluoride, and Grignard reagents.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Reaction Due To Ethereal Oxygen Grignard Reagents

Auto – Oxidation:

Ethers react with atmospheric oxygen to form peroxides

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Atmospheric Oxygen To Form Peroxides

Peroxides explode violently on heating. During the distillation of an ether, the residue in the distilling flask becomes rich in peroxides. Therefore, ethers should not be distilled to dryness.
The presence of peroxide in an ether can be detected by shaking a small volume of an ether mixed with an aqueous KI solution.  A purple colour confirms the presence of peroxide.

Electrophilic substitution reactions:

The alkoxy group (OR) activates the benzene ring towards electrophilic substitution. It directs the incoming group to ortho- and para-positions as these positions become electron-rich as shown below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Electrophilic Substitution Reactions

Halogenation:  Bromination of anisole (methyl phenyl ether) in an acetic acid medium mainly gives p-bromoanisole

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Halogenation Of Bromination Of Anisole

Nitration:  In the presence of concentrated H2SO4, anisole reacts with concentrated HNO3 at 323-333 K to give ortho- and para- para-nitro anisole.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Nitration Of Presence Of the Concentrated Sulphuric Acid Anisole

Friedel-Crafts reaction:  Anisole reacts with an alkyl halide or acyl halide in the presence of anhydrous AICI3 as a catalyst. The alkyl or acyl groups are introduced at the ortho- and para-positions

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Friedel Crafts Reaction Of the Ortho And Para Positions

Example 5: Give the structures of the products of the following reactions. Explain your answers.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Example 5 Structures Of The Product

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers SN2 Reaction Of the Nucleophile

This is an SN2 reaction. The nucleophile Br attacks the less substituted alkyl group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Nucleophile Cannot Attacks The electron Rich Of Carbon Of Benzene

In this case, the nucleophile (I) cannot attack the electron-rich carbon of benzene. It preferentially attacks the more stable tertiary carbonium ion.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reaction

This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Since the OCH, group is o- and p- directing, NO2 (HNO3 + 2H2SO4→2HSO4 + NO2 + H2O) is substituted at the o- and p-positions.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers The Nucleophile Attacks The Less Substituted Alkyl Group

This is an SN2 reaction. The nucleophile Br attacks the less-substituted alkyl group.

Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Multiple-Choice Questions

Question 1. Glycerol is a

  1. Monohydric alcohol
  2. Trihydric alcohol
  3. Dihydric alcohol
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Dihydric alcohol

Question 2. Methyl alcohol and ethyl alcohol are distinguished by the reaction with

  1. I2/NaOH
  2. Na
  3. CH3COOH
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. I2/NaOH

Question 3. C2H2OH and CH3-O-CH, are

  1. Position isomers
  2. Chain isomers
  3. Functional isomers
  4. Metamers

Answer: 2. Functional isomers

Question 4. Which of the following compounds will give an ester with an acid?

  1. Paraffin
  2. Alcohol
  3. Alkene
  4. Alkyl halide

Answer: 2. Alcohol

Question 5. The first component formed on the oxidation of a primary alcohol is a/an

  1. Ketone
  2. Ester
  3. Carboxylic acid
  4. Aldehyde

Answer: 4. Aldehyde

Question 6. Alcohols contains the functional group

  1. -OH
  2. -CHO
  3. C=O
  4. -NH2

Answer: 1. -OH

Question 7. Lucas reagent is

  1. Concentrated HCl + anhydrous ZnCl2
  2. Dilute HCl + Hydrated ZnCl2
  3. Concentrated HNO3+ anhydrous ZnCl2
  4. Concentrated HNO3 + anhydrous MgCl2

Answer: 1. Concentrated HCl + anhydrous ZnCl2

Question 8. Ethanol and methanol are distinguished by

  1. The chloroform test
  2. The Victor Meyer test
  3. Their rates of esterification
  4. The iodoform test

Answer: 4. The iodoform test

Question 9. A primary alcohol contains a

  1. CHOH group
  2. -CH2OH
  3. ->C-OH group
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. -CH2OH

Question 10. On distillation with zinc, phenol gives

  1. Nitrobenzene
  2. Aniline
  3. Benzene
  4. Zinc Phenoxide

Answer: 3. Benzene

Question 11. On reaction with bromine-water, phenol gives

  1. Bromobenzene
  2. Dibromorphenol
  3. 2,4,6 – tribromophenol
  4. Picric acid

Answer: 3. 2,4,6 – tribromophenol

Question 12. Methyl propyl ether is

  1. Asymmetrical ether
  2. An unsymmetrical ether
  3. A simple ether
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. An unsymmetrical ether

Question 13. In reaction with a mineral acid, an ether gives an

  1. Oxonium salt
  2. Ether peroxide
  3. Alkane
  4. Aldehyde

Answer: 1. Oxonium salt

Question 14. Diethyl ether and methyl propyl ether are

  1. Functional isomers
  2. Metamers
  3. Position isomers
  4. Chain isomers

Answer: 2. Metamers

Question 15. The IUPAC name of CH3OC2H5 is

  1. Methoxy ethane
  2. Propoxymetane
  3. Ethyl methyl ether
  4. Diethyl ether

Answer:  1. Methoxy ethane

Question 16. To prepare diethyl ether, bromoethane is heated with which of the following compounds?

  1. Ethanol
  2. Sodium ethoxide in dry ether
  3. C2H2OH/Na
  4. HI

Answer: 2. Sodium ethoxide in dry ether

Question 17. Diethyl ether and 1-butanol are

  1. Position isomers
  2. Functional Isomers
  3. Optical isomers
  4. Metamers

Answer: 2. Functional Isomers

Question 18. The correct order of the boiling points of primary (1), secondary (2°) and tertiary (3°) alcohols is

  1. 1°> 2° >3°
  2. 3° 2° 1°
  3. 2>1° >30
  4. 2° >30 > 1°

Answer: 1. 1°> 2° >3°

Question 19. Among the following, which is the most acidic?

  1. Phenol
  2. Benzyl alcohol
  3. m-Chlorophenol
  4. Cyclohexanol

Answer: 1. Phenol

Question 20. Which of the following forms hydrogen bonds to a greater extent?

  1. Ethanol
  2. Diethyl ether
  3. Triethyl amine
  4. Ethyl chloride

Answer: 1. Ethanol

Question 21. Which of the following will respond positively to the iodoform test?

  1. CH2OH
  2. (CH3)2CHOH
  3. (CH3), COH
  4. CH3 OH

Answer:  2. (CH3)2CHOH

Question 22. Formaldehyde reacts with CH3MgBr to give

  1. C2H2OH
  2. CH3COOH
  3. CH3CHO
  4. HCHO

Answer: 1. C2H2OH

Question 23. On treatment with B2H6/H2O2, R-CH=CH2 gives

  1. RCOCH3
  2. RCHOH CH2OH
  3. RCH2 CHO
  4. RCH2CH2OH

Answer: 4. RCH2CH2OH

Question 24. Which of the following will give a yellow precipitate with I2/NaOH?

  1. CH3COCH2CH3
  2. CH3COOCOCH3
  3. CH3CONH2
  4. CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3

Answer:  1 and 4 – CH3COCH2CH and CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3

Question 25. Phenol reacts with CHCl3/aqueous NaOH. The electrophilic reagent which attacks the benzene nucleus is

  1. CHCl3
  2. CHC12
  3. COCI2
  4. CCl2

Answer: 4. CCl2

Question 26. Upon reacting with neutral FeCl3, phenol gives a

  1. Green colour
  2. Violet colour
  3. Red colour
  4. Blue colour

Answer: 2. Violet colour

Question 27. The reaction of

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Question 27 Reaction Of HI

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 28. The central oxygen atom of ether is

  1. Sp-hybridised
  2. Sp2-hybridised
  3. Sp3d2-hybridised
  4. sp-hybridised

Answer: 3.  Sp3d2-hybridised

Question 29. What is the order of dehydration of the following?

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 11 Alcohols Phenols And Ethers Order Of Dehydration

  1. 1 < 2 < 3 <4
  2. 2<3<4<1
  3. 1< 3< 2<4
  4. 1 < 4 < 2 = 3

Answer: 1. 1 < 2 < 3 <4

Question 30. How many isomeric acyclic alcohols and ethers are possible for C4H8O?

  1. 7
  2. 9
  3. 5
  4. 8

Answer: 4. 8

Question 31. Among the following reagents, phenol can be distinguished from ethyl alcohol by all except

  1. NaOH
  2. FeCl3
  3. Br2/H2O
  4. Na

Answer: 4. Na

Question 32. The order of esterification of alcohol is

  1. 3° > 2° > 1°
  2. 1° > 2° >3°
  3. 2° >3° 1°
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. 2° >3° 1°

Aldehydes, Ketones & Carboxylic Acids Notes

Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids

Aldehydes And Ketones

Aldehydes and ketones are compounds containing the carbonyl group (CO). When two alkyl groups are attached to the carbonyl group, the compound is a ketone. When two hydrogens, or one hydrogen and one alkyl group, are attached to the carbonyl group, the compound is an aldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Aldehydes And Ketone Compounds

The chemistry of the carbonyl group is extremely important. Aldehydes and ketones are reactive in nature. Many useful products such as dyes, resins, perfumes, plastics and cloths are made from them. Many useful compounds containing these functional groups can be obtained from plants.

For example, vanillin (from vanilla beans), salicylaldehyde (from meadow sweet) and cinnamaldehyde (from cinnamon). These are flavouring compounds. Vanillin is used for the vanilla flavour in ice creams. Salicylaldehyde has an odour like bitter almonds and is used in perfumery. Cinnamaldehyde is responsible for the flavour of cinnamon.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Flavour Of Cinnamon

Nomenclature Of Aldehydes

Aldehydes are named using either of two different systems.

Trivial name

Simple aldehydes are commonly known by their trivial names or common names. According to this system, the name of an aldehyde is derived from the name of the corresponding carboxylic acid by dropping the suffix ic (oic) acid and adding in its place the suffix aldehyde.

In the common system of nomenclature, the position of an additional substituent is indicated by the Greek letters α, β, γ, etc., a being the carbon attached to the carbonyl group, β being the next carbon, and so on.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Trivial Name Of Carbonyl Groups

IUPAC name

In the IUPAC system, aldehydes are named by adding the suffix al to the name of the corresponding hydrocarbon, the ‘e’ of the hydrocarbon being omitted.

The substituents on the chain are prefixed in alphabetical order along with the numbers indicating their positions. These numbers are allocated by considering the aldehydic carbon to be the first carbon.

The IUPAC name of a simple aromatic aldehyde in which the aldehydic group is directly attached to the benzene ring is benzenecarbaldehyde. However, the common name benzaldehyde is also retained in IUPAC nomenclature. Other aromatic aldehydes are named as substituted benzaldehydes.

The common and IUPAC names of some aldehydes:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Common Name And IUPAC Names Of Some Aldehydes

The following are examples of some more aldehydes and their IUPAC names:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids More Aldehydes And Their IUPAC Names

A molecule with a double bond and a triple bond is called an enyne (ene + yne). A molecule with a double bond, triple bond and an aldehyde group is known as a enynal (ene + yne + al). The term is used as a suffix.

The numbering of carbons begins with the carbon of the aldehyde group. The substituents and the functional are located accordingly.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbon Of Aldehyde Group 2 Methyl 2 - Penten 4 Ynal

A molecule with two double bonds and an aldehyde group is known as a dienal (diene + al). The term is used as a suffix. Numbering of carbons begins with the carbon of the aldehyde group. The substituents and the functional groups are located accordingly.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbon Of Aldehyde Group 3 And 7 Dimethyl 1 And 2 And 6 Octadienalc

If an unbranched chain is directly linked to more than two aldehydic groups, these aldehydes are named from the parent hydrocarbon by the substitutive use of a suffix, example,tricarbaldehyde. The suffix ‘al’ is not used. Numbering of carbons begins at the end nearest the functional group. The functional groups are located accordingly.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Butane 1 And 2 And 4 Tricarbaldehyde

Nomenclature Of Ketones

Ketones too are named using either of two different systems.

Trivial names

Simple ketones may be named by using the names of the alkyl groups attached to the carbonyl group followed by the word ketone. The names of the alkyl groups are written alphabetically.

IUPAC names

In the IUPAC system ketones are named by adding the suffix ‘one’ to the name of the corresponding hydrocarbon and omitting the final ‘e’ of the hydrocarbon.

The position of the carbonyl group is given by a number which can be placed before the parent name as given below or immediately before the suffix (for example, pentane-2-one).

The common and IUPAC names of some ketones:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Common And IUPAC Names Of Some Ketones

In the IUPAC system, the longest chain containing the carbonyl group is taken as the parent hydrocarbon and the positions of the carbonyl as well as any other substituent present in the molecule are indicated by numbers The longest chain containing the carbonyl group is numbered from the end that gives the carbonyl carbon the lowest number.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbonyl Compound Of Lowest Number

A molecule with a double bond and a ketone is called an enone (ene + one) and the term is used as a suffix. The numbering of carbons begins at the end nearest the functional group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Nearest the Functional Group

In cyclic ketone the carbonyl carbon is a

Example 1: Draw the structures of the following compounds.

  1. β -Ethoxybutyraldehyde
  2. 3-Methylcyclopentanecarbaldehyde
  3. 3-Oxob utanal
  4. Diisopropyl ketone
  5. 4-Bromoacetophenone

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 1 Solution Structures Compounds

The allocation of Greek letters to the carbon atoms in the common system starts from the carbon next to the aldehyde group, whereas the numbers in the IUPAC system always begin with the carbon of the aldehyde group.

⇒ \(\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{\gamma}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{\alpha}{\mathrm{C}}-\mathrm{CHO}\) (Used In Common names)

⇒  \(\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HO}\)(Used In IUPAC names

Structures Of The Carbonyl Group Used In IUPAC Names

The carbon atom of the carbonyl group is sp2-hybridised and three of its electrons form three o bonds. The molecule is planar and the bond angles are close to 120°. The remaining p orbital of the carbon with one electron overlaps a p orbital of oxygen with one electron to form a bond between these atoms. The oxygen atom also has two lone pairs of electrons that occupy the remaining orbital.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Orbitol And Bond

The electrons in the bond of the carbonyl group are not equally shared. They are pulled more towards the more electronegative oxygen atom. As a result, the C-O bond is polarised in the direction C-O. Therefore, the electron-deficient carbonyl carbon is electrophilic (a Lewis acid) in nature and the electron-rich carbonyl oxygen is nucleophilic (Lewis base) in nature.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbonyl Nucleophilic In Nature

Due to bond polarity, carbonyl compounds have substantial dipole moments.

General Methods Of Preparation Of Aldehydes And Ketones

By the oxidation of alcohol

Aldehydes Primary alcohols yield aldehydes upon oxidation with pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC) in a CH2 Cl2 medium. Aqueous methods like Jones oxidation (Na2Cr2O7 and dilute H2SO4 in acetone) are not useful for this purpose since the aldehyde that is formed is further oxidised to a carboxylic acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carboxylic Acid And Primary Alcohol And Aldehyde

Ketones Secondary alcohols yield ketones upon oxidation with K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 in an acetone medium.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Secondary Alcohol And Ketone

Tertiary alcohols are stable to oxidation under these conditions.

Oppenauer oxidation

Oppenauer oxidation involves the oxidation of primary alcohols and secondary alcohols to aldehydes and ketones respectively in the presence of aluminium isopropoxide, Al[OCH(CH3)2]3

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Aluminim Is Propoxide

By the dehydrogenation of alcohol

When the vapours of a primary alcohol are passed over hot copper at about 573 K, the alcohol is readily dehydrogenated to yield an aldehyde.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { (Primary alcohol) }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH}} \underset{573 \mathrm{~K}}{\stackrel{\mathrm{Cu}}{\longrightarrow}} \underset{\text { (Aldehyde) }}{\mathrm{R}}-\mathrm{CHO}+\mathrm{H}_2\)

On dehydrogenation, secondary alcohols give ketones.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { (Secondary alcohol) }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CHOH}-\mathrm{R}^{\prime}} \underset{573 \mathrm{~K}}{\stackrel{\mathrm{Cu}}{\longrightarrow}} \underset{\text { (Ketone) }}{\mathrm{R}}-\mathrm{CO}-\mathrm{R}^{\prime}+\mathrm{H}_2\)

By the pyrolysis of calcium salts of carboxylic acids

When the calcium salts of carboxylic acids are heated to high temperatures, symmetrical ketones are obtained.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Symmetrical Ketones

Formation of an aldehyde: On dry distillation, calcium formate gives formaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Formation Of An Aldehyde

On dry distillation, a mixture of calcium acetate and calcium formate yields acetaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Calcium Acetate And Calcium Formate And Acetaldehyde

Formation of a ketone:  On dry distillation, the calcium salt of a carboxylic acid, other than formic acid, gives a ketone. For example, in dry distillation, calcium acetate gives acetone.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Formation Of Ketone Calcium Acetate And Acetone

By the hydrolysis of gem-dihalides (1, 1-dihalides)

Formation of an aldehyde Boiling a gem-dihalide with aqueous NaOH gives a dihydroxy compound. Being unstable, this compound loses a water molecule readily to form an aldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Formation Of A Ketone Of Gem Dihalide And Unstable And Ketone

Formation of a ketone If the halo groups are not present on the terminal carbon atom, i.e., the gem-dihalide is an internal dihalide, then a ketone is obtained.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Formation Of A Ketone On Dry Distillation The Calcium

By the hydration of alkynes

The hydration of alkynes with 20% H2SO4 in the presence of a mercuric salt (HgSO4) gives aldehydes or ketones. Formation of an aldehyde On hydration with 20% H2SO4 in the presence of HgSO4 at 353 K, acetylene gives an unstable enol, which soon isomerises to acetaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Isomerises To Acetaldehyde

Hydration of alkynes Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hydration Of Alkynes Of Mechanism

Formation of ketones: On hydration with 20% H2SO4 in the presence of HgSO4 (catalyst) at 353 K, substituted alkynes give ketones.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Formation Of Alkyne And Ketone

By ozonolysis

Depending on the structure of an alkene, aldehydes and ketones are obtained by making the alkenes react with ozone and subsequent treatment with zinc dust and water.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids By Ozonolysis Treatment With Zinc Dust And Water

The ozonide may also react with oxidising agents such as H2O2 to give carboxylic acids or with more powerful reducing agents such as NaBH, to give alcohols.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Powerful Alcohols Of Aldehyde And Carboxylic Acids And Alcohols

The ozonolysis of cyclohexene is particularly useful as it gives 1, 6-dicarbonyl compounds that are otherwise difficult to make. In the simplest case we get hexane-1, 6-dioic acid (adipic acid), a monomer used in the manufacture of nylon.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Manufacture Of Nylon

By the reduction of acid chlorides

Aldehydes Acid chlorides are reduced with hydrogen gas in the presence of palladised BaSO4 or BaCO3 (Rosenmund reduction) to aldehydes. Ketones are not prepared by this method.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { (Acid chloride) }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{COCl}}+2 \mathrm{H} \stackrel{\mathrm{Pd} / \mathrm{BaSO}_4}{\longrightarrow} \underset{\text { (Aldehyde) }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CHO}+\mathrm{HCl}}\)

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Acetyl chloride }}{\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{COCl}}+2 \mathrm{H} \stackrel{\mathrm{Pd} / \mathrm{BaSO}_4}{\longrightarrow} \underset{\text { Acetaldehyde }}{\mathrm{CH}_3 \cdot \mathrm{CHO}}+\mathrm{HCl}\)

The function of BaSO4 is to poison the catalyst. This prevents the reduction of the aldehyde to an alcohol.

Ketones Acid chlorides react with dimethyl cadmium to yield ketones.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Dimethylcadmimum To Yield Ketones

Grignard reagents, being more reactive than dimethyl cadmium, react with ketones to yield 3° alcohols. For this reason, Grignard reagents are not used in such reactions. Dimethyl cadmium does not react with ketones. Dimethyl cadmium can be prepared by making a Grignard reagent react with cadmium chloride.

⇒\(\underset{\text { Methylmagnesium bromide }}{2 \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{MgBr}}+\mathrm{CdCl}_2 \rightarrow \underset{\text { Dimethylcadmium }}{\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_2 \mathrm{Cd}}+2 \mathrm{MgBrCl}]\)

From alkyl cyanides

Aldehydes On reduction by stannous chloride and concentrated HCl, an alkyl cyanide (also called an alkyl nitrile) yields an imino chloride, which on hydrolysis with water yields an aldehyde. This reaction is known as the Stephen reaction.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Stephen Reaction

Alkyl cyanides Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Alkyl Cyanides

Nitriles may also be selectively reduced by di-isobutylaluminium hydride (DIBAL-H) to imines, which upon hydrolysis give aldehydes.

DIBAL-H is sterically congested and therefore not very reactive. For this reason, it does not reduce the Di isobutyl aluminium hydride (DIBAL-H).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Di Isobutylaluminium Hydride

Ethylenic bond of unsaturated nitriles.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Unsaturated Nitriles

The reaction of an ester with exactly 1 equivalent of DIBAL-H at low temperature gives an aldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Equivalent Of DIBAL At Low Temperature

Ketones: On treatment with Grignard reagents, alkyl cyanides give ketones.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Ketones On Treatment With Grignard Reagents

Physical Properties Of Aldehydes And Ketones

Formaldehyde is a gas while aldehydes or ketones containing up to 11 carbon atoms are colourless liquid Aldehydes and ketones containing more carbon atoms are solids.

Aldehydes and ketones are polar in nature. Their boiling points are higher than those of alkanes of similar molecular masses due to dipole-dipole interaction.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Aldehydes And Ketones Polar Nature

Because aldehydes and ketones are not associated with hydrogen bonds, their boiling points are lower than those of alcohols and carboxylic acids of comparable molecular weights.

The first few members of aliphatic aldehydes and ketones are soluble in water. For example, formaldehyde, acetaldehyde and acetone are soluble in water in all proportions. As the length of the alkyl group chain increases, the solubility of the compound decreases as in alcohols.

The solubility of lower aldehydes and ketones in water arises from the ability of the oxygen of the carbonyl group to form hydrogen bonds with water molecules.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hydrogen Bonds With Water Molecules

All aldehydes and ketones are soluble to quite an extent in organic solvents like benzene and methyl alcohol. Formaldehyde and acetaldehyde have an unpleasant odour but higher aldehydes have a fruity smell.

Some of the ketones have a sweet smell. Many naturally occurring aldehydes and ketones are used as additives in perfumes and as flavouring agents.

Chemical Properties Of Aldehydes And Ketones

Aldehydes and ketones undergo similar chemical reactions because they contain the carbonyl functional group.

Nucleophilic addition reactions

The carbonyl group is represented by the two contributing structures

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Nucleophilic Addition Reactions

This imparts a substantial dipole moment to the carbonyl group, with the carbon bearing a partial positive harge and the oxygen bearing a partial negative charge.

The polar nature of the carbonyl group and the ability of the oxygen atom to accommodate the extra electron-air facilitates the attack of the nucleophile at the carbonyl carbon. The nucleophile normally adds to the carbony

Carbon from a direction approximately perpendicular to the plane of the sp2-hybridised orbitals of the carbonyl carbon. In this process, the hybridisation of the carbonyl carbon changes from sp’ to sp and a tetrahedral alkoxide anion intermediate is formed. The reaction is completed by the abstraction of a proton from the reaction medium to give the addition product.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Reactions Of Planar And Tetrahedral Intermediate Addition

Reactivity of aldehydes and ketones

Aldehydes are more reactive than ketones because of two factors.

Inductive effect The carbonyl carbon atom of a ketone carries two electron-donating groups, whereas that of an aldehyde has only one. Thus the ketone carbonyl carbon atom has less tendency to attract a nucleophile.

Steric effect Bulky groups adjacent to >C=O cause more steric strain in the addition product than in the parent carbonyl and reduce reactivity towards addition.

The order of reactivity of different carbonyl compounds towards nucleophilic addition is given below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Nucleophilic Adition

Example 2: Arrange the following carbonyl compounds in increasing order of their reactivity in nucleophilic addition reactions. Give reasons.

1. CH3CHO, CH3CH2CHO, CH3COCH3, CH3COCH2CH3

2.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbonyl Compounds Order Of Reactivity In Nucleophilic Addition Of Reactions

Solution: 

1. The reactivity of aldehydes and ketones towards a nucleophile is influenced by the nature of the alkyl group attached to the carbonyl carbon in the following two ways.

  • First, an electron-donating alkyl group reduces the positive charge of the carbonyl carbon and makes it less susceptible to nucleophilic attack.
  • Secondly, the bulkier alkyl group attached to the carbonyl carbon presents greater steric hindrance than the smaller hydrogen atom to the approaching nucleophile.

From the above considerations, the increasing reactivity of the given compounds towards the nucleophile is as follows.

⇒ CH3COCH2CH3<CH3COCH3<CH3CH2CHO<CH3CHO

2. Similar influences are exerted by an aryl substituent as delocalised orbitals of the ring act as an electron source.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Ring Act On Electron Source

In the case of p-nitrobenzaldehyde, the electron-withdrawing nitro group at the p-position increases the positive character of the carbonyl carbon and thus facilitates the attack of nucleophiles.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids P Nitrobenzaldehyde Of The Electron

In p-tolualdehyde, the methyl group at the p-position increases the electron density on the carbon of the carbonyl group by hyperconjugation as shown and makes it less reactive than benzaldehyde towards nucleophilic addition.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Less Reactivity With Benzaldehyde Towards Nucleophilic Addition

Acetophenone (a ketone) is less reactive than all the given aldehydes. The electron-donating methyl group and л-orbital of the benzene ring, acting as an electron source, make the carbonyl carbon electron-rich and less susceptible to nucleophilic attack. Further, the phenyl group and methyl group attached to the carbonyl carbon present greater steric hindrance to the approaching nucleophile.

On the basis of the above considerations, the order of increasing reactivity of the given compounds towards nucleophiles is as follows.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Increasing Reactivity Of The Given CompoundsTowards Nucleophiles

Ketones and aldehydes undergo very similar reactions. In this chapter, unless mentioned otherwise, each reaction discussed is equally applicable to both aldehydes and ketones and a generic structure is used for both.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Generic Structure For Aldehydes And Ketones

Examples of nucleophilic addition reactions

Aldehydes and ketones undergo the following nucleophilic addition reactions.

Reaction with hydrocyanic acid (HCN) HCN adds to aldehydes and ketones to produce cyanohydrins.

The reaction is slow with pure HCN. However, in the presence of a base, CN (a stronger nucleophile) is generated, which readily adds to carbonyl compounds to yield the corresponding cyanohydrin.

⇒ \(\mathrm{HCN}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow: \overline{\mathrm{CN}}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbonyl Compounds Of Aldehyde And Cyanohydrin

Nucleophilic Mechanism:

The cyanide anion, the nucleophile, adds to the carbonyl carbon to yield an unstable intermediate oxygen anion, which, being a strong base, abstracts a proton from the solvent or HCN to give cyanohydrin.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids HCN Gives Cyanohydrin

Some plants produce cyanohydrins. The seeds of cherries, plums, peaches and apricots contain cyanohydrins. The odour and flavour of almonds is due to benzaldehyde and the cyanohydrin of benzaldehyde.

Addition of sodium bisulphite (NaHSO4)

Aldehydes and ketones react with an aqueous, saturated solution of sodium bisulphite to yield a bisulphite product. This product is sparingly soluble in water and can be separated by filtration and decomposed by mineral acids to give back the carbonyl compound. The method is often used for separating a carbonyl compound from a noncarbonyl impurity.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Sodium Bisulphite Noncarbonyl Impurity

Sodium bisulphite Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Sodium Bisulphite

Addition of Grignard reagents

Aldehydes and ketones react with Grignard reagents to produce alcohols. Formaldehyde yields primary (1°) alcohols, other aldehydes give secondary (2°) alcohols and all ketones give tertiary (3°) alcohols.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Adition of Grignard Reagents Of Primary And Secondary And Teritary Alcohols

Grignard reagents Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Grignard Reagents

Addition of alcohol

In the presence of dry HCl gas, one mole of an aldehyde reacts with one mole of alcohol to give a hemiacetal (alkoxy alcohol), which again reacts with one mole of the alcohol to yield an acetal (gem-alkoxy compound).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hemiacetal Alkoxy Alcohol And Acetal Gem Dialkoxy Compounds

Alcohol Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Alcohols

Ketones do not react with monohydric alcohols in the presence of dry HCl but react with ethylene glycol (a dihydric alcohol) to form cyclic ketals.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Cyclic Ketals

In the presence of dry HCl gas, the oxygen atom of a carbonyl compound is bonded to H*, leaving a stabilised \(\left(>\mathrm{C}=\mathrm{O}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightleftharpoons>\mathrm{C}=\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{O}}-\mathrm{H} \leftrightarrow \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}}-\mathrm{OH}\right)\) arbonium ion, which can react with ethylene glycol (a nucleophile) to yield a cyclic ketal.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Ethylene Glycol To Yield A Cyclic ketal

Reaction with ammonia derivative (NH2-Y):

Several derivatives of ammonia such as

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Ammonia Derivative

Can take part in addition reactions with aldehydes and ketones. The reaction is catalysed both by acids and alkalis. Under their influence, a molecule of water is eliminated, introducing a double bond between C and N. The products are crystalline, high-melting solids, very useful as derivatives for identification.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Products Are Crystalline And High Melting Solids Very Useful As Identification

Ammonia derivative Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Ammonia Derivative

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Ammonia Derivative.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Ammonia Derivative..

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Semicarbazide And Semicarbazone

Reaction with PCI5

When aldehydes and ketones are treated with PCl5, the oxygen atom of the carbonyl group is substituted by two chlorine atoms and gem-dihalides are formed.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbonyl Chlorine Atoms And Gem Dihalides

Reduction

Reducing agents such as LiAlH4, NaBH4 and H2/Ni reduce aldehydes to primary alcohols and ketones to secondary alcohols.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Aldehyde To Primary And Ketones To Secondary Alcohols

LiAlH4 is a versatile reducing agent. It reduces not only aldehydes and ketones but carboxylic acids, esters and nitriles as well. Sodium borohydride is a weak and selective reducing agent and reduces aldehydes and ketones only, but not carboxylic acids. NaBH4 is also unreactive towards C = C and C=C bonds.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Crotonaldehyde

If a molecule contains both an aldehyde and an ester, only the aldehyde will be reduced by NaBH4.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Aldehyde An Ester

Aldehydes and ketones may be reduced to hydrocarbons on treatment with Zn (Hg) and concentrated HCl. In this reaction, the >C=O group is converted into the >CH2 group. This reaction is known as Clemmensen reduction.

⇒ \(>\mathrm{C}=\mathrm{O}+4 \mathrm{H} \frac{\mathrm{Zn}-\mathrm{Hg}}{\mathrm{HCl}}>\mathrm{CH}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Aldehydes and ketones are also easily reduced to hydrocarbons in the presence of excess hydrazine and a strong base on heating. This reaction is known as Wolff-Kishner reduction.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Wolff Kishner Reduction

Oxidation of aldehydes

Aldehydes are among the most readily oxidised classes of organic compounds. They are converted to carboxylic acid by numerous oxidising agents such as KMnO4, K2Cr2O7 and HNO3

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Oxidation Of Aldehydes

Aldehydes are also oxidised by relatively weak oxidising agents such as Tollens reagent and Fehling’s solution.

Oxidation by Tollens reagen:

When an aldehyde is warmed with ammoniacal silver nitrate (Tollens reagent), the aldehyde is oxidised to carboxylic acid and the silver ion is reduced to free silver, which deposits in the form of a mirror on the inner wall of the test tube.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Oxidation By Tollens Reagent

Ordinary mirrors are prepared in this way, using formaldehyde.

Tollens reagent is prepared by adding one drop of an aqueous solution of NaOH to a silver nitrate solution (10 mL) and dissolving the resultant precipitate in a minimum quantity of ammonium hydroxide solution.

⇒ \(\mathrm{AgNO}_3+\mathrm{NaOH}+2 \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{OH} \rightarrow \underset{\text { Tollens reagent }}{\mathrm{Ag}\left(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{NH}_3}\right)_2 \overline{\mathrm{O}} \mathrm{H}}+\mathrm{NaNO}_3+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Oxidation by Fehling’s solution:

When heated with Fehling’s solution, an aldehyde is oxidised to a carboxylic acid and the Fehling’s solution is reduced to cuprous oxide (Cu2O) as a brick-red precipitate.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Oxidation By Fehlings Solution

Fehling’s solution is a deep blue solution prepared by mixing equal volumes of Fehling’s solution (1) and Fehling’s solution (2). Fehling’s solution (1) is an aqueous copper sulphate solution. Fehling’s solution (2) is an alkaline solution of sodium potassium tartrate (Rochelle salt).

When Fehling’s solution (1) is mixed with Fehling’s solution (2), a deep blue soluble complex is formed, which reacts with an aldehyde to form the sodium salt of a carboxylic acid and a red-brown precipitate of Cu2O.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CuSO}_4+2 \mathrm{NaOH} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}(\mathrm{OH})_2+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carboxylic Acid Red Brown Precipitate

Fehling’s solution can oxidise aliphatic aldehydes only, while Tollens reagent can oxidise aliphatic as well as aromatic aldehydes. These reagents have no effect on ketones.

The aldehyde group undergoes aerial oxidation. For example, crystals of benzoic acid grow inside a bottle filled with benzaldehyde in the presence of sunlight.

Oxidation by Benedict’s reagent:

Benedict’s reagent is an alkaline solution of copper sulphate, sodium carbonate and sodium citrate. On heating with Benedict’s reagent, aliphatic aldehydes yield a red-brown precipitate of Cu2O

Using Benedict’s reagent we can detect the presence of sugar in urine.

Oxidation of ketones

The oxidation of ketones requires stronger oxidising agents such as permanganate and high temperatures. It involves the cleavage of a carbon-carbon bond adjacent to the carbonyl group, and different carboxylic acids are formed.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Oxidation Of Ketones

Oxidation of methyl ketones (haloform reaction) Aldehydes and ketones containing a keto methyl group Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Oxidation Of Methyl Ketonesare oxidised by sodium hypohalite (NaOX). Sodium salts of carboxylic acids containing one carbon less than the methyl ketone are formed. The methyl group forms a haloform.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Oxidation Of Methyl Ketones.

For example, acetone is oxidised by I2/NaOH to give iodoform. The three hydrogens in the methyl group are acidic and are readily displaced by the halogen to yield a triiodo compound which is cleaved under the influence of the alkali to yield iodoform and the corresponding carboxylic acid.

Iodoform is a pale yellow solid and its appearance indicates the presence of a methyl ketone.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Idoform Is A pale Yellow Solid Of Methyl Ketone

Methyl ketones give the corresponding chloroform or bromoform with hypochlorite or hypobromite and so this reaction is known as a haloform reaction.

The hypohalite does not attack a double bond, if present in the molecule.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Hypohalite Attack A Double Bond Present Of The Molecule

Compounds containing the methylcarbinol Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Methylcarbinolgroup also respond positively to the iodoform test.

Thus, even ethyl alcohol responds positively to the iodoform test.

Reactions due to α-hydrogen

A carbon atom located next to a carbonyl carbon is known as an a-carbon and hydrogens attached to an a-carbon are called a-hydrogens. These hydrogens are acidic due to the electron-withdrawing nature of the carbonyl group and resonance stabilisation of the conjugate base.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Alpha Hydrogen Of The Conjugate Base

Aldol condensation:

Two molecules of an aldehyde or a ketone containing a-hydrogen undergo condensation in the presence of a dilute alkali to give a β-hydroxy aldehyde (aldol) or a β-hydroxy ketone (ketol). These reactions are called aldol condensation reactions.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Aldol Condensation Reactions

Aldols (aldehyde-alcohols) can be dehydrated easily by heating to yield α, and β unsaturated aldehydes. For example, on heating, β-hydroxybutyraldehyde yields crotonaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Beta Hydroxybutyraldehyde Yields Crotonaldehyde

In the presence of Ba(OH)2, two molecules of acetone condense to yield diacetonyl alcohol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Acetone Condense Diacetonyl Alcohol

Aldol Condensation Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism of Aldol Condensation

Cross-aldol condensation:

An aldol condensation between two different carbonyl compounds, each containing a-hydrogen, gives a mixture of four products. This reaction is called a cross-aldol condensation.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Cross Aldol Codensation

It is generally difficult to separate a mixture of four products. A cross-aldol condensation yielding a pure product can, however, be obtained when one of the reactants has no α -hydrogen (for example, benzaldehyde, or maldehyde).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Alpha Hydrogen and Benzaldehyde And Acetaldehyde

Other reactions

Cannizzaro reaction:

When an aldehyde that has no a-hydrogens is treated with a concentrated aqueous alkali, a disproportionation reaction occurs. One molecule of the aldehyde is reduced to a primary alcohol, and another molecule is oxidised to the corresponding carboxylic acid salt.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carboxylic Acid Salt

This reaction is known as the Cannizzaro reaction.

Cannizzaro reaction Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Cannizzaro Reaction

Crossed Cannizzaro reaction: 

When an aldehyde that has no a-hydrogens is treated with formaldehyde and a strong base, it is the formaldehyde rather than the other aldehyde that is oxidised. Such a reaction is known as a crossed Cannizzaro reaction. For example,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Crossed Cannizzaro Reaction

Aromatic Aldehydes

Methods of preparation:

Aromatic aldehydes and ketones are prepared by the following methods.

Aromatic aldehydes

By the oxidation of toluene (Etard reaction), The partial oxidation of toluene by chromyl chloride (CrO2 Cl2) gives a chromium complex, which on hydrolysis yields benzaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hydrplysis Yields Benzaldehyde

This reaction is known as the Etard reaction. If a strong oxidising agent is used, toluene is oxidised to benzoic acid.

Upon treatment with chromic oxide in acetic anhydride, toluene gives benzylidene diacetate. On hydrolysis with a dilute acid, Benzylidene diacetate yields benzaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Benzylidene Diacetate Yields Benzaldehyde

By the hydrolysis of benzal chloride:

On hydrolysis, benzal chloride yields benzaldehyde. Hydrolysis is done by using an aqueous NaOH solution. Benzal chloride is prepared by the chlorination of toluene in the presence of sunlight.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Benzyl Chloride By The Chlorination Of Toluene

By the Gattermann-Koch synthesis:

Benzaldehyde is prepared by treating benzene or its derivative with CO+ HCl in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 and Cu2Cl2

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids By The Gattermann Koch Synthesis.

Gattermann-Koch synthesis Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Gattermann Koch Synthesis

Aromatic ketones

By the acylation of benzene:

Aromatic hydrocarbons react with acyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 to yield aromatic ketones. For example, on treatment with acetyl chloride in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3 benzene or substituted benzene gives acetophenone.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Benzene Gives Acetophenone

Acylation of benzene Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Acylation Of Benzene

Chemical Reactions

Most of the chemical reactions of benzaldehyde are similar to those of aliphatic aldehydes. We will now discuss some reactions of benzaldehyde which are different from those of aliphatic aldehydes.

Perkin reaction:

On being heated with acetic anhydride in the presence of sodium acetate, benzaldehyde gives cinnamic acid (a, B- unsaturated acid).

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CHO}+\left(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CO}\right)_2 \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COONa}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CHCOOH}+\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}\)

This reaction is known as the Perkin reaction.

Perkin reaction Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Perkin Reaction

Benzoin condensation

Benzaldehyde and most other aromatic aldehydes undergo a self-condensation, known as benzoin condensation, when treated with potassium cyanide in an alcoholic solution. The product formed from benzaldehyde is called benzoin.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Benzoin

Benzoin condensation Mechanism

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Benzoin Condensation

Claisen-Schmidt reaction

Benzaldehyde undergoes condensation with aldehydes and ketones in the presence of a dilute alkali at room temperature to yield unsaturated carbonyl compounds.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Claisen Schmidt Reaction

Reaction with aniline

On being heated with aniline, benzaldehyde yields benzylidene aniline (Schiff base).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Reaction With Aniline

Electrophilic substitution reactions

The benzene ring of aromatic aldehydes and ketones undergoes nitration, sulphonation and halogenation to yield the corresponding meta-substituted product.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Electrophilic Substitution Reactions

Example 3: Complete each reaction below by supplying the missing starting material, reagent(s) or product. 

1. \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH} \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CHO}\)

2. \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CN} \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CHO}\)

3. \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CHCH}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CHO}\)Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 3 Supplying The Material Reagents Or Product

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 3 Supplying The Material Reagents Or Product.

Solution: 

1.  \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH} \stackrel{\mathrm{PCC}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CHO}\)

A primary alcohol is oxidised to an aldehyde by PCC. (i) CH,CH,CN DIBAL-HCH,CH,CHO

2. \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CN} \stackrel{\text { DIBAL-H }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CHO}\)

A nitrile is converted to an aldehyde by DIBAL-H.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 3 Solution Starting Reagents Or Product

This is an Etard reaction. The partial oxidation of p-fluorotoluene by chromyl chloride (CrO2Cl2) gives a chromium complex, which on hydrolysis yields p-fluorobenzaldehyde.

5.  \(\mathrm{CH}_2=\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH} \stackrel{\mathrm{PCC}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_2=\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{CHO}\)

A primary alcohol is oxidised to aldehyde by PCC. The double bond is not affected by oxidation with PCC.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 3 Solution Starting Reagents Or Product.

NaBH4 is a weak reducing agent. It only reduces the ketonic group to a secondary alcoholic group. Double bonds are not affected by NaBH4. H2 Pt (cat.)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 3 Solution Starting Reagents Or Product..

In catalytic hydrogenation, only ethylenic double bonds are reduced. The ketonic group remains unaffected.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 3 Solution Starting Reagents Or Product...

LiAlH is a versatile reducing agent. It reduces the aldehydic group to a primary alcoholic group.

11. \(2 \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COCl} \stackrel{\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_2 \mathrm{Cd}}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COCH}_3+\mathrm{CdCl}_2\)

Acid chlorides react with dimethyl cadmium to give ketones.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 3 Solution Starting Reagents Or Product....

This is a Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction.

Mechanism:

Uses Of Aldehydes And Ketones

  1. Formalin (40% aqueous solution of formaldehyde) is used to preserve biological specimens.
  2. Formaldehyde is used to prepare the most important plastic bakelite (a phenol-formaldehyde plastic).
  3. Acetaldehyde is used for manufacturing organic compounds such as acetic acid, ethyl acetate, acetic anhydride and 1-butanol.
  4. Benzaldehyde is used in perfumery and the dye industry.
  5. Butyraldehyde, vanillin and camphor are used as flavouring agents in the perfume industry.

Carboxylic Acids

Organic compounds which contain a carboxyl group Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carboxylic Acids are termed carboxylic acids. The group is so named because it can be considered as a combination of the carbonyl and hydroxyl groups.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbonyl Group And Hydroxyl Group

Carboxylic acids may be aliphatic or aromatic. Aliphatic carboxylic acids are compounds in which the carbon of the carboxyl group is attached to an alkyl group and aromatic carboxylic acids are those in which the carbon of the carboxyl group is attached to an aryl group.

The unbranched long-chain monocarboxylic acids (C13 -C18) (monocarboxylic acids are compounds in which only one -COOH group is present) are commonly called fatty acids because many of them are obtained by the hydrolysis of animal fats or vegetable oils. Oils and fats are in fact esters of glycerol and fatty acids. Important fatty acids are stearic acid (C17H33COOH), palmitic acid (C15 H31 COOH) and oleic acid (C17H33COOH).

Formic acid is produced by ants and nettles. The sting of ants and nettles irritates the skin. Acetic acid is responsible for the sour taste of vinegar.

Nomenclature

Two systems of nomenclature are currently in use for carboxylic acids.

Trivial name

Simple carboxylic acids are known by their trivial names or common names derived from their natural sources, e.g., formic acid (Latin: formica, ant), acetic acid (Latin: acetum, vinegar), butyric acid (Latin: butyrum, butter). In substituted acids, the positions of the substituents are indicated by the Greek letters a, ẞ, 7, 8 and so on. The carbon atom next to the carboxyl group is a. For example,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Beta Hydroxybutyric Acid

IUPAC name

The IUPAC name of a monocarboxylic acid is derived from the name of the corresponding alkane by dropping the last ‘e’ of the alkane and adding the suffix ‘oic acid’. Positions of substituents on the chain are worked out by considering the carboxylic carbon to be C(1).

Carboxylic acids containing more than one carboxylic acid group are named by retaining the ending’-e’ of the alkane and the number of carboxylic acids are indicated by adding the prefix di, tri, etc., to the term ‘oic acid’. The positions of carboxylic acid groups are located by numbers.

The common and IUPAC names of some carboxylic acids

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Common IUPAC Names Of Some Carboxylic Acids

The following are some formulae and IUPAC names of carboxylic acids

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids IUPAC Names Of Carboxylic Acids

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids IUPAC Names Of Carboxylic Acids.

[Note: If an unbranched chain is directly linked to more than two carboxyl groups, these carboxylic acids are named from the parent hydrocarbon by the substitutive used of a suffix such as ‘tricarboxylic acid’, etc., in place of the suffix ‘oic acid’.]

Alicyclic carboxylic acids are also named by adding the suffix ‘carboxylic acid’ to the name of a parent hydrocarbon. For example,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Alicyclic Carboxylic Acids Are Carboxylic Acid

Methods Of Preparation

By the oxidation of primary alcohols or aldehydes

The oxidation of primary alcohols yields a carboxylic acid. The oxidising agent most often used is potassium permanganate in an acidic or alkaline medium, or potassium dichromate or chromium trioxide in an acid medium.

⇒ \(\mathrm{RCH}_2 \mathrm{OH} \underset{\text { 2. } \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}}{\stackrel{\text { alkaline } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\longrightarrow}} \mathrm{RCOOH}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{RCH}_2 \mathrm{OH} \stackrel{\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7 / \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{RCOOH}\)

The initial product in the oxidation of a primary alcohol is the corresponding aldehyde. However, the aldehyde undergoes oxidation more rapidly than the primary alcohol. So it is normally not shown in the equation. Both aliphatic and aromatic aldehydes are readily oxidised to carboxylic acids even by mild oxidising agents like Tollens reagent. But usually, acid dichromate or permanganate solutions are used for oxidation.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Acid Dichromate

By the oxidation of alkylbenzenes (Side-chain oxidation)

Aromatic compounds with alkyl side chains are oxidised with alkaline KMnO4, acidified K2Cr2O7 or chromic acid to carboxylic acids. For example, toluene, propylbenzene and isopropylbenzene are oxidised to benzoic acid on oxidation with alkaline KMnO4. As t-butylbenzene does not possess hydrogen on the benzyl carbon, it is not oxidised to benzoic acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Oxidation Of Alkylbezenes Or Side Chain Oxidation

By the hydrolysis of nitriles and amides

Aliphatic and aromatic nitriles give carboxylic acids on hydrolysis upon boiling with acids or alkalis.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hydrolysis Of Nitriles And Amides

Nitriles and Amides Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Hydrolysis Of Nitriles And Amides

In order to obtain amides rather than carboxylic acids, mild reaction conditions are used. (Then the reaction stops at the amide stage.)

Grignard reagents: Grignard reagents (RMgX) react with carbon dioxide (dry ice is a convenient source of CO2) to yield salts of carboxylic acids. Treatment of the salt with a mineral acid liberates the carboxylic acid.]

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Salt And Minerals Acid Liberates Carboxylic Acid

Grignard reagents Mechanism :

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechaism Of Grignard Reagents Of Carboxylic Acid

By the hydrolysis of esters, amides, acid halides and acid anhydrides

On hydrolysis, esters, amides, acyl halides and acid anhydrides give carboxylic acids.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids On Hydrolysis Esters Amides And Actl Halides

(Y = OR,X,NH2,OCOR)

Hydrolysis of esters Esters undergo hydrolysis by refluxing with dilute HCl or dilute alkali to yield carboxylic acids. Acidic hydrolysis gives carboxylic acid directly but alkaline hydrolysis with dilute NaOH gives the sodium salt of a carboxylic acid, which on acidification yields carboxylic acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Acidification Yields Carboxylic Acid

With acid:

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{COOC}_2 \mathrm{H}_5+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+}}{\rightleftharpoons} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}+\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}\)

With alkali:

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOC}_2 \mathrm{H}_5+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\mathrm{OH}^{-}}{\rightleftharpoons} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}+\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Mechanism of alkaline hydrolysis of esters:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Alkaline Hydrolysis Of Esters

Hydrolysis of amides: On Hydrolosis with acid or alkaline amides yield carboxylic acids

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hydrolysis Of Amides

 Alkaline hydrolysis of amides Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Alkaline Hydrolysis Of Amides

Hydrolysis of acid halides and acid anhydrides:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hydrolysis of Acid Halides And Acid Anhydrides

Acid halides and Acid anhydrides Mechanism:  

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Mechanism of Hydrolysis Of Acid Hakides And Acid Anhydrides

Physical Properties Of Monocarboxylic Acids

Lower carboxylic acids (with up to nine carbon atoms) are liquids with disagreeable odours. Higher members are waxlike solids. They are less volatile and almost odourless. Formic acid and acetic acid are present in traces in the secretions of our skin.

The ability of a dog to differentiate one person from another depends upon its highly developed sense of smell. Since the metabolic processes of different persons are different, the composition of lower carboxylic acids secreted by the skin is different in case of different people and a dog is able to distinguish one person from another.

The boiling points of carboxylic acids are higher than those of other classes of compounds of comparable molecular weight. For example, acetic acid (molecular weight 60) boils at 393 K, but propanol (molecular weight 60) boils at 370 K, and ethyl chloride (molecular weight 64) boils at only 286 K.

The increase in boiling point is attributed to the hydrogen bonding between the carboxylic acid molecules. More heat is required to break hydrogen bonds in the dimeric structure of carboxylic acids.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Dimer Structure

Example 4: Arrange te following compounds in increasing order of their boiling points give reasons

C2H5–O–C2H5, CH3CH2COOH, CH3CH2CH2CH2OH, CH3CH2CH2CHO, CH3CH2CH2 CH2CH3.

Solution:  

The boiling points of carboxylic acids are higher than those of other classes of compounds of comparable molecular mass. For example, propanoic acid (molecular mass = 74) boils at 414 K, 1-butanol (molecular mass = 74) boils at 391 K, butanal (molecular mass = 72) boils at 347.7 K, ethoxyethane (molecular mass = 74) boils at 318 K and n-pentane (molecular mass = 72) boils at 319 K. The high boiling point of propanoic (propionic) acid is attributed to the dimeric structure due to hydrogen bonding.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Propionic Acid

Propionic acid forms even stronger hydrogen bonds than does 1-butanol. The O-H bond of propionic acid is more strongly polarised as O-H due to the adjacent electron-attracting carbonyl group and the hydrogen bridge may be bonded to the more negatively charged carbonyl group rather than to the oxygen of another O-H bond of the carboxylic acid group.

The carbonyl group of butanal Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Carbonyl Group Of Butanal is more polar in nature than the C-O-C group in ethoxyethane (C2H5-O-C2H5). The dipole-dipole attraction of the molecules of butanal is stronger than in ethoxyethane. Therefore, the boiling point of butanal is higher than that of ethoxyethane.

On the other hand, butanal does not form hydrogen bonds, and its boiling point is lower than those of 1-butanol and propanoic acid. n-pentane is nonpolar in nature, the only attractive forces among the molecules of n-pentane being the weak van der Waals attractive forces.

Therefore, the increasing order of boiling points of the given compounds is as follows.
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 <CH3CH2OCH2CH3<CH3CH2CH2CHO <CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
<CH3CH2COOH

Lower members of the carboxylic acids are completely soluble in water. This is because of the ability of the carboxyl group to form hydrogen bonds with water molecules. Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Hydrogen Bonds With Water Molecule

Higher fatty acids are insoluble in water due to the increased hydrophobic nature of long-chain alkyl groups.

Structure Of Carboxylic Acids

A carboxylic acid may be thought of as a resonance hybrid of the following two structures.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Structure Of Carboxylic Acids

This resonance interaction has two important consequences.

1. The O-H bond is weakened by the electron-withdrawing effect of the carbonyl group so that typical carboxylic acids (pKa =4±1) are much more acidic than alcohol (pKa 17). The conjugate base of a carboxylic acid is also stabilised by resonance. The negative charge is shared equally by both oxygens, making them completely equivalent.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Negative Charge Equivalent

2. The electrophilicity of the carbonyl group is reduced by the electron-donating effect of the O-H group. Therefore, carboxyl carbon is less reactive towards nucleophiles than the carbonyl group of aldehydes and ketones.

Due to the diminished electron-withdrawing capacity of the carbonyl group in carboxylic acids (and their derivatives), α -hydrogens in such compounds are less acidic than those in ketones and aldehydes.

Strength Of Carboxylic Acids

The strength of a Bronsted acid is usually expressed in terms of its pKa value. The lower the pKa value, the stronger is the acid. The pKa values for a large number of carboxylic acids are known.

Table 12.5 pKa values for selected carboxylic acids (R-COOH)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids The Values Of pKa And Carboxylic Acid

From the table, it is evident that substituted acids (CICH2-COOH, CI2 CH-COOH and CI2 C-COOH) as well as formic acid are stronger than acetic acid.

It is reasonable to expect that electron-donating substituents [Example, CH3-C2H3-,(CH3)2, CH-,(CH3)3C-1 should be acid weakening while electron-withdrawing substituents (-Cl2 -NO2, CN2 etc.) should be acid strengthening. The closer the substituent group is to the carboxyl group, the greater the effect it will have.

Further, if the number of electronegative halogens on the a-carbon is increased from one to three, the pK value reaches that of a strong mineral acid. The three halogens of trichloroacetic acid exert strong as shown. Due to this, the hydrogen of the -COOH group can readily leave as a proton.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Trichloracetic Acid

When groups such as C6H5, and vinyl (CH2=CH-) are attached to the carboxyl group then the acid strength should decrease due to resonance, as shown below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Carbonyl Group Then The Acid Strength

But, in fact, the acid strength increases because an sp2 carbon has greater effective electronegativity than an sp carbon.

In the presence of electron-attracting groups (NO2, Cl, SO3 H), the acid strength of aromatic carboxylic acids increases and in the presence of electron-donating groups (CH3, OH, OCH3, etc.), the acid strength decreases.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids 4 Methoxybenzoic

Example: Among the following pairs of acids, which is stronger? Give reasons

1. CH3COOH or CICH2COOH

2. FCH2COOH or CICH2COOH

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Example 5 Pairs of Acids Stronger

Solution:

Generally, the acidity of a compound is increased by electron-attracting substituents whi electron-donating substituents decrease acid strength. Chloroacetic acid is more acidic tha acetic acid. The higher acidity of chloroacetic acid is attributed to inductive effect. The chlori atom on chloroacetic acid assists in loosening the O-H bond and making the proton eas removable by pulling the electron towards itself due to its high electronegativity.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids High Electro Negativity

The electron-donating methyl group in acetic acid decreases the acid strength.

The larger the electron-withdrawing inductive effect, the greater is the acidity. As a result, fluoroacetic acid is stronger than chloroacetic acid-fluorine is considerably more electronegative than chlorine.

Inductive effect decreases rapidly with distance. The carboxylic acid in which the electron-attracting nitro group is closer to the carboxyl group is stronger because it can pull electrons more effectively. Therefore, 3-nitrobutanoic acid is stronger than 4-nitrobutanoic acid.

The electronegative CCl3– group attracts electrons from the benzene ring, resulting in a positive charge on the carbon atom adjacent to the carboxylic group.

This in turn induces a positive charge on the carboxyl carbon. This results in the release of a proton to yield the carboxylate anion. The carboxylate anion is readily stabilised through resonance and increases the acid strength.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Increase The Acid Strength

The effect in p-methylbenzoic acid is opposite to that in 4-trichloromethylbenzoic acid. The methyl group is able to donate electrons to the benzene ring through hyperconjugation and built up a negative charge on the carboxyl carbon. This additional charge tends to hold the proton and thus decreases the acid character.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Additional Charge Tends To Hold Proton And The Acid

Chemical Properties Carboxylic Acids

The chemical reactions of the carboxylic group involve the following.

  1. Cleavage of the O-H bond,
  2. Cleavage of the C-OH bond,
  3. The COOH group, and
  4. Substitution reactions in the hydrocarbon part.

Reactions involving cleavage of the O-H bond

Reactions with metals and alkali Like alcohols, carboxylic acids also evolve hydrogen with sodium metal and like phenols, carboxylic acids react even with weak bases, such as sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate, to evolve carbon dioxide.

2CH3COOH + 2Na→2CH3COONa+ H2

CH3COOH + NaOH → CH3COONa +H2O

CH3COOH + NaHCO3-CH3COONa +H2O+CO2

Note that the evolution of CO2 is from NaHCO3 and not from the carbxylic acid. This reaction is used to detect the -COOH group in an unknown organic compound. Carboxylic acids evolve CO2 with effervescence.

Carboxylic acids are only partially ionised in an aqueous solution and thus display weak acidic properties. A convenient way to measure the acidity of an acid is in terms of its ionisation constant (Ka) and PKavalues. For acetic acid, the expression for Ka is obtained as follows.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}+\mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{O}}\)

For the above reaction

⇒ \(K_{\mathrm{a}}=\frac{\left[\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COO}^{-}\right]\left[\mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{O}}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{COOH}\right]}\)

The concentration term for water is neglected since it is not affected to any appreciable extent by the ionisation of the acid. A higher value for Ka implies a strong acid.

The strength of an acid is also indicated by its pK, value.

pKa = -log Ka

Thus, for acetic acid, whose Ka is 1.8 × 10-5, the pKa can be calculated.

PK-log (1.8 × 10-5)=

-0.3+5=4.7.

A smaller value of pKa implies a stronger acid (excellent proton donor). For hydrochloric acid, the pK, value is -7.0. The corresponding values for trifluoroacetic acid, benzoic acid and acetic acid are 0.23, 4.19 and 4.7 respectively.

Stronger acids have pK, values < 1, moderately strong acids have pK, values between 1 and 5, weak acids have pK, values between 5 and 15, and extremely weak acids have pK, values > 15.

Reactions involving cleavage of the C-OH bond

Esterification Carboxylic acids react readily with alcohols or phenol in the presence of catalytic amounts of mineral acids (concentrated H2SO4) to yield esters. The process is called esterification. The conversion of a carboxylic acid into an ester involves nucleophilic substitution at the carbonyl (acyl) carbon.

First of all, the carbonyl oxygen of the -COOH group is protonated, which fascilitates the nucleophilic addition of the alcohol (the alcohol serving as the nucleophile) to the carbonyl group, yielding a tetrahedral intermediate.

Proton transfer of the intermediate converts the acid’s OH group to the protonated form which, being a good leaving group, departs as a water molecule. The protonated ester so formed finally loses a proton to give an ester.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Mechanism Of Involving Cleavage Of The C OH bond

C-OH bond Mechanism:

The reaction has several notable characteristics.

  • It is reversible. Completion of the reaction requires either water to be removed by azeotropic distillation o an excess of one of the reagents (usually alcohol) to be used.
  • The alcohol’s oxygen is retained in the ester, indicating that the R-O bond does not break during the reaction.
  • The reaction requires catalysis by strong acids.

Reactions with PCI5, PCI3 and SOCI2 The reaction of a carboxylic acid with PCl5, PCI3 or

SOCI2 yields an acid chloride.

⇒ RCOOH + PCI5→ RCOC1 + POCl3 + HCl

⇒ 3RCOOH+ PCl3, 3RCOCI+ H3PO3

⇒ RCOOH + SOCI2→ RCOCI+ HCI ↑+ SO2

With thionyl chloride, the by-products are both gases. With the phosphorus halide, the by-products are either nonvolatile phosphorus acid or the volatile liquid phosphorus oxychloride (boiling point 378 K). The latter may be difficult to separate from the acid chloride if the boiling points of the two are similar. Therefore, thionyl chloride is preferred for the preparation of acid chlorides.

Reaction with ammonia:

Carboxylic acids react with ammonia to yield ammonium salts, which give amides on being heated. For example,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Reaction With Ammonia

Formation of anhydrides:

On being heated with concentrated H2SO4 or P2O5, a carboxylic acid gives an acid anhydride.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Formation Of Anhydrides

Carboxylic acids may be converted to their anhydrides by making their sodium salts react with the corresponding acid chloride.

⇒ RCOONa + RCOC1→ R–COO–COR+NaCl

Mixed anhydrides can also be prepared by this process.

⇒ RCOONa + R’COC1→ RCO—0—COR’ + NaCl

Reactions involving the carboxyl group

Reduction:

Carboxylic acids are conveniently reduced to primary alcohols upon reaction with lithium aluminium hydride in ether or with diborane, which reduces esters, nitro and halo groups with difficulty. Sodium borohydride is a weak reducing agent and does not reduce the carboxyl group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Reaction Involving The Carboxyl Group

Decarboxylation: on dry distillation with soda lime, the sodium salt of a carboxylic acid gives an alkane.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Decarboxylation.

The decarboxylation (removal of CO2) of a carboxylic acid takes place through the carboxylate anion from which the group CH3 departs along with its bonding electron pair. The carbanion (carbon carrying a negative charge) reacts with a proton to give the alkane.

Decarboxylation Mechanism:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids tMechanism Of Decarboxylation

Kolbe’s electrolytic method: In this method, an aqueous solution of a sodium salt of carboxylic acid is subjected to electrolysis to yield an alkane.

⇒ 2CH3COONa+ 2H2O→C2H6 +2CO2 + 2NaOH + H2 at anode at cathode

In another reaction, dry distillation with calcium formate, the calcium salt of a carboxylic acid gives an aldehyde. For example, a mixture of calcium acetate and calcium formate yields acetaldehyde on dry distillation.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Calcium Acetate And Calcium Formate And Acetaldehyde

On dry distillation, the calcium salt of a carboxylic acid gives a ketone. For example, calcium acetate, on dry distillation, yields acetone.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Calcium Acetate And Acetone

Hunsdiecker reaction:

Carboxylic acids form silver salts when their ammoniacal solutions are treated with silver nitrate. On being refluxed with Br2, the salt forms an alkyl bromide. This is known as the Hunsdiecker reaction.

⇒  \(\underset{\text { Silver carboxylate }}{\mathrm{RCOOAg}}+\mathrm{Br}_2 \underset{\Delta}{\stackrel{\mathrm{CCl}_4}{\longrightarrow}} \underset{\text { Alkyl bromide }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{Br}}+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{AgBr}\)

Substitution reactions in the hydrocarbon part

Halogenation:  When treated with chlorine or bromine in the presence of red phosphorus, aliphatic carboxylic acids containing a-hydrogen form a-halogen acids.

Similarly,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Alpha Halogen Acids

This reaction is called the Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction or HVZ reaction.

Halogenation Mechanism:
Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids HVZ Reaction

Reducing properties of formic acid

Formic acid shows reducing properties in the following reactions.

Reaction with Tollens reagent:  On gently warming with Tollens reagent, formic acid gives a grey precipitate of metallic silver.

⇒ HCOOH + 2Ag(NH3)2(Tollens reagent)OH → Ag + CO3 +H3O+4NH3

Reaction with Fehling’s reagent: Upon being heated with Fehling’s reagent, formic acid gives a brick-red precipitate of Cu2O.)

Reaction with mercuric chloride: Formic acid reduces mercuric chloride to mercuric chloride (Hg2Cl2) as a white precipitate. Mercurous chloride is further reduced to mercury as a grey precipitate.

⇒ HCOOH+2HgCl2Hg2Cl2 + CO2 + 2HCl

⇒ HCOOH+Hg2Cl2→ 2Hg(grey ppt.) +CO2+2HCl

Electrophilic substitution reactions of benzoic acid

Nitration:

Aromatic carboxylic acids undergo electrophilic substitution reactions. In benzoic acid, the -COOH group deactivates the benzene ring and is meta-directing. On nitration with concentrated HNO3 and concentrated H2SO4, benzoic acid gives m-nitrobenzoic acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids M Nitrobenzoic Acid

Benzoic acid does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction (alkylation or acylation) because this reaction is not possible with a deactivated aromatic nucleus and the catalyst anhydrous AICI3 (Lewis acid) gets bonded with the COOH group as shown below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic ANucleus And The Catalyst Anhydrous Bonded With COOH Group

Halogenation:

In the presence of ferric bromide, which acts as a catalyst, benzoic acid reacts with bromine to form m-bromobenzoic acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Halogenation Of Benzoic Acid And M bromobenzoic Acid

Carboxylic Acids Uses 

  • Formic acid is used in the rubber, cloth, dye and leather industries.
  • Acetic acid is used as a solvent and in the preparation of vinegar.
  • .Higher fatty acids are used in the manufacture of soaps and detergents.

Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids Multiple-Choice Questions

Question 1. The functional group of an aldehyde is

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Question 1 Functional Group Of Aldehyde

Answer: 2.

Question 2. The general formula of aldehydes and ketones is

  1. Cn H2n-2O
  2. Cn H2nO
  3. CnH2n+1O
  4. CnH2nO2

Answer: 2. Cn H2nO

Question 3. The IUPAC name of acetone is

  1. Methanal
  2. Ethanal
  3. Propanone
  4. Ethanone

Answer:  3. Propanone

Question 4. Which of the following is used to distinguish between an aldehyde and a ketone?

  1. Concentrated H2SO4
  2. Hydrazine
  3. Tollens reagent
  4. Nitrous acid

Answer: 3. Tollens reagent

Question 5. On being heated with NaOH solution, formaldehyde gives

  1. Formic acid
  2. Acetonw
  3. Methyl alcohol
  4. Ethyl formate

Answer: 3. Methyl alcohol

Question 6. Which of the following is formed when a mixture of calcium acetate and calcium formate is dry distilled?

  1. Methanol
  2. Ethanol
  3. Ethanal
  4. Acetic acid

Answer:  4. Acetic acid

Question 7. Which of the following is involved in the Cannizzaro reaction?

  1. CH3CHO
  2. HCHO
  3. HCOOH
  4. CH3COCH3

Answer: 2. HCHO

Question 8. On dry distillation, calcium acetate gives

  1. Ethyl acetate
  2. Calcium formate
  3. Acetone
  4. Acetaldehyde

Answer: 3. Acetone

Question 9. Which of the following reagents reacts with aldehydes as well as ketones?

  1. Tollens reagent
  2. Fehling’s solution
  3. Schiff base
  4. Grignard reagent

Answer: 4. Grignard reagent

Question 10. Which of the following can be used to distinguish between aldehydes and ketones?

  1. Fehling’s solution
  2. H2SO4
  3. NaHSO3
  4. NH3

Answer: 1. Fehling’s solution

Question 11. Which of the following responds positively to the iodoform test?

  1. C2H2OH
  2. CH3OH
  3. CH3CHO
  4. C2H4c

Answer: 1 and 3 Or C2H2OH and CH3CHO

Question 12. Which of the following is oxidised to acetone?

  1. CH3 CHO
  2. C2H5OH
  3. CH3OH
  4. CH3-CHOH-CH3

Answer: 3. CH3OH

Question 13. On reacting with chlorine, acetaldehyde gives

  1. Acetyl chloride
  2. Chloral
  3. Dichloroacetic acid
  4. None of these

Answer:  2. Chloral

Question 14. On being heated with ammoniacal silver nitrate, acetaldehyde gives

  1. Acetone
  2. Silver acetate
  3. A silver mirror
  4. Formaldehyde

Answer: 3. A silver mirror

Question 15. In the following reaction, what is the appropriate reagent?

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Question 15 Appropriate Reagent

  1. NH-NH2, KOH
  2. Zn/Hg,
  3. H3/Ni
  4. NaBH4

Answer: 1. NH-NH2, KOH

Question 16. What is the correct order of reactivity of C6H5 MgBr with the following?

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 12 Aldehydes Ketones And Carboxylic Acids Question 16 Correct Order of Reactivity

  1. 1 > 2> 3
  2. 3 >2 >1
  3. 2>3>1
  4. 1 >2 >3

Answer: 3. 2>3>1

Question 17. Which of the following reagents is used to separate acetaldehyde from acetophenone?

  1. NaHSO3
  2. C6H5NHNH3
  3. NH2OH
  4. NaOH/I2

Answer: 4. NaOH/I2

Question 18. On treatment with 1% HgSO4 and 20% H2SO4, but-1-yne gives

  1. CH3CH2COCH3
  2. CH3CH2CH2CHO
  3. CH3CH2CHO and HCHO
  4. CH3CH2CHOO and HCOOH

Answer: 1.

Question 19. The boiling points of the compounds

  1. CH3CH2CH2CHO
  2. CH3CH2COOH and HCOOH
  3. CH3CH2CH2OH
  4. CH3COOH I

Answer: 3. CH3CH2CH2OH

Question 20. The formation of cyanohydrin from CH3COCH3 is an example of

  1. Electrophilic substitution
  2. Nucleophilic substitution
  3. Nucleophilic addition
  4. Electrophilic addition

Answer: 3. Nucleophilic addition

Question 21. Which of the following products is obtained when CH3MgBr reacts with formaldehyde?

  1. C2H2OH
  2. CH3COOH
  3. HCHO
  4. CH3CHO

Answer: 1. C2H2OH

Question 22. In which of the following reactions does an aromatic aldehyde react with acetic anhydride in the presence of sodium acetate to give an unsaturated aromatic acid?

  1. Friedel-Crafts reaction
  2. Wurtz reaction
  3. Perkin reaction
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Wurtz reaction

Question 23. Which of the following does not respond positively to the iodoform test?

  1. 2-pentanone
  2. 3-pentanone
  3. Ethanal
  4. Ethonol

Answer: 2. 3-pentanone

Question 24. Which of the following is Tollens reagent?

  1. [Ag(NH3)2]+ ion
  2. Cu(OH)2
  3. CuO
  4. Ag2O

Answer: 1. [Ag(NH3)2]+ ion

Question 25. Which of the following is used to distinguish between aliphatic and aromatic aldehydes?

  1. Tollens reagent
  2. Benedict’s reagent
  3. Schiff base
  4. Iodoform reaction

Answer: 4. Iodoform reaction

Question 26. Which of the following reactions does benzaldehyde not undergo?

  1. Aldol condensation
  2. Benzoin condensation
  3. Cannizzaro reaction
  4. Perkin reaction

Answer: 1. Aldol condensation

Question 27. Which of the following will yield acetaldehyde?

  1. The dry distillation of calcium acetate
  2. The reduction of acetic acid by LIAIH
  3. The oxidation of isopropyl alcohol by K2Cr2O7/H2SO4
  4. The ozonolysis of 2-butene

Answer: 4. The ozonolysis of 2-butene

Question 28. Which of the following reagents is used to distinguish between formic acid and acetic acid?

  1. Phosphorus pentachloride
  2. Sodium
  3. Grignard reagent
  4. Tollens reagent

Answer: 3. Grignard reagent

Question 29. Carbon dioxide is evolved when propanoic acid is treated with a NaHCO3 solution. The carbon atom of CO2 results from the

  1. Methyl group
  2. Carboxylic acid group
  3. Methylene group
  4. Bicarbonate

Answer: 4. Bicarbonate

Question 30. Which of the following does not reduce Fehling’s solution?

  1. Formic acid
  2. Acetic acid
  3. Formaldehyde
  4. Acetaldehyde

Answer: 2. Acetic acid

Question 31. An organic compound (X), on being heated with K2Cr2O, and H2SO4 gives another compound (Y). The latter on heating with I, and Na2CO3 solution forms an iodoform. Among the following, which one could be the compound (X)?

  1. CH3COCH3
  2. CH3OH
  3. CH3CHO
  4. CH3CHOHCH3

Answer:  4. CH3CHO

Question 32. Which of the following is used to distinguish between formic acid and acetic acid?

  1. Sodium
  2. Mercuric chloride
  3. Sodium ethoxide
  4. 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine

Answer: 2. Mercuric chloride

Question 33. An ester is hydrolysed by KOH and acidified to get a white precipitate. The ester is

  1. Methyl acetate
  2. Ethyl acetate
  3. Ethyl formate
  4. Ethyl benzoate

Answer: 4. Ethyl benzoate

Question 34. What are the products formed in the following reaction? \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{COOCH}_3 \stackrel{\mathrm{LiAlH}_4}{\longrightarrow}\)

  1. C6H5COOCH and CH3OH
  2. C6H5C3OOH and CH3OH
  3. C6H5CH2OH and CH3CHO and CH3COOH
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. C6H5CH2OH and CH3CHO and CH3COOH

Biomolecules- Carbohydrates, Proteins, Nucleic Acids

Biomolecules

All living beings are made up of complex molecules called biomolecules. Biomolecules not only help make up the structure of the body but also provide the energy required to carry out life processes. Examples of biomolecules are carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids and lipids. Apart from biomolecules, some simple molecules like vitamins and mineral salts play an important part in the functioning of living beings.

The study of these molecules and their interaction is called biochemistry.

Carbohydrates

Carbohydrates are compounds with the general formula Cn (H2O)m · Originally, they were thought to be hydrates of carbon, hence the name. However, they are not considered to be so any more for the following reasons. 1. Carbon does not form hydrates.

Some carbohydrates, like rhamnose (C6H12O5) and deoxyribose (C5H10O4

Several compounds, such as formaldehyde (CH2O) and acetic acid (C2H4O2), have the same general formula as carbohydrates but differ from them in their properties.

In terms of their functional groups, carbohydrates are polyhydroxy aldehydes or polyhydroxy ketones, or compounds which yield polyhydroxy aldehydes and polyhydroxy ketones on hydrolysis. The simplest carbohydrate is glyceraldehyde

⇒\(\left[\mathrm{C}_3\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_3\right]\)

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Glyceraldehyde

Carbohydrates are mainly produced by plants. In nature, C6H12O6 (glucose) is produced by photosynthesis. Cellulose, which makes up the cell wall of plant cells, is a carbohydrate. Carbohydrates are an important constituent of the food we eat (they are found in rice, potatoes and bread, among other things). They provide us with the energy we require to carry out our life processes.

Classification And Nomenclature

Carbohydrates may be classified as monosaccharides (containing 1 sugar molecule), disaccharides (containing 2 sugar molecules) and polysaccharides (containing many sugar molecules). The names of carbohydrates have an ‘ose’ at the end, for example, glucose, fructose and sucrose.

Monosaccharides are the simplest sugars, and cannot be broken down or hydrolysed into simpler ones. They contain three to nine carbon atoms and are further categorised as trioses, tetroses, pentoses, hexoses, etc. Functionally, those containing an aldehydic group are known as aldoses and those with a ketonic group, are ketoses.

Often, the nature of the carbonyl functional group and the number of carbon atoms present in a monosaccharide are also indicated, example , aldopentoses, aldohexoses, ketopentoses and ketohexoses.

Carbohydrates which on hydrolysis give two to nine monosaccharide units are called oligosaccharides. They are further categorised as disaccharides, trisaccharides, etc., depending upon the number of monosaccharides obtained on hydrolysis.

Disaccharides are hydrolysed to give two molecules of monosaccharides, which may be the same or different. For instance, maltose gives two molecules of glucose, while sucrose yields one molecule each of glucose and fructose.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Maltose }}{\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \underset{\text { Glucose }}{2 \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}\)

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Sucrose }}{\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \underset{\text { Glucose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}+\underset{\text { Fructose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}\)

Trisaccharides (For example, raffinose) are hydrolysed to yield three molecules of monosaccharides.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Raffinose }}{\mathrm{C}_{18} \mathrm{H}_{32} \mathrm{O}_{16}}+\underset{\text { Galactose }}{2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}} \rightarrow \underset{\text { Glucose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}+\underset{\text { Fructose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}+\underset{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}{\text { Gluction }}\)

Polysaccharides are high-molecular-weight carbohydrates that contain several monosaccharide units. In contrast to monosaccharides and disaccharides, which are water-soluble and sweet in taste, polysaccharides are tasteless, water-insoluble substances. The hydrolysis of a polysaccharide yields many molecules of monosaccharides. For example, starch gives many molecules of glucose.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Starch }}{\left(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{10} \mathrm{O}_5\right)_n+n \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow n \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}\)

Carbohydrates which are sweet in taste are called sugars and those that are not are called nonsugars. Monosaccharides and disaccharides are sugars and polysaccharides are nonsugars.

Carbohydrates may also be classified as reducing and nonreducing sugars. All carbohydrates which reduce Fehling’s solution and Tollens reagent are called reducing sugars. All monosaccharides (aldose or ketose) are reducing sugars.

For example, glucose reduces Fehling’s solution to Cu2O (red precipitate) and Tollens reagent to metallic silver. Glucose also reduces Benedict’s solution (an aqueous solution of CuSO4 and sodium citrate) to Cu2O (red precipitate).

This reaction is the traditional one used for the diabetes test in which urine is tested for glucose. Fructose (an a-hydroxy ketone) also responds positively to these tests because a-hydroxyketones, in general, are oxidised very easily to diketones by these reagents.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Alpha Hydroxyketones In general Oxidised Very Easily Diketones

Maltose and lactose are reducing sugars as they reduce Fehling’s solution and Tollen’s reagent. These can produce a free aldehydic group in solution.

Sugars in which the carbonyl group is tied up in an acetal linkage are nonreducing sugars. Sucrose is an example of a non-reducing sugar.

Monosaccharides

Monosaccharides are crystalline substances and exhibit many reactions characteristic of the carbonyl and hydroxyl groups. They usually contain asymmetric carbon atoms, and exist as several optical isomers.

Glyceraldehyde is an aldotriose with one asymmetric carbon atom and exists in the (+) and (−) forms. It is chosen as a standard in describing the configurations of higher monosaccharides.

The D and L configurations (1 and 2) of glyceraldehyde are given below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The D And L Configurations Glyceraldehyde

The sugars related to D-glyceraldehyde (1) form the D-series and those that are derived from L-glyceraldehyde (2) form the L-series.

Glucose

Glucose is the most widely occurring monosaccharide in nature and is found in the free state in sweet fruits and honey. Glucose was originally isolated from grapes. Glucose, because of its origin, is sometimes called grape sugar. It is also obtained by the hydrolysis of starch and cellulose. The alternative name dextrose originated from the fact that the common form of glucose rotates a plane of polarised light to the right, i.e., it is dextrorotatory.

Glucose is involved in the metabolic activities of living organisms. In the blood stream, a definite concentration of glucose must be maintained because both an excess and a deficiency are harmful. Excess glucose is excreted in urine. The concentration of glucose in the body is maintained by the action of insulin.

Preparation

On hydrolysis with dilute HCl or dilute H2SO4 in the presence of alcohol, sucrose (cane sugar) gives glucose and fructose in equal amounts.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+}}{\longrightarrow} \underset{\text { Glucose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}+\underset{\text { Fructose }}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6}\)

Glucose is obtained on a commercial scale from the hydrolysis of starch in the presence of a mineral acid.

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Starch }}{\left(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{10} \mathrm{O}_5\right)_n}+n \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \underset{393 \mathrm{~K}, 2-3 \mathrm{~atm}}{\stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4}{\longrightarrow}} n \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6\)

Starch is hydrolysed with dilute H2SO4 The mixture is heated under pressure. When the hydrolysis is complete, the excess acid is neutralised with Ca(OH)2 and filtered. The filtrate is decolourised with animal charcoal, filtered and finally concentrated and cooled to get crystals of glucose.

Structure Of Glucose

1. Analytical data and molecular weight suggest that the molecular formula of glucose should be C6H12O6.

2. On prolonged heating with HI, glucose gives n-hexane, indicating that all six carbon atoms are linked in a straight chain.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Structure Of Glucose Of n Hexane

3. Glucose reacts with hydroxylamine to form an oxime. This suggests the presence of a carbonyl group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Structure Of Glucose Of Carbonyl Compound

4. On mild oxidation with bromine water, glucose is converted to carboxylic acid (gluconic acid), which has six carbon atoms. This indicates that the carbonyl group present in glucose is an aldehydic group.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Aldehydic Group

5. With acetic anhydride, glucose yields a pentaacetate derivative.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Pentaacetate Derivative

This shows the presence of five hydroxyl groups in the glucose molecule. Since glucose is stable, all five hydroxyl groups are attached to different carbon atoms.

6. On strong oxidation with HNO3, glucose yields saccharic acid (a dicarboxylic acid).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Structure Of Glucose Of Saccharic Acid

This reaction indicates the presence of a primary alcoholic group (-CH2OH).

On the basis of the above reactions, the following open-chain structure may be assigned to glucose.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Structure Of Glucose Of Open Chain Structure

In Structure 1, there are four asymmetric carbon atoms indicated by an asterisk.

The spatial arrangement of five hydroxyl groups in glucose (1) was established by Fisher on the basis of his study of different reactions.

The prefix D- before glucose (2) indicates that the hydroxyl group attached to the bottom asymmetric carbon atom is on the right-hand side and it would be L-glucose if the hydroxyl group were on the left. Usually, D- and L- configurations are assigned to sugars by comparing their structures with the configuration of D- of D- and L- glyceraldehyde.

It must be remembered that, here, the symbols D- and L- refer to the configuration of the compound and have no relationship with the sign of rotation.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules D Glyceraldelyde And D Glucose

Cyclic structure of glucose:

The structure of D-glucose (2) accounts for most of its reactions satisfactorily but fa to explain the following facts.

1. The structure shows the presence of an aldehydic group but the compound does not respond to the Schiff test nor does it form a bisulphite addition compound with NaHSO3.

2. D-glucose forms two isomeric pentacetates which fail to undergo condensation with NH2OH.

3. D-glucose itself exists in two isomeric forms known as α- and β-D-glucose, which have different specific rotations. This phenomenon of change in specific rotation is termed mutarotation.

Specific rotation

Specific rotation [a] is defined as the rotation in degrees brought about by a solution containing 1 g of a substance in 1 mL of solution, examined in a polarimeter tube 1 decimetre long.

⇒ \([\alpha]=\frac{\text { observed rotation }}{\text { tube length }(\mathrm{dm}) \times \text { concentration }(\mathrm{g} / \mathrm{mL})}\)

α -D-glucose → α -D-glucos e ←β -D-glucose

[α]D = +112° → [α]D = +52° → [α]D = + 19°

α -D-glucose (m.p. 419 K) is obtained by crystallisation from a concentrated solution of glucose at 303 K while β-D-glucose (m.p. 423 K) is obtained by crystallisation from a hot and saturated aqueous solution of glucose at 371 K.

It appears that in D-glucose the aldehydic group is not free. Rather it forms a cyclic hemiacetal with the —OH group originally situated at C5. As the aldehydic group enters into hemiacetal formation, the aldehydic carbon becomes asymmetric.

Hence, two oxide ring structures differing in their C1 configuration are possible. Such diastereomers, which differ in their C1 configuration only, are known as anomers. An equilibrium mixture is obtained containing both the anomers as well as the open-chain form.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Bimolecules Anomers As Well As Open Chain Reaction

This interconversion is a manifestation of the phenomenon of mutarotation.

Haworth proposed a pyranose structure for these two anomeric forms (α- and β-). These structures resemble the six-membered heterocyclic pyran ring.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Pyran Ring Of Alpha And Beta Glucopyranose

Fructose

Fructose is a ketohexose. In nature, it is found, along with glucose, principally in fruits and honey. It is also formed by the hydrolysis of table sugar. Fructose forms a furanose ring and is the sweetest of all the sugars. It is also called laevulose, indicating its laevorotatory property.

Structure

  1. The molecular formula of fructose is C6H12O6
  2. It forms an oxime with hydroxylamine. This shows that it contains a carbonyl group.
  3. The oxidation of fructose gives a mixture of glycolic acid, tartaric acid and trihydroxyglutaric acid (all of which have fewer carbon atoms than fructose). Therefore, it must be a ketone.
  4.  On acetylation, fructose gives a pentaacetate, proving the presence of five hydroxyl groups.
  5.  The reduction of fructose (Pd/H2) yields a hexahydric alcohol, which on further reduction with hot HI gives n-hexane. Therefore, six carbon atoms of fructose form a straight chain.
  6. On treatment with HCN, fructose gives cyanohydrin, which on hydrolysis yields the corresponding acid. The resulting acid on reduction with hot HI gives 2 – methylhexanoic acid (3). This shows that the carbonyl group in fructose is adjacent to the terminal carbon.

Considering all the facts, the open-chain structure (4) may be assigned to fructose.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Open Chain Structure To Fructose

The structure of D-(-)-fructose (4) (the minus sign indicates its laevorotatory nature) accounts for most of the reactions satisfactorily but is unable to explain the following facts.

1. It does not add on to NaHSO3 as ketones do.
2. It shows mutarotation.
3. It forms two isomeric fructosides.

All these can be accounted for by a ring structure for fructose. The C=O group of fructose reacts with the -OH group at C5 to form a five-membered ring and is named as furanose. The two furanose structures resemble the five-membered heterocyclic furan ring.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Furan Ring Of Alpha D Fructofuranose And Beta D Fructofuranose

Haworth represented the above two cyclic structures of fructofuranose as follows.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Cyclic Structures Of Fructofuranose

Disaccharides

A disaccharide is a compound that can be hydrolysed to two different monosaccharides or two molecules of the same monosaccharide. Three important disaccharides are sucrose, lactose and maltose. All are isomers of each other and have the empirical formula C12H22O11.

In a disaccharide, the two monosaccharides are joined together by a glycoside linkage. A glycoside bond is formed when two monosaccharides are joined together by an oxide linkage (-O) formed by the loss of a
water molecule.

Sucrose (nonreducing)

Sucrose is the technical name for table sugar (also called cane or beet sugar). Upon hydrolysis, sucrose yields an equimolar mixture of the monosaccharides D-(+)-glucose and D-(-)-fructose.

Sucrose is composed of an α-glucose plus β-fructose. When these two molecules are joined together a water molecule is released.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The Codensation Between Alpha Glucose And Beta Fructose

The OH group on Cn of a-glucose is bonded to the OH group attached to C2 of β-fructose. This is called a 1- linkage. The oxygen atom bridging the two monosaccharides constitutes a glycoside bond.

Sucrose is dextrorotatory (optical rotation = +66) and the equilibrium mixture of glucose has an optical rotation of +52°, while fructose has a large negative rotation of -92°. At the end of the hydrolysis of sucrose, the equimolar mixture of glucose and fructose has a negative rotation (it is laevorotatory). Thus, the reaction proceeds with an inversion of rotation from a positive to a negative value. This is called the inversion of sucrose and the product mixture is called inverted sugar.

Maltose (reducing)

Maltose, called malt sugar, is found in the germinating seeds of barley or malt. Upon hydrolysis, it yields two molecules of glucose.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Maltose

Maltose has a 1 → 4 linkage between two a-glucose molecules. The glycosidic 1-hydroxy group of the second molecule of glucose is free and can produce an aldehydic group at C1 in the solution.

Therefore it shows a reducing property and is called a reducing sugar. Like sucrose, maltose is easily fermented into ethyl alcohol and CO2

Lactose (reducing)

Lactose, also called milk sugar, is found in the milk of all mammals. Upon hydrolysis, it yields glucose and galactose.

Lactose + H2O→glucose + galactose

In lactose, the OH group on C1 of β-D-galactose is bonded to the OH group on C4 of β-D-glucose. This is a 1 → 4 linkage.

The glycosidic hydroxy group of C1 of the second molecule of glucose is free to produce an aldehydic group located at C1. Therefore, lactose shows reducing properties and is said to be a reducing sugar.

Cow’s milk usually contains about 5% lactose by volume whereas human milk contains about 7%. Milk turns sour if kept for some time at 35°C because of the bacteria present in the air. These bacteria convert the lactose of milk into lactic acid, which is sour.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The Condensation Of Beta d Galactose And Beta D Glucose Lactose

Polysaccharides

Polysaccharides are complex polymers. They have a high molecular weight and are made up of several monosaccharide (D-glucose) units linked together through oxygen atoms. They occur widely in plants and animals. Two important polysaccharides are starch and cellulose, both of which can be represented by the general formula (C6H105)n. Polysaccharides do not exhibit the characteristic reactions of the aldehyde group.

Starch

Plants store energy mainly in the form of starch. It forms the most important source of carbohydrates in the food we eat. It is found in wheat, rice, potatoes and some other vegetables.

Starch is insoluble in water, and forms a colloidal dispersion. Starch hydrolyses to form a number of α-D(+)- glucose molecules. It is not homogeneous. It consists of 15-20% amylose, which has a straight chain, and amylopectin (80-85%), which has a great deal of branching.

The amylose polymer consists of 200-1000 α-D(+)-glucose molecules joined by a (1→4) glycosidic linkages (Figure 14.8). Amylose is soluble in water, and gives a blue colour with iodine. Amylopectin, which is insoluble in water, consists of a number of amylose chains joined by a (1→6) glycosidic linkages.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Starch

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Structure Of Amlopectin

Starch hydrolyses through the following stages.

Starch → dextrin → maltose → glucose

In the laboratory, the degree of hydrolysis can be observed by testing the solution with an iodine reagent. Starch reacts with this reagent to produce a deep blue-black colour while maltose and glucose produce no colour change.

As a fruit ripens, starch is hydrolysed to glucose and the fruit becomes sweet. Unlike cellulose, starch can be hydrolysed by enzymes. If you chew bread thoroughly before swallowing it, it will taste sweet. The sweetness is due to the sugar formed from the hydrolysis of starch.

Cellulose

Cellulose is present only in plants and is the most widely occurring organic substance found among them. The cell wall of a plant is mainly cellulose. Cellulose also forms a considerable part of cotton, wood and jute.

Cellulose is a polymer of ẞ-glucose. It is insoluble in water. A molecule of cellulose has a linear chain. On complete hydrolysis, cellulose yields D(+) glucose only. The D(+) glucose units in cellulose are 1,4-B-linked.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Cellulose

The human digestive tract breaks down starch to glucose but does not contain the enzymes required to hydrolyse B-glucose linkages and thus cellulose cannot be digested by human beings. Various derivatives of cellulose, such as cellulose nitrate and cellulose acetate, find commercial use. Cellulose nitrate is used to prepare smokeless gunpowder. Cellulose acetate can be spun into yarn or extruded into film (cellophane).

Glycogen

Starch is converted to a-glucose by animal metabolism. Glucose is repolymerised to form glycogen in the liver. Glycogen is also found in muscles and the brain. When exercise depletes blood sugar, the hydrolysis of liver glycogen maintains the normal glucose content of the blood. Glycogen consists of branched chains of glucose molecules. It is also called animal starch because its structure is similar to that of amylopectin. However, there is more branching in glycogen than in amylopectin.

Example 1:

  1. Why is glucose soluble in water? Explain.
  2.  How do you explain the absence of an aldehydic group in glucose pentaacetate?

Solution:

  1. Glucose contains five hydroxyl groups, which form intermolecular hydrogen bonds with wat
  2. In an aqueous solution, D-(+)-glucose may be regarded as the equilibrium mixture of the following three forms.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Example 1 Solution D Glucose

During the acetylation of glucose, the anomeric hydroxyl group at C1 is acylated and hence glucose pentaacetate can no longer attain the open-chain form. Thus, there is no aldehydic group.

Proteins

Approximately 16% of the total weight of a human being is protein. With the exception of water, which comprises 65% of our body weight, no other material constitutes more of the body than does protein. Among the main sources of protein are meat, fish, pulses, cheese and soya.

Many different proteins are responsible for the body’s innumerable functions. For example, the protein myoglobin in muscle tissue stores oxygen until the muscle cells need it. The red blood cells contain the protein haemoglobin, which takes oxygen from the lungs to the tissues.

There are proteins in the saliva, gastric juices, and intestinal juices, all of which help digest food. The pituitary gland secretes a protein, called human growth hormone, which regulates growth. Other hormones (also proteins), control processes in reproduction.

Certain cells in the pancreas secrete insulin, a protein that regulates the amount of sugar in blood. Human skin is made of protein. Thus proteins are involved in all life processes. Since they are fundamental to the living system, these compounds were given the name ‘protein’, from the Greek proteins, which means ‘primary’ or first.

The protein molecules present in animal and plant tissues have large numbers of C, H, O and N atoms and take up a considerable amount of space. Many proteins contain more than ten thousand atoms. Although they vary greatly in size, a protein with a length of 44 Å, a height of 44 Å and a width of 25 Å is considered relatively small.

Amino Acids (The Building Blocks Of Proteins)

How the atoms in a protein molecule are put together is of great concern to scientists. To gain an insight into the nature of proteins, a protein was heated with a solution of hydrochloric acid for a long period of time to break some bonds in the protein molecule.

The reaction mixture was found to contain a variety of smaller molecules. These molecules were isolated and examined, and were given the name amino acids. Amino acids contain an amino group and a carboxyl group. The formula and structure of glycine, a typical amino acid, is NH2CH2COOH.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Glycine

Examination of the reaction mixture revealed other amino acids as well as glycine. There are 20 different amino acids known to exist in the various proteins.

Proteins are condensation polymers of the amino acid monomers. Amino acids which occur in nature have an amino group (-NH2) attached to an a-carbon atom (the carbon of the first —CH2– group attached to -COOH).

These amino acids differ from each other-they have distinctive side chains attached to the a-carbon atom replacing the H atom of glycine. An amino acid is often represented by the following general structure.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Bimolecules Amino Acid Structure

Where R may be aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic.

In all amino acids except glycine, the a-carbon atom is bonded to four different atoms or groups. Any molecule which contains a carbon atom bonded to four different groups is one of a pair of optical isomers.

One optical isomer is designated as the L isomer and the other as the D isomer. The amino acids of proteins are all L isomers.

Naturally occurring amino acids from plant and animal sources have the L configuration and are designated as L(+) or L(-), depending upon their behaviour towards a plane of polarised light.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Bimolecules D And L Configuration Of Amino Acids

Amino acids are often represented by a three-letter symbol, for example, Gly for glycine, ala for alanine, and so on.

Classification Of Amino Acids

Amino Acids Are Classified In Three Different Ways.

1. As you know, amino acids are compounds containing an amino as well as an acidic (mostly carboxylic) group. A simple classification is based on the position of the amino group with respect to the carboxylic group.

Thus a-amino acids have an amino group attached to the a-carbon with respect to the carboxylic group, β-amino acids contain the amino group attached to the β-carbon, and so on.

In this chapter, we shall discuss only amino acids as these are the building units of proteins.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Bimolecules Amino Acids Of Alpha And Beta

2. Most amino acids have only one basic and one acidic group and exhibit amphoteric properties. They are called neutral amino acids. In some cases, however, an amino acid may contain more carboxylic groups than amino groups.

They are termed acidic amino acids, examples being aspartic and glutamic acids. Amino acids with a greater number of basic (amino) groups than acidic groups, for example, lysine, arginine, and histidine, are basic in nature.

3. Certain amino acids can be synthesised in the body while others have to be obtained through the food we eat. The former are called nonessential amino acids while the latter are called essential amino acids.  gives the structures, names and abbreviations of some common amino acids that have been isolated by protein hydrolysis. Essential amino acids are marked with an asterisk.

The most common natural amino acids: 

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The Most Common Naturally Occuring Amino Acids

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The Most Common Naturally Occuring Amino Acids.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The Most Common Naturally Occuring Amino Acids..

Electrical Properties-Zwitterion Structure

Amino acids are high-melting solids, which, because of their polar groups, are insoluble in organic solvents but soluble in water. They behave like salts rather than simple amines or carboxylic acids.

Since the carboxylic acid group is acidic and the amino group is basic, amino acids actually exist as dipolar ions (zwitterions), rather than in the un-ionised form.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Example 2 Solution Amino Acids Dipolar Ions Or Zwitterions

From Amino Acids To Proteins (The Peptide Bond)

Proteins are formed by the linking together of amino acids. The amino group of one molecule reacts with the carboxyl group of another, with the elimination of a molecule of water. When two amino acids combine, they form a dipeptide.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Amino Acids To Proteins

If three amino acids combine, they form a tripeptide, when four combine, they form a tetrapeptide, and so on. When more than ten combine, they are said to form a polypeptide.

The -CONH group (the amide group), which joins amino acids together, is called a peptide link. A polypeptide molecule might have the structure given in below

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The Structure Of A Polypeptide Molecule

A polypeptide has 1 free -NH2 at one end of the chain and 1 free -COOH group at the other end. The amino end is referred to as the N-terminal and the carboxylic acid end as the C-terminal.

A polypeptide with more than a hundred amino acid residues, with a molecular mass higher than 10,000 u, is called a protein. In a polypeptide or protein, the peptide bond is the strongest chemical bond.

Classification Of Proteins

  • Proteins may be categorised as fibrous and globular.
  • Fibrous proteins are water-insoluble. They have long threadlike molecules that lie side by side to form fibres. Typical examples are keratin (present in hair, wool, silk) and myosin (present in muscles).
  • The polypeptide chains in fibrous proteins are held together by hydrogen and disulphide bonds.
  • Globular proteins are soluble in water and dilute acids, bases and salt solutions. Molecules of globular proteins are folded into spherical units. Albumin and plasma proteins are common examples of globular proteins.

Structure Of Proteins

The structure of proteins is studied at four different levels-primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary. Each successive level is more complex than the previous one.

The Primary Structure

  • In the context of the primary structure of a protein, we are concerned with the way amino acid residues join together to form chains. There are two aspects to this.
  • The first of these is the geometry of the peptide link. Secondly, the sequence in which the amino acid residues appear in a chain is important.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Primary Structure Of Protein

The Secondary Structure

  • In the context of the secondary structure of a protein, we are concerned with the arrangements of polypeptide chains, which results in a particular shape. This shape arises as a consequence of hydrogen bonding.
  • The way in which the hydrogen bonds are arranged results in the formation of two possible structures—the a-helix structure and the β-sheet structure (or pleated-sheet structure).
  • In the a-helix structure, hydrogen bonding within the chain twists it into a coil.
  •   Hydrogen bonding occurs between the C=O group of one turn and the >N-H group of the turn below. An example of a protein with such a structure is keratin, which is found in hair and nails.
  • In the pleated-sheet structure, hydrogen bonding occurs between different chains. The chains are arranged in the form of sheets of proteins type of structure is found in silk.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Alpha Helix Structure

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Pleated Sheet Structure

Tertiary structure

  • The tertiary structure represents how the protein molecule is folded upon itself. It comes about on account of the folding and superposition of various secondary structures.
  • The tertiary structure is found in two most important shapes-the globular and the fibrous. The secondary structure represents fibrous proteins.
  • The folded molecule is held together by hydrogen bonding between side chains, salt bridges, disulphide bonds and other weak bonds. Myoglobin has an a-helical coil that is folded in upon itself.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Teritary Structure Of Myoglobin

Quaternary Structure

  • Several polypeptide units, known as subunits (not always identical), can aggregate to form large complexes. The structure of the protein that results on account of the spatial arrangement of several subunits is known as the quaternary structure.
  • Haemoglobin is composed of 4 protein chains that are held together by hydrogen bonding, salt bridges and other weak bonds.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules The Quaternary Structure Of A Protein Tetramer

Denaturation Of Proteins

  • Under appropriate conditions the delicate three-dimensional structure of globular proteins may be disturbed. This process is called denaturation.
  • Denaturation commonly occurs when the protein is subjected to extremes in temperature or when there is a change in pH. It is usually accompanied by a considerable decrease in the water solubility of the protein.
  • An example is the coagulation that results in the hardening of the white and the yolk of an egg upon heating.
  • Denaturation is essentially a disorganisation of the helical structure of the protein molecule caused by the breaking up of the cross-linked chains in the protein structure.
  • Not only the hydrogen bonds but also the disulphide (-S-S-) bonds, salt bridges and other weak bonds are broken. This bond breaking results in loss of biological activity because the unique three-dimensional structure involving secondary and tertiary structures is destroyed.
  • This is often accompanied by precipitation and coagulation. Remember that only the weak bonds of the protein molecules are broken and none of the peptide linkages are affected.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Denaturation

Enzymes

All life processes, such as the digestion of food, involve a series of reactions. These reactions occur very rapidly under mild conditions. These reactions, if performed in the laboratory, might take hours or days even under very vigorous conditions. Somehow the body manages to increase greatly the rate of these reactions without heating. This is achieved by the catalysis of biochemical reactions by a type of molecule known as an enzyme.

  • Most enzymes are globular proteins, and a few are nonproteins. Apart from being rapid, the reactions involving enzymes are quantitative and highly specific—a single enzyme will catalyse only a specific metabolic reaction.
  • One series of enzymes catalyses the breakage of the peptide bonds in proteins so that amino acids are formed.
  • Enzymes in saliva begin the process of breaking down starch into a-glucose.
  • Some enzymes catalyse the formation of blood clots when necessary; others dissolve the clots after a wound has healed. Certain enzymes help the body to fight infections. Fruits ripen because of the action of enzymes. As the list suggests, enzymes are involved in a variety of processes.
  • An enzyme is commonly named by adding the suffix ‘ase’ to the name of the substrate with which it reacts. For example, the enzyme urease catalyses the hydrolysis of urea into carbon dioxide and ammonia while maltase catalyses the hydrolysis of maltose to D (+) glucose. Some enzymes are popularly known by their trivial names, for example, pepsin.
  • Enzymes are classified according to the type of reaction they catalyse.

The major classes of enzymes are as follows:

  1. Oxidoreductases catalyse oxidation-reduction reactions.
  2. Transferases catalyse the transfer of a characteristic chemical group from one molecule to another.
  3. Hydrolases catalyse the reaction of the substrate with water.
  4. Isomerases catalyse various types of isomerisation.

An enzyme is a biological catalyst. It is required only in small quantities for the progress of a reaction. Like a chemical catalyst, an enzyme reduces the magnitude of activation energy of a reaction.

For example, the activation energy for the acid hydrolysis of sucrose is 6.22 kJ mol1, while it is only 2.15 kJ mol1 when hydrolysed by the enzyme sucrose.

Mechanism Of Enzyme Action

A number of active sites (cavities) are present on the surface of an enzyme. These active sites are characterised by the presence of functional groups such as -NH2, -COOH, -SH and -OH.

These functional groups form weak bonds, such as hydrogen bonds or van der Waals bonds, with the corresponding substrate. The shape of a substrate is complementary to that of the corresponding enzyme.

So an enzyme fits into a substrate just like a key fits into a lock. Thus, an enzyme-substrate complex is formed, which then decomposes to yield the products.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Mechanism of Enzyme Catalysed Reaction

Coenzymes

  • A coenzyme is a nonprotein substance, needed for enzyme activity, that forms part of certain enzymes.
  • Vitamins frequently form part of the coenzyme molecule.

Factors Affecting Enzyme Activity

  • Since most enzymes are proteins, any of the factors that denature proteins also prevent them from acting.
  • Enzymes in the body are the most active at normal body temperature, 98.5°F or 37°C.
  • Temperatures above normal reduce enzyme activity and enzymes stop acting at extremes of temperature. Temperatures below normal also reduce enzyme activity.
  • Each enzyme is the most active at its own optimum pH. On either side of this pH, its activity is markedly decreased.

Vitamins

  • Vitamins are organic compounds which are essential for normal growth in human beings but most of them are not synthesised by the human body.
  • However, plants can synthesise nearly all vitamins. Although required in small quantities, a lack of vitamins in the diet causes various diseases, known as deficiency diseases.
  • Therefore these substances must be part of the diet along with carbohydrates, fats, proteins and minerals. Remember, however, that an excess of vitamins is harmful and you should not take vitamin pills unless the doctor advises you to.
  • Vitamins are denoted by letters of the alphabet. They are classed as either water-soluble or fat-soluble. The B-complex vitamins and vitamin C are water-soluble.
  • Vitamins A, D, E and K are fat-soluble. The table lists certain vitamins, their sources and the corresponding deficiency diseases.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Vitamines

Example 2:

  1. Why are amino acids high-melting solids and water-soluble?
  2. Why can vitamin C not be stored in our body?
  3. Where does the water present in an egg go after the egg is boiled?

Solution:

1. Amino acids exist as internal salts called dipolar ions or zwitterions.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Example 2 Solution Amino Acids Dipolar Ions Or Zwitterions

Due to the polar nature of amino acids, their molecules are attracted to each other by a strong dipole-dipole force. Therefore, their melting points are high. Because of their dipolar ionic structure, amino acids are soluble in water.

2. Vitamin C is soluble in water and is readily excreted in urine.

3. Upon heating, the proteins in eggs undergo denaturation and then coagulation, causing hardening of the white and the yolk. The water present in the egg gets absorbed/adsorbed in the coagulated proteins through hydrogen bonding.

Nucleic Acids

  • Nucleic acids are those substances that are responsible for the passing on of hereditary traits and for the synthesis of proteins. They are high-molecular-weight polymers, consisting of repeating units called nucleotides.
  • Nucleotides are made up of three parts—a nitrogen base, a five-carbon sugar and a phosphoric acid residue. The bases of nucleotides are derived from either pyrimidine or purine.
  • The bases derived from pyrimidine are thymine (T), cytosine (C) and uracil (U). Those derived from purine are adenine (A) and guanine (G).
  • A typical nucleotide how nucleotides combine to form a nucleic acid chain.
  • Ribonucleic acid (RNA) is produced in the nucleus and migrates to the cytoplasm. It is involved in protein synthesis. Also, the genetic material of some microorganisms, such as many viruses, is RNA.
  • The nucleus also contains deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), the substance which is responsible for cell replication and is sometimes called the genetic code.

Structure Of Nucleic Acids

Like proteins, RNA and DNA have a high molecular weight; molecular weights of up to 10 million have been observed. On hydrolysis, both types of nucleic acids yield phosphoric acid, a sugar and a mixture of bases derived from purine and those from pyrimidine.

The sugar obtained from RNA is B-D-ribose, while that obtained from DNA is B-D-2-deoxyribose. The major bases obtained from DNA are the purine bases adenine and guanine and the pyrimidine bases cytosine and thymine.

RNA yields mainly adenine, guanine, cytosine and another pyrimidine base, uracil.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Hydrolysis Of DNA

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Hydrolysis Of RNA

The mild degradation of nucleic acid yields nucleotides. Each nucleotide contains one purine or pyrimidine base, one phosphate unit, and one pentose unit.

The phosphate unit may be selectively removed by further careful hydrolysis. Then the nucleotide is converted into a nucleoside, a molecule built up of a pentose joined to a purine or pyrimidine base.

In a nucleotide, C1 of the sugar is joined to N1 of a pyrimidine or N9 of a purine; the phosphoric acid unit is present as an ester at C5 of the sugar.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules A Nucleotide And A Nucleoside

Example 3: Name the three products which are formed when a nucleotide from RNA containing adenine is hydrolysed.

Solution:

The three products are

  1. Adenine,
  2. β-D-ribose and
  3. Phosphoric acid.

In a nucleic acid chain, the phosphoric acid is esterified to form a bridge between C5 of the sugar of one nucleoside and C3 of the sugar of another nucleoside.

In this way, the sugar-phosphate units can form a long backbone or framework, which bears purine and pyrimidine bases at regular intervals.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Example 3 Base And Sugar

A typical segment of a DNA chain is given in below

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Nucleotides Combine To Form Nucleic Acid Chains

  • The manner in which the sugar, phosphate and bases are linked with one another in nucleic acids determines the primary structure of the nucleic acids.
  • Nucleic acids have a secondary structure also. Watson and Crick in 1953 proposed the now-accepted double helical structure of DNA.
  • According to their of two DNA analyses, the molecule actually consists of complementary strands which are twisted about a common axis as helices with the same chirality (handedness).
  • Each adenine unit of one chain is specially hydrogen-bonded to a thymine of the opposite chain and each guanine of one chain is similarly bonded to a complementary cytosine unit.
  • It should be noted that the base pairing is restricted by hydrogen bonding requirements.
  • The hydrogen atoms in purine and pyrimidine bases have well-defined positions. Adenine cannot pair with cytosine because there would be two hydrogen atoms near one of the bonding positions and none at the other.
  • Similarly, guanine cannot pair with thymine. The G-C bond is stronger by 50% than the A-T bond.
  • The double helical structure of DNA is shown schematically in Figure 14.29. The helical strands represent the sugar-phosphate backbones, which are held nicely in place by hydrogen bonding between the complementary base units.
  • The order of the bases on the chain of the DNA molecule is extremely significant biologically. It is the fundamental unit of the hereditary information carried by genes.
  • There are three different kinds of RNA molecules— messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA (tRNA) and ribosomal RNA (rRNA).
  • The RNA molecule is helical and single-stranded but occasionally small portions of it have a double-helical structure.
  • This feature is observed when part of the molecule folds back upon itself to form complementary base pairs.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Thymine Adenine Hydrogen Bond

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Bimolecules Cytosine Guanine Hydrogen Bond

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Representation Of DNA

DNA Fingerprinting

Just as every person in the world can be positively identified by his or her fingerprints, so can every individual be identified nowadays by DNA fingerprinting.

This is because the base sequence of the DNA of every individual is unique and cannot be altered by any means.

DNA fingerprinting is now used to:

  1.  Identify Criminals In Forensic Laboratories,
  2.  Determine The Paternity Of An Individual, And
  3.  Identify Dead Bodies By Comparing The Dnas Of Parents Or Children.

Biological Functions Of Nucleic Acids

  • The DNA regulates two life processes. First, it can duplicate itself and secondly, it acts as a template for providing RNAs, which carry out protein synthesis.
  • A molecule of DNA reproduces (or duplicates) itself by a remarkably simple mechanism. The two strands of the DNA molecule dissociate (an ‘unzipping’ process).
  • Each strand then serves as a template for the synthesis of a complementary, new strand (Figure 14.30). The new (daughter) DNA molecules are identical to the original (parent) molecule—they contain all the original genetic information.
  • The synthesis of identical copies of DNA is called replication. This process is the reason why children look much more like their relatives than like animals or trees.
  • DNA has not only the critical function of reproducing itself, but also the important function of transferring information by causing the synthesis of a second type of nucleic acid called RNA.
  • This transfer of information is called transcription. The major function of RNA is to transfer this information from nucleic acids to proteins, a process called translation.
  • The three different kinds of RNA molecules-messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA (tRNA) and ribosomal RNA (rRNA)-perform different functions.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 14 Biomolecules Replication Of RNA

Biomolecules Multiple-Choice Questions

Question: 1. A carbohydrate contains at least

  1. 6 Carbons
  2. 3 Carbons
  3. 4 Carbons
  4. 2 Carbons

Answer: 2. 3 Carbons

Question: 2. Which of the following is laevorotatory?

  1. Glucose
  2. Fructose
  3. Sucrose
  4. None Of These

Answer: 2. Fructose

Question: 3. Which of the following carbohydrates forms a silver mirror on being treated with Tollens reagent?

  1. Sucrose
  2. Fructose
  3. Glucose
  4. Starch

Answer: 3. Glucose

Question: 4. Which of the following carbohydrates is an essential component of plant cells?

  1. Starch
  2. Cellulose
  3. Sucrose
  4. Vitamins

Answer: 2. Cellulose

Question: 5. The hydrolysis of sucrose leads to

  1. Saponification
  2. Hydration
  3. Esterification
  4. Inversion

Answer: 4. Inversion

Question: 6. Which of the following is the sweetest of all the sugars?

  1. Sucrose
  2. Maltose
  3. Fructose
  4. Lactose

Answer: 2. Maltose

Question: 7. On hydrolysis, maltose yields

  1. Glucose And Mannose
  2. Galactose And Glucose
  3. Glucose
  4. Mannose

Answer: 3. Glucose

Question: 8. The function of enzymes is to

  1. Provide Energy
  2. Provide Immunity
  3. Transport Oxygen
  4. Catalyse Biochemical Reactions

Answer: 4. Catalyse Biochemical Reactions

Question: 9. A deficiency of which of the following may cause night blindness?

  1. Vitamin B12
  2. Vitamin A
  3. Vitamin C
  4. Vitamin E

Answer: 2. Vitamin A

Question: 10. Which of the following functional groups is/are present in amino acids?

  1. -COOH group
  2. -NH2 group
  3. -CH3 group
  4. ‘a’ and ‘b’

Answer: 4. ‘a’ and ‘b’

Question: 11. What is the order in which a base, a phosphate and a sugar are arranged in nucleic acids?

  1. Base-Phosphate-Sugar
  2. Phosphate-Base-Sugar
  3. Sugar-Base-Phosphate
  4. Base-Sugar-Phosphate

Answer: 4. Base-Sugar-Phosphate

Question: 12. Which of the following is related to steroids?

  1. Vitamin E
  2. Vitamin K
  3. Vitamin B
  4. Vitamin D

Answer: 4. Vitamin D

Question: 13. A deficiency of vitamin C causes

  1. Beriberi
  2. Night Blindness
  3. Rickets
  4. Scurvy

Answer: 4. Scurvy

Question: 14. Which of the following is capable of forming a zwitterion?

  1. H2NCH2COOH
  2. CH3COOH
  3. CH3CH2NH2
  4. CCl3NO2

Answer: 1. H2NCH2COOH

Question: 15. Which of the following are generally not produced in our body?

  1. Enzymes
  2. Vitamins
  3. Proteins
  4. Hormones

Answer: 2. Vitamins

Question: 16. Nucleic acids are

  1. Polymers Of Nucleotides
  2. Polymers Of Nucleosides
  3. Polymers Of Purine Bases
  4. Polymers Of Phosphate Esters

Answer: 1. Polymers Of Nucleotides

Question: 17. The bases common to DNA and RNA are

  1. Adenine, Cytosine And Uracil
  2. Guanine, Adenine And Cytosine
  3. Guanine, Uracil And Thymine
  4. Adenine, Thymine And Guanine

Answer: 2. Guanine, Adenine And Cytosine

Question: 18. The functions of DNA are

  1. To Synthesise Rna
  2. To Synthesise Proteins
  3. To Carry Genetic Information From Parent To Offspring
  4. A, B And C

Answer: 4. A, B And C

Question: 19. The purine base present in RNA is

  1. Guanine
  2. Thymine
  3. Cytosine
  4. Uracil

Answer: 4. Uracil

Question: 20. In respect of which base does RNA differ from DNA?

  1. Thymine
  2. Adenine
  3. Cytosine
  4. Guanine

Answer: 1. Thymine

Question: 21. Insulin is

  1. An Amino Acid
  2. A Protein
  3. A Carbohydrate
  4. A Lipid

Answer: 2. A Protein

Question: 22. The secondary structure of a protein refers to the

  1. Fixed Configuration Of The Polypeptide Backbone
  2. A-Helical Backbone
  3. Hydrophobic Interactions
  4. Sequence Of A-Amino Acids

Answer: 2. A-Helical Backbone

Question: 23. Which of the following is/are disaccharides with the molecular formula C12H22O11?

  1. Cane Sugar
  2. Fruit Sugar
  3. Lactose
  4. A Ketohexose

Answer: 1. Cane Sugar, 3. Lactose, 4. A Ketohexose

Question: 24. Fructose is

  1. Grape Sugar
  2. Laevulose
  3. Raffinose
  4. Maltose

Answer: 2. Laevulose, 3. Raffinose, 4. Maltose

Amines – Compounds Containing Nitrogen Notes

Amines

Amines are derivatives of ammonia. Alkylamines are derived from ammonia by replacing one, two, or three of the hydrogen atoms of ammonia by alkyl groups. In arylamines, one, two, or three of the hydrogen atoms of ammonia are replaced by aryl groups. The amino group (NH2, NH, or N) is present in a number of important substances. The most significant of them are amino acids, proteins, and alkaloids. Some alkaloids have medicinal properties and some are poisonous.

Morphine, one of the most effective painkillers known, quinine, an important drug for the treatment of malaria, and nicotine, the toxic component in tobacco, are among some of the alkaloids that have been isolated and used by mankind.

Many vitamins, antibiotics, and drugs contain amino groups. Adrenalin, a secondary amine, causes constriction of blood vessels and an increase in blood pressure. Novocaine (a quaternary ammonium salt) is frequently used as a local anesthetic by dentists. A well-known antihistaminic drug diphenylhydramine (Benadryl), is a tertiary amine.

Iodofore, a quaternary ammonium salt, is used as an antiseptic. The synthetic fiber nylon is made from two raw materials, one of which is a simple diamine. Benzene diazonium salts are useful intermediates for the preparation of a variety of aromatic compounds. Aniline, an aromatic amine, is used in the synthesis of various types of dyes. It is also used in the synthesis of sulpha drugs.

Amines Structure

In an amine, nitrogen is sp3 hybridized and the molecule is nearly tetrahedral. Of the four sp3-hybridised orbitals, three having one electron each form one sigma bond each with three alkyl groups or two alkyl groups and one hydrogen atom or one alkyl group and two hydrogen atoms.

The fourth hybridized orbital of nitrogen is completely filled with an electron pair and does not take part in bond formation. Therefore, the geometry of an amine is pyramidal, like that of ammonia.

The C-N-C bond angle in trimethylamine is 108°, less than the tetrahedral bond angle of 109.5°. The contraction in bond angle in trimethylamine is possibly due to repulsion between the electrons forming the lone pair and repulsion between the three alkyl groups.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The Pyramidal Shape Of An Amine

Classification Of Amines With Examples

Amines are classified as primary (1°), secondary (2°), and tertiary (3°), depending on whether one, two, or three hydrogen atoms of ammonia have been replaced by an alkyl or aryl group.

The general formulae and functional groups of primary, secondary and tertiary amines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The General Formulae And Functional Group Of Primary And Secondary And Teritary

In secondary and tertiary amines, the alkyl or aryl groups may be the same or different. Amines are said to be ‘simple’ when all the alkyl or aryl groups are the same, and ‘mixed’ when they are different.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Dimethylamine And Ethylmethylamine

Nomenclature

The common names of amines are derived by placing the suffix -amine after the name of the alkyl group. The names are written as single words. In the IUPAC system, primary aliphatic amines are named by adding the suffix -amine to the name of the corresponding alkane, the final ‘e’ of the name of the alkane being omitted. For example, methane-e+amine methanamine.

The common and IUPAC names of some primary amines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The Common And IUPAC Names Of Some Primary Amines

In case of secondary aliphatic amines, the common name is derived by writing the names of the two alkyl groups in alphabetical order. When two identical groups are attached to the nitrogen atom, ‘di’ is prefixed to the name of the alkyl group. In the IUPAC system, secondary amines are named as N-substituted derivatives of alkanamines. The longest carbon chain containing an alkyl group attached to nitrogen is taken as the corresponding alkane of the alkanamine.

The common and IUPAC names of some secondary amines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The Common And IUPAC Names Of Some Secondary Amines

In the case of tertiary amines, the common name is derived by writing the names of the three alkyl groups in alphabetical order. When three identical groups are attached to the nitrogen atom, tri is prefixed to the name of the alkyl group. In the IUPAC system, tertiary amines are named N, N-disubstituted derivatives of alkanamines. The longest carbon chain containing an alkyl group attached to nitrogen is taken as the corresponding alkane of the alkanamine.

The common and IUPAC names of some tertiary amines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The Common And IUPAC Names Of Some Teritary Amines

Ethylmethylpropylamine N-Ethyl-N-methyl propanamide

The common and IUPAC name of the simplest aryl amine is aniline. It is also an accepted IUPAC name.

Simple derivatives are named substituted anilines. Also, in the IUPAC system, arylamines are named by adding the suffix ‘amine’ to the name of the arene after removing the ‘e’ of the arenes. Thus C6H5 NH2 is named benzenamine.

The common and IUPAC names of some arylamines and substituted arylamines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The Common And IUPAC Names Of Some Arylamines And Substituted Arylamines

Some examples on IUPAC nomenclature:

1. \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{NHCH}_3\)

N,3,3 – Trimethyllbutamine

The formula is expended as follows:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines IUPAC Nomeclacture

The compound is a secondary amine. Its longest chain has 4 carbons. So, it is an N-substituted butanamine. Here, one methyl group is attached to nitrogen (N) and two methyl groups are attached to C-3.

Therefore, its IUPAC name is N, 3, 3-Trimethylbutanamine.

2. 

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines N Ethyl N Methybutanamine

The compound is a tertiary amine. Its longest chain has 4 carbons. So, it is an N, N-disubstituted butanamine. Here nitrogen is attached with one ethyl group and one methyl group. In alphabetical order, ‘ethyl’ would be placed before ‘methyl’. Therefore, the IUPAC name of the compound is N-Ethyl-N-methylbutanamine.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Some Examples On IUPAC Nomenclature

Example 1: What are the eight amines with the formula C4H11N? Classify them as primary secondary and tertiary and write their IUPAC names.

Solution:

Primary amines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Primary Amines

Secondary Amines

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Secondary Amines

Tertiary Amines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Teritary Amines

Methods Of Preparation From Alkyl Halides

Aliphatic amines can be prepared by heating alkyl halides with aqueous or alcoholic ammonia solution (excess) in a sealed tube at 373 K.

⇒ \(\mathrm{RX}+\text { conc. } \mathrm{NH}_3 \text { (excess) } \stackrel{\Delta}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{R}^{+} \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{X}^{-}+\mathrm{NH}_3 \stackrel{-\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{X}}{\longrightarrow} \underset{\text { Primary amine }}{\mathrm{RNH}_2}\)

Alkyl halides Mechanism:

This is a nucleophilic substitution reaction.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Nucleophilic Substitution Reaction

The free amine can also be obtained from the ammonium salt by treatment with NaOH.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{NH}_3} \overline{\mathrm{X}} \stackrel{\mathrm{NaOH}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{NaX}\)

The process of cleavage of the C-X bond by an ammonia molecule called ammonolysis. The following is the order of reactivity of alkyl halides towards nucleophilic reagents.

RI > RBr> RCl

If a large excess of an alkyl halide is present in the reaction mixture, the primary amine obtained reacts further with the alkyl halide. Then secondary and tertiary amines are formed, and finally a quaternary ammonium salt.

⇒ R-Br+ NH3R-NH2 + HBr

⇒ R-NH2+ R-Br→ R2NH + HBr

⇒ R2 NH+R-Br→ R3N+ HBr

⇒ R3N+R-Br→R4 N+Br

In this method a mixture of primary, secondary and tertiary amines and also a quaternary ammonium salt is obtained. However, the primary amine is obtained as the major product when a large excess of ammonia is used.

In normal conditions, an aryl halide does not react with ammonia as the halogen is firmly bound to the aryl ring. The reaction occurs under the conditions mentioned in the following chemical equation

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Chemical Equation Of Aniline

By The Reduction Of Nitroalkanes, Cyanides (Nitriles), Amides And Oximes

From nitroalkanes

Nitroalkanes are reduced to primary amines by hydrogen in the presence of finely divided nickel, palladium or platinum as catalyst.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NO}_2+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{\mathrm{Ni}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Nitroalkanes are also reduced by LiAlH4 or Fe/HCl.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NO}_2+6[\mathrm{H}] \stackrel{\mathrm{LiAlH}_4}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

LiAlH4, is expensive and therefore Fe/HCl is preferred.

In the laboratory, nitrobenzene is reduced to aniline by Sn/HCI.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines In The Laboratory Nitrobenzene

Aromatic nitro compounds are not usually reduced by LiAlH4.

From alkyl cyanides (alkyl nitriles)

Alkyl cyanides are reduced to primary amines by LiAlH4 or Pd/H2

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Alkyl Cynides Of Primary Amine

The reduction of an alkyl isocyanide forms a secondary amine.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Alkyl Cyanides Secondary Amine

From acid amides

Acid amides are reduced to primary amines by LiAlH4.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CONH}_2+4[\mathrm{H}] \stackrel{\mathrm{LiAlH}_4}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{NH}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The reduction of N-substituted amides by LiAlH4 gives secondary amines.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Acid Amides Secondary Amines

Dialkyl substituted amides, on reduction with LiAIH4 form tertiary amines.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Acid Amines Teritary Amines

Example 2: Write equations showing how the following conversions may be accomplished

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 2 Conversions May Be Accomplished

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 2 Solution Coversions May Be Accomplished

From oximes

The oximes of aldehydes and ketones are reduced to amines by Ni/H2 or LiAlH4.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Oximes

From The Hofmann Bromoamide Degradation Reaction

Acid amides are converted into primary amines with the loss of one carbon atom by the action of hypobromite (Br2/NaOH).

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Acid amide }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CONH}_2}+4 \mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{Br}_2 \rightarrow \underset{\text { Primary amine }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}_2}+2 \mathrm{NaBr}+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Mechanism Of Hoffmann Bromide Degradation Reaction:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Mechanism Of Hoffmann Bromide Degradation Reaction

The conversion of the amide to the primary amine involves the migration of the alkyl or aryl group from the carbon atom to the electron-deficient nitrogen atom.

This is known as Hofmann rearrangement. The entire reaction is also called Hofmann degradation because the amine formed has one carbon atom less than the amide we start with.

On treatment with Br2/NaOH, benzamide gives aniline.

C6H5CONH2+ Br2+ 4NaOH → C6H5NH2+ Na2CO3 + 2NaBr + 2H2O

Example: Illustrate the following processes by means of equations giving reagents and conditions.

  1. Conversion of an amide to a primary amine with one carbon atom less
  2. Conversion of an amide to a primary amine with the same number of carbon atoms

Solution: 

⇒ \(\mathrm{RCONH}_2+4 \mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{Br}_2 \rightarrow \underset{\text { (amine with one } \mathrm{C} \text { atom less) }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}_2}+2 \mathrm{NaBr}+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{RCONH}_2 \underset{2 . \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}}{\stackrel{1 . \mathrm{LiAlH}_4}{\longrightarrow}} \underset{\text { (amine with same number of } \mathrm{C} \text { atoms) }}{\mathrm{RCH}_2 \mathrm{NH}_2}\)

Gabriel phthalimide Synthesis

Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is used to prepare aliphatic primary amines. Phthalimide is acidic and reacts with alcoholic KOH to yield potassium phthalimide, which on being heated with an alkyl halide gives N-alkylphthalimide. On hydrolysis, N-alkyl phthalimide gives an amine and phthalic acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Gabriel Phthalimide Synthesis

Example 3: Will Gabriel synthesis be useful for the preparation of t-butylamine? Explain.

Solution: No, because we cannot alkylate potassium phthalimide with (CH3)3 C-X. (By dehydrohalogenation, isobutylene will be formed).

Example 4: In each of the following, how will you obtain the final product from the starting material?

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 4 Starting From Material

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 4 Solution Starting From Material.

Physical Properties

Lower aliphatic amines are gases or low-boiling liquids. Methylamine and ethylamine are gases. n-Propylamine is a liquid at room temperature.

  1. Pure aniline is a colorless liquid that slowly turns brown due to atmospheric oxidation.
  2. Diphenylamine (m.p. 327 K) and triphenylamine (m.p. 400 K) are solids.

Boiling point:

Primary and secondary amines are polar and participate in hydrogen bonding.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Hydrogen Bonds In A Primary Amine

Since nitrogen is not as electronegative as oxygen, the nitrogen-hydrogen bond (N-H—N) is less polar than the oxygen-hydrogen bond (O-H—O). The boiling points of amines are, therefore, lower than those of alcohols of similar molecular weight, but higher than the boiling points of hydrocarbons and other compounds in which no hydrogen bonding is possible, e.g., tertiary amines. We will illustrate the trend in boiling points by considering the examples of n-pentane, butylamine, and n-butyl alcohol.

⇒ CH3 CH2CH2CH2CH3-( n-Pentane mol. wt. 72b.p. 309 K)(no hydrogen bonding)

⇒ CH3 CH2CH2CH2NH2 Butylamine mol. wt. 73 b.p. 351 K

⇒ CH3CH2CH2CH2OH n-Butyl alcohol mol. wt. 74 b.p. 391 K

The molecules of primary amines are associated due to intermolecular hydrogen bonding between the nitrogen of one molecule and the hydrogen of another. The molecules of secondary amines are also associated in a similar fashion but to a lesser extent than in primary amines.

A primary amine has two hydrogen atoms available for hydrogen bonding as compared to one hydrogen in a secondary amine. The molecules of tertiary amines are not associated similarly due to the absence of hydrogen atoms available for hydrogen-bond formation.

As the ability to form hydrogen bonds decreases from primary to tertiary amines the boiling points of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines of similar molecular weight also decrease in that order.

⇒ CH3CH2CH2NH2 mol. wt. 59 b.p. 321 K

⇒  CH3NHCH2CH3 b.p. 309 K

Solubility:

Primary, secondary, and tertiary amines with five or fewer carbons are soluble in water as they can form hydrogen bonds with water. The solubility decreases as the hydrophobic alkyl part of the amine increases in size. Amines are soluble in polar solvents like alcohol and ether.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Hydrogen Bond Between An Amine And A Water Molecule

Chemical Properties

The reactivity of amines can be attributed chiefly to the presence of a lone pair of electrons on an electronegative nitrogen. Amines therefore act as nucleophiles.

The basic character of amines

Aliphatic as well as aromatic amines are Lewis bases. The basicity of amines depends upon the readiness with which the lone pair of electrons is available to a proton or to a Lewis acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Lewis Acid Of Amine

Nitrogen is less electronegative than oxygen, and hence it has a greater tendency to donate its lone pair than does oxygen. Therefore, amines are stronger bases than alcohol, ether or water. However, amines are far weaker bases than hydroxide ions, alkoxide ions, and carbanions.

Relative basicity of amines:

Aliphatic amines (CH3NH2, C2H, NH2, etc.) are more basic than ammonia because the electron-releasing alkyl groups increase the electron density around the nitrogen, thereby increasing the availability of the lone pair of electrons.

We might expect to see an increase in basic strength on going from NH3→RNH2 → R2NH → R3N, due to the increasing inductive  effect of successive alkyl groups. The basicity of amines in the gaseous phase follows the expected order

⇒ R3N>R2NH>R-NH2> NH3

But this order is not observed in the aqueous state as evidenced by their pK, values given in Table.

The pK values of some amines:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The PKa Values Of Some Amines

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines The PKa Values Of Some Amines.

The introduction of an alkyl group into ammonia increases the basic strength. The introduction of a second alkyl group further increases the basic strength. However, the introduction of a third alkyl group (as in a tertiary amine) decreases the basic strength.

This is because the basic strength of an amine in an aqueous medium is determined not only by electron availability on the nitrogen atom, but also by the extent to which the cation, formed by the uptake of a proton, can undergo solvation, and so become stabilized. The greater the number of hydrogen atoms attached to nitrogen in the cation, the greater is the possibility of solvation via hydrogen bonding between the cation and water.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Decreasing Stabilisation By Solvation

Thus on going along the series, NH3 →R-NH3→ R2NH→R3N, the inductive effect will tend to increase the basicity, but progressively less stabilization of the cation by hydration will occur, which will tend to reduce the basicity.

Therefore, in an aqueous solution, a tertiary amine becomes less basic than a secondary amine. Also, the three alkyl groups around nitrogen in a tertiary amine interfere with protonation, making it less basic. In fact, the basic strength of alkyl amines in an aqueous medium is decided by a combination of the inductive effect, solvation effect, and steric hindrance of the alkyl groups.

The order of basicity of amines changes if the alkyl group is bigger (for example,C2H5) than the CH3 group due to steric hindrance to hydrogen bonding. The order of basic strength of methyl-substituted amines and ethyl-substituted amines in an aqueous medium is as follows.

⇒ (C2H5)2NH)> (C2H2)3N =C2H5NH2>NH3

⇒ (CH3)2NH >CH3−NH2 > (CH3)3 N > NH3

Aniline is less basic than methylamine. The low basicity of aniline is due to the delocalization of the lone pair of electrons on nitrogen with the electrons of the benzene ring, making the lone pair of electrons on nitrogen less available for protonation. The delocalization of the lone pair of electrons with the electrons of the benzene ring is shown in the following resonating structures of aniline.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Structures Of Aniline

On the other hand, the anilinium ion obtained by the acceptance of a proton is a resonance hybrid of only two structures.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Resonance Of Hybrid Structures

Thus aniline (5 resonating structures) is more stable than the anilinium ion (2 resonating structures) (the greater the number of resonating structures, the greater is the stability). Therefore, the basic nature (or capacity to accept protons) of aniline is less.

Electron-releasing groups like -CH3,-OH and -OMe in the para position increase the basicity of an aromatic amine, while electron-withdrawing groups like -NO2,-CHO, and -COOH reduce the basicity.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Electron Releasing Groups

Ammonium Salt Formation

Since amines are basic they react with mineral acids to form ammonium salts.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Ammonium Salt Formation

The free amine can be obtained from the ammonium salt by treatment with NaOH.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{NH}_3} \mathrm{X}^{-} \stackrel{\mathrm{NaOH}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{RNH}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{NaX}\)

Ammonium salts are soluble in water and are insoluble in organic solvents (example, ether).

On the basis of the above reactions, we can separate amines from nonbasic organic compounds insoluble in water. Suggest how aniline is separated from acetophenone (a ketone) on the basis of the above reactions.

Alkylation

An alkylamine reacts with an alkyl halide to yield a dialkylamine, a trialkylamine, and a tetraalkylammonium halide (quaternary ammonium salt). For example,

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Alkylation

Acylation

Primary and secondary amines react with acyl halides, acid anhydrides, and esters to give substituted amides. This reaction is known as acylation. Tertiary amines do not have a free hydrogen atom and thus do not form amides. The acetylation reaction with acetyl chloride is often carried out in pyridine. Pyridine removes the HCl formed and shifts the equilibrium to the right-hand side.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Acylation

Mechanism The amine acts as a nucleophile:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Amine Acts As A Nucleophile

Because of the low basicity of amides, they do not readily undergo further acylation by acid chlorides. Amines react with benzoyl chloride (C6H5COCI) to form substituted benzamides. The reaction is known as benzoylation.

⇒ RNH2+C26H5COCI→ C6H5CONHR (Substituted benzamide)+ HCI

Carbylamine Reaction (Carbylamine Test)

Primary amines (aliphatic or aromatic) react with chloroform and ethanolic potassium hydroxide solution to yield isocyanides.

This reaction is often used as a test for the identification of a primary amine.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Carbylamine Reaction

Secondary and tertiary amines do not undergo this reaction.

Reaction With Grignard Reagent

Primary and secondary amines react with a Grignard reagent to yield an alkane containing the same number of carbons as are present in the alkyl group of the Grignard reagent.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Grignard Reagent

Tertiary amines do not undergo this reaction.

Reaction With Nitrous Acid

The reaction of aliphatic primary amines with nitrous acid (NaNO2 + HCl) at 273 K yields an unstable alkyl diazonium salt which decomposes to give an alcohol and liberate nitrogen quantitatively. The quantitative evolution of nitrogen is used in the estimation of amino acids and proteins.

\(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}_2 \underset{\left(\mathrm{NaNO}_2 / \mathrm{HCl}\right)}{\stackrel{\mathrm{HONO}}{\longrightarrow}}\left(\mathrm{R}-\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{N}_2}\right) \mathrm{Cl}^{-} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{ROH}+\mathrm{N}_2 \uparrow\)

Example 5: Give The Mechanism of the  following reaction

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Example 5 Reaction

Solution: 

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 5 Solution Primary Reactions

Aromatic primary amines react with NaNO2/HCl to form stable diazonium salts.

Secondary amines, both aliphatic and aromatic, react with nitrous acid to produce N-nitrosamines, which separate from the reaction mixture as yellow oily liquids.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 5 Solution Secondary Amines Anf Aliphatic And Aromatic To N Nitrosamines

Nitrosamines are poisonous compounds and are carcinogenic.

Tertiary amines simply dissolve in nitrous acid, forming a salt.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 5 Solution Teritary Amine sSimply Disssolved in Nitrous Acid

N, N-dimethylaniline an aromatic tertiary amine, reacts with nitrous acid to yield p-nitroso-N, N-dimethylaniline.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 5 Solut N Dimethylaniline An Aromatic Teritary Amine Reacts With Nitrous Acid

In this reaction, the nitroso group is substituted at the p-position of the benzene ring.

Example 6: Suggest a mechanism for the following reaction.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Example 6 Suggest Reaction

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Example 6 Solution Suggest Reaction

Reaction With Aldehydes And Ketones

Primary and secondary amines react with aldehydes and ketones to form a-hydroxylamines, which usually lose water to give a substituted amine, frequently referred to as a Schiff base.

⇒ CH3CH2NH2 +CH3CHO→ C2H5N (Aldimine (Schiff base) =CHCH3 + H2O

Aniline condenses with an aldehyde to form an imine or Schiff base with the loss of water. An aromatic amine forms a more stable Schiff base than an aliphatic amine.

⇒  C6H5NH2+C6H5CHO→C6H5N=CHC6 H5 + H2O

Reaction With Benzene Sulphonyl Chloride

Primary amines react with benzene sulphonyl chloride (Hinsberg reagent) to yield N-alkylbenzene sulphonamide.

⇒ \([\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}_2+\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{SO}_2 \mathrm{Cl} \rightarrow \underset{\text { N-Alkylbenzenesulphonamide }}{\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}-\mathrm{SO}_2 \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5}\)

N-alkylbenzene sulphonamides have an N-H group, the hydrogen of which is acidic due to the powerful electron-withdrawing sulphonyl group. As a result, N-alkylbenzene sulphonamides are soluble in an excess of a cold NaOH solution.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{NH}-\mathrm{SO}_2-\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5+\mathrm{NaOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{R}-\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{N}}-\mathrm{SO}_2-\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{Na}}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Secondary amines react with benzenesulphonyl chloride to yield N, N dialkylbenzenesulphonamide, which does not dissolve in an NaOH solution.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Secondary Amines Benzenesulphonyl Chloride

Tertiary amines do not react with benzene sulphonyl chloride.

These reactions are used to distinguish between primary, secondary and tertiary amines, and to separate them. The test is known as the Hinsberg test.

Hinsberg test:

  • To differentiate primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, the unknown amine is shaken in a test tube with benzene sulphonyl chloride and dilute sodium hydroxide solution. A primary amine is present if a clear solution is obtained.
  • If an insoluble layer remains, it can be either due to a secondary or tertiary amine, because a secondary amine forms an insoluble sulphonamide whereas a tertiary amine does not react.
  • These two can be distinguished by acidifying the mixture with dilute HCl. If the layer disappears it is a tertiary amine because it will form a water-soluble salt.
  • However, the separation of an insoluble compound, a neutral sulphonamide, indicates the presence of a secondary amine.

Separation of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines-Hinsberg method:

  • The mixture of amines is treated with aqueous KOH followed by benzene sulphonyl chloride (or p-toluene sulphonyl chloride).
  • Primary amines form benzenesulfonamide (soluble in alkalis); the secondary amines also form benzenesulfonamide (but insoluble in alkalis); the tertiary amines remain unaffected.
  • The mixture is warmed in a water bath to complete the reaction. The alkaline mixture is acidified with dilute HCI, whereby sulphonamides of primary and secondary amines are precipitated. The solid is filtered and washed with a little cold water. The tertiary amine remains in the filtrate.
  • The solid is then boiled with aqueous KOH. The alkali-insoluble sulphonamide of the secondary amine is filtered off. The filtrate is acidified with dilute HCl to precipitate the sulphonamides of the primary amine.
  • On boiling the sulphonamides of the primary and secondary amine with 80% H2SO4, and rendering them alkaline with aqueous KOH, the original primary and secondary amines may be recovered.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Separation Of Primary Secondary And Teritary Amines

Electrophilic Substitution Reactions Of An Aromatic Amine (Aniline)

The amino group in aromatic amines is a powerful activating group and is ortho-para directing. This is due to the delocalization of the lone pair of electrons of nitrogen with the electrons of the benzene ring, as shown

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Electrons of The Benzene Ring

The maximum electron density occurs at the o- and p-positions. Aromatic amines, therefore, undergo typical electrophilic substitution reactions rapidly. In some cases, the rate of the reaction is so great that the poly-substituted product is formed even in mild conditions. In order to prepare a monosubstituted product, the activating influence of the -NH2 group is moderated by introducing an acetyl group.

Halogenation

Halogenation of aniline takes place readily at room temperature and does not require the presence of a catalyst. For example, aniline, when treated with bromine water, gives 2, 4, and 6-tribromoaniline.

2, 4, 6-tribromoaniline is formed readily because aniline is extremely susceptible to electrophilic substitution. The substitution tends to occur readily at the ortho and para positions. In order to prepare a monosubstituted aniline, the activating effect of the NH2 group has to be controlled.

This is usually done by protecting the NH2 group by acetylation with acetic anhydride to get acetanilide. This electrophilic substitution with Br2 in acetic acid gives p-bromoacetanilide. On hydrolysis, this yields p-bromoaniline.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Para Bromoaniline

In acetanilide, the lone pair of electrons on nitrogen is attracted toward the strong electron-attracting carbonyl group due to resonance.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Acetanilide Carbonyl Group

Thus, the lone pair of electrons on nitrogen becomes less available for delocalisation with the electrons of the benzene ring. The reactivity of the NHCOCH, group is thus reduced as compared to that of the -NH2 group.

Nitration

Aniline is susceptible to oxidation and a lot of it is decomposed as tarry material when made to react with concentrated HNO3. On treatment with concentrated HNO3 and concentrated H2SO4, aniline forms the anilinium cation (CH-NH3) by accepting a proton (H*). The anilinium ion is m-directing. Therefore, the product obtained is mainly m-nitroaniline, together with o- and p-nitroaniline.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Nitration

Monosubstituted p-nitroaniline may be obtained according to the following set of reactions. Aniline is first acylated to prepare acetanilide. Acetanilide on nitration (concentrated HNO3 + concentrated H2SO4) gives p-nitroacetanilide, which on hydrolysis yields p-nitroaniline.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Nitroacetaniline

Sulphonation

Aniline reacts with concentrated H2SO4 to give anilinium hydrogen sulfate. The salt on heating with concentrated H2SO4, to 453 K forms sulphanilic acid (p-amino benzene sulphonic acid).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Sulphonation

Since sulphanilic acid contains both an acidic group (-SO3H) and a basic group (-NH2) in the same molecule, an ‘inner-salt’ is formed as a zwitterion or dipolar ion. Aniline does not respond to Friedel-Crafts alkylation and acetylation reactions because it forms a salt with AICI3 (Lewis acid) used as a catalyst.

⇒  C6H5NH2 + AlCl3 → C6H5N+H2 AICI2

Due to this, the nitrogen of aniline becomes positively charged and deactivates the ring. Deactivated compounds usually do not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.

Benzenediazonium Salts

The term diazonium is derived from the Greek word azote (nitrogen). A benzenediazonium salt has the general formula \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5-\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{N}} \equiv \mathrm{N} \bar{X}\)where X may be Cl, Br, NO3, or HSO4. The group N = N- is called the azo group.

The prefix azo is used when both nitrogen atoms (-N-N-) are attached to carbon. When one is attached to carbon and one to some other atom, the suffix diazo is used. While naming these compounds, the suffix diazonium is added to the name of the aromatic hydrocarbon and then the name of the anion is written as a separate word.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Benzenediazonium Salts

Aromatic amines form aromatic diazonium salts. These are more stable than alkyl diazonium salts. The greater stability of the aromatic diazonium ion is due to resonance.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Aromatic Amines Form Aromatic Diazonium Salts

Preparation

Aniline is dissolved or suspended in a mineral acid (HCI) and cooled to 0°C. Then a cold solution of sodium nitrite is added slowly in slight excess.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{NH}_2+\mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{NH}_2 \cdot \mathrm{HCl}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{NaNO}_2+\mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow \mathrm{HNO}_2+\mathrm{NaCl}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{NH}_2 \cdot \mathrm{HCl}+\mathrm{HNO}_2 \rightarrow \underset{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Benzenediazonium } \\
\text { chloride }
\end{array}}{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{~N}_2 \mathrm{Cl}}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The process of converting aromatic primary amines to diazonium salts by the action of nitrous acid is known as diazotization.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Mechaniem Of Diazotisation

Physical Properties

Benzenediazonium chloride is a colourless crystalline solid and is readily soluble in water. Aqueous solutions of benzene diazonium chloride are not stable. Nitrogen gas is evolved slowly in cold conditions and rapidly on warming this compound. This compound is relatively stable below 273 K. Bezenediazonium fluoroborate is stable, and can be dried and stored.

Chemical Reactions

Benzene diazonium salts are highly reactive compounds that serve as intermediates in the synthesis of a wide variety of aromatic compounds. The reactions of benzene diazonium salts may be divided into the following two categories.

  1. Substitution of the diazonium group, and
  2. Coupling reactions.

1. Substitution of the diazonium group

By Cl, Br and CN When a diazonium salt solution is treated with hydrogen chloride, bromide, or cyanide in the presence of the corresponding cuprous halide or the cyanide as catalyst, the diazo group is replaced by the halide group or cyanide group. This is known as the Sandmeyer reaction.

In another reaction, when a diazonium salt solution is treated with hydrogen chloride, bromide or cyanide in the presence of copper powder, the diazo group is replaced by the halide group or the cyanide group. This is known as the Gattermann reaction.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Gattermann Reaction

The yield of the halobenzene or cyanobenzene is greater in the Sandmeyer reaction than in the Gattermann reaction.

By iodine:

lodine cannot substitute the diazonium group in the benzene ring by halogenation. Therefore, iodobenzene is prepared by making benzene diazonium chloride react with potassium iodide.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines By Iodine

By fluorine:

Aqueous fluoroboric acid, HBF4 reacts with a benzenediazonium salt to yield C6H5N2 BF4, On gentle heating in the absence of a solvent, the latter decomposes to give fluorobenzene.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines By Fluorine

By NO2 group:

On being heated with sodium nitrite in the presence of copper powder, benzene diazonium fluoroborate yields nitrobenzene.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines By Nitrobenzene

By OH group:

At 283 K, an aqueous solution of benzenediazonium chloride yields phenol.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amines Hyderogen Reactions With Phenol

By hydrogen:

Benzene diazonium chloride is reduced by hypophosphorous acid (H3 PO2) to benzene.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine By Hydrogen

In all the above reactions, nitrogen is displaced from the aromatic ring and escapes as a gas.

Summary of the syntheses using diazonium salts:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Syntheses Using Diazonium Salts

2. Coupling reactions

When diazonium salts are treated with phenols or aromatic amines in a basic medium, azo compounds (azo compounds contain the group-N-N-) are formed. These are known as coupling reactions.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Coupling Reactions

These reactions are a kind of electrophilic aromatic substitution in which aromatic diazonium ions act as poor electrophiles. They attack a benzene ring that has an activating group on the ring.

The coupling takes place para to the OH or -NR2 group unless this position is blocked. The azo compounds are usually colored (orange, red, or yellow). The double-bonded nitrogen atoms are largely responsible for giving the azobenzenes their colors. A group like -NN-is called a chromophore.

The last coupling reaction described above is used in the detection of primary aromatic amines. Aromatic amines on diazotization give diazonium salts which on treatment with β-naphthol form a red/orange dye. The formation of a red/orange dye confirms the presence of an aromatic amino group.

When a benzene diazonium ion reacts with aniline, a somewhat different reaction takes place. Instead of attacking the ring, the ion bonds to the nitrogen atom of aniline, and a yellow solid is obtained.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Diazoaminobenzene

Diazoaminobenzene reacts with excess aniline and acid to give the aromatic substitution product, p-aminoazobenzene.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Para Aminoazobenzene

Amines Multiple-Choice Questions

Question 1. Which of the following is the functional group of a primary amine?

  1. —NH–
  2. -NH2
  3. +NH3
  4. NH3

Answer: 2. -NH2

Question 2. Amines are derivatives of

  1. CO2
  2. Urea
  3. NH3
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. NH3

Question 3. Which of the following is formed when ethylamine reacts with nitrous acid?

  1. C2H2OH
  2. CH3COOH
  3. C2H2NO2
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. C2H2OH

Question 4. Which of the following is formed when methylamine is heated with chloroform and alcoholic KOH?

  1. CH3NC
  2. CH2CN
  3. CH3CHO
  4. CH3OH

Answer: 1. CH3NC

Question 5. A Grignard reagent reacts with a primary amine to produce

  1. An alkane
  2. Tertiary amine
  3. None of these
  4. A secondary amine

Answer:  1. An alkane

Question 6. The reduction of nitroalkane gives a

  1. Secondary amine
  2. Primary amine
  3. A higher amine
  4. Quaternary salt

Answer: 3. A higher amine

Question 7. Which of the following is formed when acetamide reacts with Br2/NaOH?

  1. Acetone
  2. Methylamine
  3. Ammonia
  4. Acetaldehyde

Answer:  2. Methylamine

Question 8. Which of the following is formed when aniline reacts with fuming sulphuric acid?

  1. Sulphonic acid
  2. Sulphanilic acid
  3. Benzene sulphonic acid
  4. Benzoic acid.

Answer: 2. Sulphanilic acid

Question 9. Which of the following is formed when aniline is heated with chloroform and alcoholic KOH?

  1. Chlorobenzene
  2. p-Hydroxyaniline
  3. Carbylamine
  4. Acetanilide

Answer: 3. Carbylamine

Question 10. What is the hybridization state of N in an amine?

  1. Sp3
  2. Sp2
  3. Sp
  4. Sp3d

Answer: 1. Sp3

Question 11. Among the following, which is the correct order of basic strength?

  1. NH>CH3NH2> NF3
  2. CH3NH2>NH3>NF3
  3. NF3> CH3NH2> NH3
  4. NH3> NF3> CH3NH2

Answer: 2. CH3NH2>NH3>NF3

Question 12. Which of the following is the most basic?

  1. C6H5NH2
  2. (CH3)2> NH
  3. (CH3)3N
  4. NH3

Answer:  2. (CH3)2> NH

Question 13. Which of the following is the order of basic strength of amines in a benzene solution?

  1. CH3NH2> (CH3)3N> (CH3)2NH
  2. (CH3)3N> (CH3)2NH> CH3NH2
  3. CH3NH2> (CH3)2NH> (CH3)3N
  4. (CH3)3N> CH3NH2>(CH3)2NH

Answer: 2. (CH3)3N> (CH3)2NH> CH3NH2

Question 14. Which of the following is the most reactive towards electrophilic substitution?

  1. Nitrobenzene
  2. Aniline
  3. Aniline hydrochloride
  4. N-Acetylaniline

Answer: 2.  Aniline

Question 15. Which of the following is the most basic?

  1. C6H5NH2
  2. p-NO2-C6H4NH2
  3. m-NO2-C6H4NH2
  4. C6H5CH2NH2

Answer: 4. m-NO-CH4NH2

Question 16. What are the products formed when aniline is heated with concentrated HNO, and concentrated H2SO4?

  1. o- and p-Nitroaniline
  2. p-Nitroaniline
  3. Tarry material
  4. There is no reaction.

Answer: 3. Tarry material

Question 17. The reaction of a primary amine with chloroform and ethanolic KOH is called the

  1. Carbylamine reaction
  2. Kolbe reaction
  3. Reimer-Tiemann reaction
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. Carbylamine reaction

Question 18. Benzene diazonium chloride reacts with phenol in a weak basic medium to give

  1. Diphenyl ether
  2. p-hydroxy azobenzene
  3. Chlorobenzene
  4. Benzene

Answer: 2. p-hydroxy azobenzene

Question 19. Which of the following does not react with acetyl chloride?

  1. Methylamine
  2.  Ethylamine
  3. Dimethylamine
  4. Trimethylamine

Answer: 3. Dimethylamine

Question 20. Hinsberg reagent is

  1.  Benzene sulphonic acid
  2. Benzenesulphonamide
  3.  p-Toluenesulphonyl chloride
  4.  None of these

Answer: 3.  p-Toluenesulphonyl chloride

Question 21. How many primary amines have the molecular formula C4H11N?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 4. 4

Question 22. In reaction with aqueous HNO2 at low temperatures, a compound produces an oily nitrosamine. The compound is likely to be

  1. Methylamine
  2. Ethylamine
  3. Diethylamine
  4. Triethylamine

Answer: 3. Diethylamine

Question 23. An amine reacts with benzenesulphonyl chloride and the product is insoluble in NaOH. The amine is likely to be

  1. A primary amine
  2. A secondary amine
  3. A tertiary amine
  4. All of these

Answer: 2. A secondary amine

Question 24. Which of the following compounds is the least basic? a secondary amine

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Question 24 Least Basic

Answer: 3

Question 25. What is the correct order of basicity of the following compounds?

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 13 Amine Question 25 Basicity

  1. (2)>(1)>(3) > (4)
  2. (3)> (1)>(2) > (4)
  3. (1)>(3)>(2)>(4)
  4. (1)>(2)>(3)>(4)

Answer: 3. (1)>(3)>(2)>(4)

Polymers Types, Classification, Properties

Polymers

Many things of everyday use are made of polymers. For example, fabric for clothing and furniture, plastic utensils, containers, toys, toothbrushes, synthetic rubber for automobile tyres, paints and varnishes, paper and pens.

  • Large molecules (macromolecules) formed by a series of chemical reactions between small molecules are called polymers; the word is derived from the Greek polymers meaning “many parts” (poly = many, meros = parts).
  • The small molecules that make up the giant polymer are called monomers, meaning “of one part”. The formation of large molecules by the linking together of small molecules is called polymerisation.
  • The structural formulae of some common polymers, along with the monomers from which they are made, are given below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polymers And Monomer

  • Polymers made up of a few monomers are called oligomers. An example is crystalline sulphur, a molecule of which has eight sulphur atoms arranged in a ring. As is obvious, the monomeric unit is a sulphur atom.
  • – OH
  • The properties of polymers are related to molecular mass, size and structure. The molecular mass of a polymer depends on the conditions of polymerisation.
  • The length of the polymer chain depends upon the availability of monomer molecules in the reaction mixture. Thus, a polymer contains chains of varying lengths.
  • Therefore the molecular mass of a polymer is expressed as an average.

Polymers Classification

Polymers May Be Classified In Several Ways.

On the basis of the type of chain

Polymers may be made up of three types of chains-linear, branched and crosslinked.

1. Linear-chain polymers:

High-density polymers with long straight chains are called linear-chain polymers. Examples are polyethene and polyvinyl chloride. The chains in such a polymer may be depicted as follows.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Linear Chain Polymer

2. Branched-chain polymers:

Low-density polymers having linear chains with some branches are called branched-chain polymers. An example of such a polymer is polypropylene. The chains in a branched-chain polymer may be shown as follows.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Branched Polymer

3. Crosslinked polymers:

Crosslinked polymers contain strong covalent bonds between various linear chains. Examples of such polymers are bakelite and melamine. The chains in the polymer may be depicted. The monomers in a crosslinked polymer generally have two or three functional groups.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Crosslinked Polymers Are More Rigid Than Branched Chain Or Linear Chain Polymers

On The Basis Of Intermolecular Force

Polymers are known for their special mechanical properties such as toughness, elasticity and tensile strength. The degree of toughness, elasticity and so on depends upon the intermolecular forces in the large polymer molecules.

These forces may be van der Waals forces, forces due to hydrogen bonds, etc. Such forces are present in smaller molecules too but their effect is not so pronounced. The larger the molecule, the greater is the effect.

Polymers may be divided into four groups based on the strength of their intermolecular forces—

  1. Thermoplastics,
  2. Thermosetting Polymers,
  3. Elastomers And
  4. Fibres.

Thermoplastics

  • As you know, a polymer may be linear, branched or crosslinked. The first two types of polymers are said to be thermoplastic as they can be moulded into different shapes, after being heated and then cooled.
  • They soften on heating and harden on cooling. They also dissolve in the appropriate solvents.. These polymers possess an intermolecular force of attraction that is between those of elastomers and fibres.
  • Common examples of thermoplastics are polythene, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride.

Thermosetting polymers

  • A crosslinked polymer, i.e., one in which the monomer chain is crosslinked to other adjacent chains to form a three-dimensional network, is a thermosetting polymer. It is less soluble in solvents than a thermoplastic is.
  • It hardens on heating and can be moulded only once because it becomes rigid and heat cannot soften it for remoulding. Examples of thermosetting polymers are bakelite and urea-formaldehyde resins.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Thermosetting Polymers

Elastomers

  • Polymers with elastic qualities are known as elastomers. In these polymers, each chain is held together by weak van der Waals forces of attraction. Among the polymers, the binding force is the weakest in elastomers.
  • These weak forces allow the polymer to be stretched. Elastomers also contain a few short chains of sulphur atoms, which serve as linkages between the polymer chains.
  • The sulphur chains help align the polymer chains, so the material does not undergo a permanent change when stretched, but springs back to its original shape and size when the stress is removed.
  • Vulcanised rubber is a common example of an elastomer. Other examples are buna-S, buna-N and neoprene.

Stretched vulcanised rubber retains its elasticity.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Stretched Vulcanised Rubber

Fibres

  • Synthetic fibres are thread forming semicrystalline solids which possess high tensile strength and high modulus of elasticity.
  • In order to have a high tensile strength, the chains of atoms in a polymer should be able to attract one another, but not so strongly that the plastic cannot be initially extended to form the fibres.
  • Ordinary covalent bonds would be too strong. Hydrogen bonds, with a strength of about one-tenth that of ordinary covalent bonds, link the chains in the desired manner.
  • Examples of fibres are polyamides [nylon 6, 6, nylon 6 and polyesters (Terylene)].

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Fibres

On The Basis Of Their Sources

On the basis of their sources, polymers are classified as natural, semi-synthetic and synthetic.

Natural polymers

  • Plants produce an enormous number of molecules, which vary in size, shape and function. Some of them, such as cellulose, starch and rubber, are large polymers.
  • The polymer cellulose is a constituent of cotton, wood and the cell walls of plants. It is a condensation polymer whose monomer unit is the molecule β-glucose.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Natural Polymers

  • Another natural polymer is starch. It is a constituent of many plants, including potatoes, wheat, rye, oats, corn and rice. The a-glucose molecule is the monomer unit for this polymer.
  • This molecule differs from that of B-glucose only in respect of the relative position of the OH group bonded to Cl. In a-glucose, this -OH group is pointed towards the bottom of the ring; in γ-glucose, it is pointed towards the top.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Another Natural Starch

The structures of cellulose and starch

Another naturally occurring polymer is rubber. The name rubber was given to this substance when it was found to rub out pencil marks. Rubber is formed from the monomer isoprene, C5H8 and is also called cis-polyisoprene.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Isoprene

Where n = 11, 000 to 20,000

The structure may be represented as

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Poly Cis Isoprene And Group Are Cis

The cis structure of natural rubber is vital to its elasticity.

Gutta-percha is a naturally occurring isomer of rubber in which all the -CH2-CH2-groups are trans.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Poly Trans Isoprene

  • Poly trans isoprene (the-CH2-CH2– groups are trans)
  • The trans compound is hard and brittle.
  • Rubber is extracted from trees. It occurs as latex (a suspension of rubber particles in water) that oozes from rubber trees when their trunks are slit.
  • On treatment with 1% acetic acid, the rubber particles are precipitated from the latex as a gummy mass. The gummy mass is not only elastic and water-repellent but also very sticky, especially when warm.
  • In 1839, Charles Goodyear discovered that heating latex with sulphur produces a material (vulcanised rubber) that is no longer sticky, but still elastic and water-repellent.
  • Vulcanised rubber contains short chains of sulphur atoms which bind the polymer chains of natural rubber. It is an elastomer, and its structure may be represented.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Vulcanised Rubber Short Chains Of Sulphur And Elastomer

The composition of a car tyre:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Composition Of A Car Tyre

Semisynthetic polymers

  • Cellulose was the first polymer to be chemically modified to new substances useful to human beings. When made to react with acetic anhydride in acetic acid using a little sulphuric acid as a catalyst, cellulose is converted into its acetate.
  • When a solution of cellulose triacetate is forced through small holes into a solution of dilute acetic acid, the water precipitates it in the form of a continuous thread that can be used to weave fabrics.
  • The use of cellulose in a variety of other products is based on similar modifications of structure. For example, the hydroxyl groups in cellulose are converted into alkoxide anions by a base. These anions add to CS2 to give compounds known as xanthate esters.
  • The basic solution of cellulose xanthate salts can be forced out of spinners into dilute H2SO4 to form rayon threads. If thin slits are used, sheets of cellophane are formed. Both rayon and cellophane are essentially cellulose in a transformed physical state.

Synthetic polymers

These are polymers synthesised in the laboratory or in manufacturing units and may be obtained by two processes polymerisation or chain-growth polymerisation and condensation polymerisation or step-growth polymerisation.

Addition polymerisation:

  • Addition polymerisation generally occurs between molecules containing one or more double bonds. No small molecules are liberated during this process.
  • A very important group of olefinic compounds that undergoes addition polymerisation is of the type CH2=CH-Y, where Y may be H, X, COOR, CN, etc.

⇒\(n \mathrm{CH}_2=\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{Y} \longrightarrow\left(\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{Y}\right)_n\)

Polymerisation Mechanism:

Alkenes and their derivatives polymerise by the free-radical mechanism in the presence of organic peroxides such as benzoyl peroxide, acetyl peroxide and t-butyl peroxide.

  • For example, ethylene polymerises under high pressure (1000 atm) at an elevated temperature (473 K). The reaction is initiated by a free radical (catalyst) produced by organic peroxides, for example benzoyl peroxide, acetyl peroxide, and t-butyl peroxide.
  • The polymerisation of ethylene, initiated by dibenzoyl peroxide, is a radical chain reaction. The peroxide is first cleaved homolytically to give two benzoate radicals, which produce the phenyl radical. The phenyl radical adds to the alkene to give an unstable primary carbon radical.
  • This step is called the chain-initiating step. The primary carbon radical adds to another molecule of the alkene, and so on. This step is termed as the chain-propagating step. Finally, the chain is terminated by combination with another radical (the chain-terminating step).

The following steps are involved.

1. Chain Initiation:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Chain Initiation

2. Chain Propagation:

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CH}_2 \dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{CH}_2=\mathrm{CH}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5\left(\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_2-\dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\right.\)

3. Chain Termination:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Chain Termination

Anionic and cationic polymerisations also take place, but they are not as common as the free radical processes. Ionic polymerisations are usually very fast and exothermic.

Example 1. Give the mechanism for the formation of a segment of polyvinyl chloride containing three units of vinyl chloride initiated by HO.

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Vinyl Chloride And Intiated By HO

Addition polymers:

Polymers synthesised by addition polymerisation are called addition polymers. A polymer made of only one type of monomer is known as a homopolymer. A polymer made of more than one type of monomer is known as a copolymer.

Polyethylene or polyethene: There are two varieties of polythene-

  1. Low-density polyethene (Ldp) And
  2. High-density polythene (Hdp).

1. Low-density polythene:

Low-density polythene is produced at high temperatures (473 K) and high pressure (≈ 1000 to 2000 atmospheres) using oxygen or peroxide as the initiator (catalyst). Under these circumstances, free radicals attack the chain at random positions, thus causing irregular branching.

  • The polythene with irregular branching is less dense and more flexible since the molecules are generally far apart and their arrangement is not so precisely ordered. this material is used for making squeeze bottles toys and flexible pipes , among other things

⇒ \(\underset{\text { Ethylene }}{n\left(\mathrm{CH}_2=\mathrm{CH}_2\right)} \underset{473 \mathrm{~K}}{\stackrel{\mathrm{O}_2}{\longrightarrow}}+\underset{\text { Polythene }}{\left.\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_2-\right)_n}\)

2. High-density polythene:

High-density polyethene is produced at low temperatures (333 K To 343K) and comparatively low pressure(6-7atmospheres) in the presence of a catalyst (C2H2)3 Al/TiCl4 (Ziegler-Natta catalyst).

  • This catalyst yields almost exclusively linear polythene. The molecules in linear polythene are strongly attracted to one another by van der Waals forces, yielding a tough, high-density compound due to close packing, which is useful in making toys, bottles and buckets.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polythene

Polythenes formed under different pressures and catalytic conditions have different molecular structures and hence different physical properties.

Polypropylene:

Polypropylene was prepared for the first time by the Italian chemist Natta in 1960, an achievement for which he was awarded the Nobel Prize in 1963.

He prepared polypropylene by dissolving propylene in the inert solvent heptane containing triethylaluminium and titanium chloride catalyst at a high temperature (373 K) under a pressure of 10 atm.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polypropylene

Polypropene is a substitute for polythene. It is lighter and stronger than the latter. Its softening point is relatively high, and it is used for making hard fibres because it has a high tensile strength.

These fibres are used for making carpets and ropes. Polypropene is also used to make bottles, glasses, pens, toys, electrical goods and pipes.

Polystyrene:

Polystyrene On polymerisation in the presence of dibenzoyl peroxide (catalyst), styrene yields polystyrene.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Styrene Yields Polystyrene

Styrene itself is prepared from benzene by the following method.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Styrene Is Prepared By Benzene

Polystyrene is a transparent polymer and is used in manufacturing food containers, bottles, plastic cups, combs, toys and television cabinets.

Teflon:

Teflon is prepared by heating tetrafluoroethene under high pressure in the presence of ammonium peroxy sulphate.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Teflon

Teflon is incombustible and is not affected by acids or alkalis. It is used for making insulating material, bearings and nonstick utensils.

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC):

Polyvinyl chloride is obtained by heating vinyl chloride in the presence of benzoyl peroxide in an inert solvent.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polyvinyl Chloride

Vinyl chloride itself is obtained by the reaction of ethyne (acetylene) with HCl in the presence of HgCl2 catalyst.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Acetylene And Vinyl Chloride

PVC is used in making pipes, plastic syringes, hard plastic bottles, raincoats, shoes, curtains and garden hoses.

Polyacrylonitrile (orlon):

Orlon is prepared by the polymerisation of acrylonitrile (vinyl cyanide) in the presence of FeSO2/H2O2

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polyacrylonitrile

Orlon is water-resistant and is used in making carpets and blankets.

Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA):

It is prepared by the polymerisation of methyl methacrylate in the presence of benzoyl peroxide (catalyst).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polymethyl Methacrylate

It is tough and transparent, and is popularly known as plexiglass. It finds use in the manufacture of aeroplane windows, contact lenses, automobile tail lights and in plastic surgery.

Neoprene:

Neoprene, a synthetic rubber, is a polymer of chloroprene (2-chloro-1, 3-butadiene).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Neoprene

Chloroprene:

Chloroprene itself is prepared from ethyne (acetylene).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Chloroprene Ethyne

Neoprene is more resistant than natural rubber to oils and solvents. It is tougher and wears better than rubber. It is used mostly in applications where its toughness and resistance to oil and grease are important, such as in gaskets, sealing rings, and engine mountings. It is also used in making automobile tyres.

Example 2: Draw the structures of the monomers used to synthesise the following polymers.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Example 2 Polymers

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Example 2 Solution 2 Polymers

Buna-N-rubber:

 The polymerisation of butadiene in the presence of sodium gives a polymer known as buna-N- rubber. It was the first synthetic rubber to be manufactured. However, it is not very useful.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Bunna N Rubber

All the addition polymers described above are homopolymers—they contain the same type of monomer units.

Copolymerisation

  • If two or more monomers polymerise to give a single polymer containing different subunits, the product is a copolymer and the process is called copolymerisation.
  • The copolymer can be made by addition polymerisation (chain-growth polymerisation) and condensation polymerisation (step-growth polymerisation).
  • A copolymer can have useful properties that are different from and often superior to those of a homopolymer. Buna-S-rubber is an example of a copolymer.

Buna-S-rubber:

 Buna-S-rubber is a copolymer prepared by the polymerisation of three moles of butadiene and one mole of styrene. This polymer is tough and possesses properties close to those of natural rubber.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Buna S Rubber

The double bonds in the chain allow this polymer to undergo vulcanisation like a natural rubber polymer chain.

Buna-S-rubber is manufactured on a large scale and used to make automobile and truck tyres. A pure form this polymer is used as a replacement for the latex in chewing gum.

All synthetic rubbers can be vulcanised and can be stretched to twice their length. Once the external force is removed, they return to their initial size and shape.

Condensation polymers:

Condensation polymers are formed when bifunctional monomer molecules are linked. This happens when the monomer molecules react, and a small molecule such as that of water, HCl or alcohol is released. Polyesters and polyamides are examples of condensation polymers.

Polyester:

A typical polyester is prepared by heating a alcohol (ethylene glycol) and a diacid (terephthalic acid) in the presence of a catalyst.

Terephthalic acid (containing two carboxylic acid groups) and ethylene glycol (containing two alcohol groups) can react at both ends.

The reaction of one carboxylic acid group of terephthalic acid with one alcohol group of ethylene glycol initially produces an ester molecule with an acid group at one end and an alcohol group at the other.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polyester

Subsequently, the remaining acid group can react with another alcohol group, and the alcohol group can react with another acid molecule. The process continues until an extremely large polymer molecule, known as a polyester, is produced with a molecular weight in the range of 10,000-20,000.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Polyester Or Terylene

This condensation polymerisation is also called step-growth polymerisation since each step produces a distinct functionalised species.

Polyester can be spun into a fibre from the melt. The fibre is used in making textile fibres marketed under the names Dacron and Terylene. The blending of polyester with cotton provides a fabric with high durability and anticrease properties.

Polyamides (nylons):

Polyamides Many nylons have been prepared and tried in the consumer market. Two of them  nylon 6, 6 and nylon 6-have been the most successful.

Nylon 6, 6 is prepared by the reaction of equimolecular quantities of hexamethylenediamine and adipic acid under high pressure and at high temperatures. The resultant melt is spun into fibre.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Spun Into Fibre

The polymer is made up of alternating —NH(CH2)6 NH- and -(C2) 4 4O— units, each having six carbon atoms, and is called nylon 6, 6.

Nylon 6 is prepared by heating caprolactum with water at a high temperature.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Nylon 6 Is Heating Caprolactum

This caprolactum monomer is a cyclic amide and the polymer does not have alternating units—each unit is the same containing six carbon atoms and is called nylon 6.

Caprolactum itself is synthesised from cyclohexanone in the following manner.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers CAprolactum Is Synthesised From Cyclohexanone

Nylons have been widely accepted as textile fibres because they are strong, have desirable elastic properties, and can be drawn into very fine fibres. They are used to prepare fishing nets, ropes and brushes, among other things.

Example 3: Identify the monomer units used to make the following polymers.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Example 3 Polymers

Solution:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Example 3 Solution 3 Polymers

Example 4:  What is the significance of the numbers 6, 6 and 6 in nylon 6, 6 and nylon 6?

Solution:

  • The numbers 6, 6 in the name of nylon 6, 6 refer to the six carbon atoms of hexamethylenediamine and the six carbon atoms of adipic acid.
  • The number 6 in nylon 6 indicates that six carbon atoms are contributed by the reactant caprolactum.

Glyptal:

Glyptal is prepared by the reaction of ethylene glycol with phthalic acid. It is used to prepare paints and lacquers.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Glyptal

Bakelite or phenol-formaldehyde plastic:

Bakelite is obtained by condensing phenol with formaldehyde under either acidic or basic conditions. Under acidic conditions, polymerisation proceeds to give a three-dimensional network of phenol rings held together at the ortho- and para-positions by methylene groups.

Bakelite is a stiff material with little solubility in organic solvents and a high resistance to electricity and heat. It is used to make a variety of household objects and electrical fixtures. The polymer has the useful property of being thermosetting.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Bakelite Or Phenol Formaldehyde Plastic

The reaction of phenol with formaldehyde also produces o-hydroxymethylphenol which further reacts with phenol to give a linear product-novolac-used in paints. On being heated with formaldehyde, novolac undergoes cross-linking to form bakelite.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Cross Linking To Form Bakelite

Urea-formaldehyde plastic:

On being heated with formaldehyde in the presence of a dilute acid, urea gives urea-formaldehyde plastic. This plastic is colourless and does not fade in sunlight. It is used to make household materials and kitchenware. Formica, used to cover the surfaces of furniture, cupboards, and so on, is also prepared from urea-formaldehyde plastic. In the form of an ion-exchange resin, urea-formaldehyde plastic is used to purify water.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Urea Formaldihyde

Melamine-formaldehyde plastic:

Melmac, a polymer used in the manufacture of unbreakable kitchenware, is made by the condensation polymerisation of melamine and formaldehyde.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Melamine Formaldehyde Plastic

Melamine itself is produced by the trimerisation of cyanamide (NH2)—CN).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Melamine

Hard plastics are made softer by mixing them with a plasticizer. Di-isooctylphthalate is generally used as a plasticizer.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Di isooctylphthalate

Biodegradable Polymers

Plastics are not very easily degraded and cause environmental problems such as soil pollution. In view of the current global concern for the environment, researchers have been attempting to come up with biodegradable polymers.

In recent years, synthetic polymers have been produced that have built-in susceptibility to bacteria or fungi. The functional groups of the polymers are similar to those of biopolymers.

Aliphatic polyesters and polyamides are important biodegradable polymers.

Poly (B-hydroxybutyrate-ß-hydroxy valerate), PHBV

It is a biodegradable copolymer obtained by the reaction of B-hydroxybutyric acid with β-hydroxyvaleric acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Poly beta Hydroxybutyrate And Beta Hydroxyvalerate

Nylon 2-nylon 6:

This a biodegradable copolymer obtained by the reaction of glycine with 6 aminohexanoic acid.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Nylon 2 And Nylon 6

This polymer is made up of alternating -NH-CH2)-C- and -NH(CH2)2)5 C— units having two carbon atoms and six carbon atoms respectively, and is called nylon 2-nylon 6.

Polymers Multiple-Choice Questions

Question 1. Natural rubber is a polymer of

  1. Ethylene
  2. Benzene
  3. Isoprene
  4. None Of These

Answer: 3. Isoprene

Question 2. The polymerisation of which of the following leads to the formation of neoprene rubber?

  1. Chloroprene
  2. Isoprene
  3. 1,3-Butadiene
  4. Acetylene

Answer: 1. Chloroprene

Question 3. Which of the following is a natural polymer?

  1. Protein
  2. Polythene
  3. Buna-S
  4. Bakelite

Answer: 1. Protein

Question 4. Which of the following contains ester linkages?

  1. Terylene
  2. Nylon
  3. Teflon
  4. Bakelite

Answer: 1. Terylene

Question 5. Which of the following is obtained by the condensation of adipic acid and hexamethylene diamine?

  1. Rayon
  2. Terylene
  3. Nylon 6, 6
  4. Carbon Fibre

Answer: 3. Nylon 6, 6

Question 6. Teflon, polystyrene and neoprene are

  1. Copolymers
  2. Condensation Polymers
  3. Homopolymers
  4. Monomers

Answer: 3. Homopolymers

Question 7. Which of the following contains an amide linkage?

  1. Nylon 6, 6
  2. Terylene
  3. Teflon
  4. Bakelite

Answer: 1. Nylon 6, 6

Question 8. Phenol is used in the formation of which of the following?

  1. Bakelite
  2. Polystyrene
  3. Nylon
  4. PVC

Answer: 1. Bakelite

Question 9. In the Ziegler method, which of the following catalysts is used in the formation of polythene?

  1. Lithium Tetrachloride And Triphenylaluminium
  2. Titanium Tetrachloride And Triethylaluminium
  3. Titanium Oxide
  4. Titanium Isoperoxide

Answer: 2. Titanium Tetrachloride And Triethylaluminium

Question 10. PMMA is a polymer of which of the following?

  1. Methyl Methacrylate
  2. Methyl acrylate
  3. Ethyl acrylate
  4. All Of These

Answer: 1. Methyl Methacrylate

Question 11. Orlon is a polymer of which of the following?

  1. Tetrafluoroethylene
  2. Acrylonitrile
  3. Ethanoic acid
  4. Benzene

Answer: 2. Acrylonitrile

Question 12. Natural rubber is a polymer of which of the following?

  1. Trans-Isoprene
  2. Cis-Isoprene
  3. Co-Cis- And Trans Isoprene
  4. None Of These

Answer: 2. Cis-Isoprene

Question 13. Which of the following is used in making nonstick cookware?

  1. Polystyrene
  2. Polytetrafluoroethene
  3. Polythene
  4. None Of These

Answer: 2. Polytetrafluoroethene

Question 14. Which of the following is an example of a copolymer?

  1. Nylon 6
  2. Nylon 6, 6
  3. PMMA
  4. Polythene

Answer: 2. Nylon 6, 6

Question 15. Which of the following is formed by condensation polymerisation?

  1. Polythene
  2. PVC
  3. Teflon
  4. Nylon 6, 6

Answer: 4. Nylon 6, 6

Question 16. Using which of the following can PVC be prepared?

  1. CH3CH=CH2
  2. C6H5CH=CH2
  3. CH2=CH-CI
  4. CH2 = CH

Answer: 3. CH2=CH-CI

Question 17. Which of the following is a thermosetting polymer?

  1. Nylon 6
  2. Nylon 6, 6
  3. Bakelite
  4. SBR

Answer: 3. Bakelite

Question 18. In an elastomer, the intermolecular forces are

  1. Nil
  2. Weak
  3. Strong
  4. Very Strong

Answer: 2. Weak

Question 19. Which of the following is a biodegradable polymer?

  1. Polythene
  2. PVC
  3. Bakelite
  4. PHBV

Answer: 4. PHBV

Question 20. Which of the following is formed by condensation polymerisation?

  1. Rayon
  2. Nylon
  3. Dacron
  4. Artificial Silk

Answer: 1. Rayon and 4. Artificial Silk

Question 21. Which of the following is formed by condensation polymerisation?

  1. Polyethylene
  2. Bakelite
  3. Melamine
  4. Vulcanised Rubber

Answer: 2. Bakelite 3. Melamine and 4. Vulcanised Rubber

Question 22. Which of the following pairs of monomer molecules will form an addition polymer?

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Question 22 Monomer Molecules From Addition Of Polymer
Answer: 1

Question 23. Which of the following pairs of monomer molecules will form a condensation polymer?

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 15 Polymers Condensation Of Polymer
Answer: 3

Basic Chemistry Class12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Every Day Life Notes

Chemistry In Every Day Life

Chemistry influences every aspect of life. Food, clothing, furniture, medicines, and so on, are all associated with chemistry. Sugar and rubber (from plants); oils, fats, and proteins (from animals); insecticides, dyes, perfumes, explosives, lubricants, solvents, refrigerants, and fuels (petroleum) are products of organic compounds.

In this chapter, we shall discuss some important aspects of the chemistry of drugs, food, and cleansing agents.

Drugs

  • A drug is a chemical that has a low molecular mass (~100 to 500 u). It interacts with a macromolecular target(s) and brings about a biological response. If this biological response helps prevent, manage or cure a disease, the chemical is called a medicine. Medicines are also used to alleviate pain.
  • However, medicines should not be taken in dosages higher than required. Doing so would cause adverse effects. Remember that contraceptives and nutrients are not considered to be medicines/drugs.
  • WHO (1966) has given a more comprehensive definition.
  • “A drug is any substance or product that is used or is intended to be used to modify or explore physiological systems or pathological states for the benefit of the recipient.”
  • Ehrlich defined the term chemotherapy as treatment with chemicals that are toxic to infectious microorganisms but harmless to humans.

Classification Of Drugs

Drugs are classified in four different ways.

  1. One classification is based on the pharmacological effect of the drugs available for the treatment of a particular type of symptom/disease. For example, analgesics are painkillers, antipyretics reduce fever, and antiseptics destroy or arrest the growth of microorganisms (bacteria).
  2. Some drugs have a similar action on any biochemical process. For example, antihistamines inhibit the action of histamines, which cause allergic reactions.
  3. Yet another classification is based on chemical structure. Drugs with common structural features do have similar pharmacological activity. For example, sulphonamides have the following common structural feature.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Sulphonamidesc

Drugs may also be classified on the basis of molecular targets. They usually interact with macromolecules such as carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. These macromolecules are called target molecules or drug targets. Drugs with common structural features may have the same mechanism of action on targets.

Catalytic Activity Of Enzymes

Almost all biological reactions in our body are carried out under the catalytic influence of enzymes. Hence, enzymes are a very important target of drug action. Drugs can either increase or decrease the rate of enzymatically mediated reactions.

Enzymes perform two major functions in their catalytic activity.

1. The catalytic activity of an enzyme is due to the presence of a specific site, on its surface, called the active site.

  • This site is characterized by the presence of functional groups which form weak bonds, such as ionic bonds, hydrogen bonds or van der Waals bonds, with the substrate molecule.
  • The enzyme can also be attached to the substrate through dipole-dipole attraction.
  • An enzyme has a distinct cavity in which the substrate is bound. The cavity contains an active centre in which the amino acids are grouped in such a way as to enable them to combine with the substrate (Figure 16.1). The substrate induces a conformational change in the enzyme.
  • This aligns amino acid residues or the other groups on the enzyme in the correct spatial orientation for substrate binding.

2. After attaining the abovementioned appropriate steric orientation, the reactants (enzyme and substrate) react to form the products. As the enzyme surface has no affinity for the product molecules, the latter leaves the enzyme surface quickly to make room for fresh molecules of substrates to be bound at the active site.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Enzyme Catalytic Activity

Inhibition Of Enzymes

Inhibition of enzymes is a common mode of drug action. Drugs can block the binding site of an enzyme and thus prevent the binding of the substrate. Such drugs are called enzyme inhibitors.

Drugs inhibit the attachment of the substrate to the active site in two different ways.

1. Some drugs compete with the normal substrate for attachment to the active site of the enzyme. Such drugs are called competitive inhibitors.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Inhibition Of Enzyme

2. Some drugs react with an adjacent site (called an allosteric site) and not with the active site of the enzyme. They alter the enzyme in such a way that it loses its catalytic property—the attachment of inhibitors at the allosteric site changes the shape of the active site in such a way that the substrate is unable to recognize the active site.

The enzyme is made ineffective permanently if the bond formed between the inhibitor and the enzyme is a strong covalent bond. In such a case, the enzyme-inhibitor complex is degraded by the body, and a new enzyme is synthesised.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Allosteric Site

Receptors As Drug Targets

Many drugs exert their physiological effects by binding to a specific cellular binding site called a receptor. A drug (agonist) interacts with its receptor by the same kinds of bonding interactions-hydrogen bonding, electrostatic attractions, and van der Waals interactions.

The most important factor in bringing together a drug and a receptor is a close fit: the greater the affinity of a drug for its binding site, the higher is the drug’s potential biological activity.

Agonists: These are drugs that mimic a natural messenger and activate a receptor to produce an effect. These come into play when the natural messenger is not available.

Antagonists: Antagonists attach themselves to receptors and prevent them from functioning. They are useful when a message is required to be blocked.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Antagonists

Transfer Of Message Into The Cell By The Receptor

Our body has a large number of different receptors which interact with different chemical messengers. (Chemical messengers are in fact chemicals.) These receptors bind with specific chemical messengers because their binding sites (active sites) have different shapes, structures and amino acid compositions.

To accommodate a chemical messenger, the shape of the receptor site changes. This causes the transfer of a message into the cell. The chemical messenger gives a message to the cell without in fact entering the cell.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Transfer Of Message Into The Cell By The Receptor

Types Of Drugs

Antacids

Under normal conditions, the stomach contains a certain amount of hydrochloric acid. The H+ ion of HCl participates in the process of digestion. An excess of this acid causes indigestion.

Excess HCl can be produced due to various reasons-overeating, the ingestion of certain kinds of spicy food, and increased stress.

The function of an antacid is to relieve indigestion by reducing the amount of stomach acid (gastric acid) to a normal level by neutralisation. Various compounds such as magnesium hydroxide, aluminium hydroxide and sodium bicarbonate, which have basic properties, can reduce acidity.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NaHCO}_3+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{Na}^{+}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Mg}(\mathrm{OH})_2+2 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{Mg}^{2+}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Al}(\mathrm{OH})_3+3 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{Al}^{3+}\)

However, excessive use of bicarbonate can cause hypersecretion of hydrochloric acid by the cells of the stomach lining, causing ulcers. Such ulcers can be life-threatening in advanced stages and the only treatment is to remove the ulcerated part of the stomach by surgery.

Metal hydroxides such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide are better options because they are insoluble and do not increase the pH value above 7. Although antacids do relieve acidity, they do not cure the cause of hyperacidity. Unless the cause of the hyperacidity is removed, antacids bring only temporary relief.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Types Of Drugs Of Antacid

Histamine, a chemical, also stimulates the secretion of pepsin and hydrochloric acid in the stomach. A major breakthrough in the treatment of hyperacidity came when cimetidine, an antihistamine, was discovered to prevent the interaction of histamine with the receptors present in the stomach wall.

When cimetidine is administered, less acid is released in the stomach. Later, another drug, ranitidine (Zantac) was discovered and widely used in the treatment of hyperacidity.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Treatment Of Hyperacidity Of Cimetidine And Ranitidine

Antihistamines

  • Histamine has various functions. It causes dilation of blood capillaries. In addition, it makes the capillaries more permeable to blood fluids.
  • Thus these fluids can readily leak out of the capillaries and cause swelling of the tissues. The compound causes contraction and spasms of the smooth muscles in the bronchial tubes.
  • It can produce skin swellings and stimulate the glands that secrete watery nasal fluids, mucus, tears, saliva, and so on.
  • Histamine is released in the body due to an allergic reaction caused by dust, pollen or certain kinds of food.
  • The net effect of its actions includes runny nose, congestion, and sneezing. Antihistamine compounds work against the action of histamine.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Antihistamines

Antihistamines and histamines have certain structural features in common, as shown below.

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Structures Of Antihistamines And Histamines

Due to the similarity in their structural features, antihistamines mimic histamines in their chemical reactions and can take the place of histamines. This, in effect, blocks the action of histamines and the symptoms caused by histamines begin to disappear.

Some commonly used antihistamines are Diphenylhydramine (Benadryl), Brompheniramine (Dimetapp), Promethazine (Phenergan), and Terfenadine (Trexyl, Seldane).

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Promethazine

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Dipheniramine

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Terfenadine

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Brompheniramine

Antihistaminic agents are used primarily in the management of certain allergic disorders.

Many antihistamines such as diphenylhydramine and brompheniramine produce variable degree of central nervous system depression and as such they all have sedative action. Terfenadine is a nonsedative antiallergic.

Some antihistaminic drugs and their brand names:

Basic Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 16 Chemistry In Everyday Life Some Anitihistaminic Drugs And Their Brand Names

Excess histamine production by the body also causes the hypersecretion of hydrochloric acid by the cells of the stomach lining, leading to the development of ulcers.

The antihistamines that block the histamine receptors, thereby preventing the allergic responses associated with excess histamine production, have no effect on HC1 production.

The reason is that a second kind of histamine receptor triggers the release of acid into the stomach.

Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question And Answers – NEET General Organic Chemistry

Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism

Question 1. Chlorine in vinyl chloride is less reactive because?

  1. sp2-hybridized carbon has more acidic character than sp3-hybridized carbon
  2. C—Cl bond develops partial double bond character
  3. Of resonance
  4. All of the above are correct

Answer: 3. Of resonance

Solution: CH2=CH−Cl−↔ CH2−CH−Cl+CH2=CH-Cl-↔ CH2-CH-Cl+ is formed between C and Cl. Here it is less reactive due to resonance.

Read And Learn More: NEET General Organic Chemistry Notes, Question And Answers

Question 2. What information is provided by the reaction mechanism?

  1. The bonds broken and formed
  2. The reaction intermediates
  3. The relative rates of discrete steps, especially the slowest one
  4. All of the above

Answer: 4. All of the above

Solution: These are characteristics known from the mechanism of reaction.

Question 3. In which of the following ways does the hydride ion tend to function?

  1. An electrophile
  2. A nucleophile
  3. A free radical
  4. An acid

Answer: 2. A nucleophile

Solution: Hydride ions are formed when hydrogen accepts a proton, so it has a tendency to donate electrons. Since, hydride ion (H–) has a tendency to donate electrons, it functions as an nucleophile.

Question 4. Which of the following is the weakest base?

  1. Ethyl amine
  2. Ammonia
  3. Dimethyl amine
  4. Methyl amine

Answer:  2. Ammonia

Solution: Alkyl group (an electron releasing (+I group) increases electron density at N-atom, hence, basic nature is increased. In ammonia, no alkyl group is present, so it is least basic.

Question 5. An SN2 reaction at an asymmetric carbon of a compound always gives

  1. A mixture of diastereomers
  2. A single stereoisomer
  3. An enantiomer of the substrate
  4. A product with opposite optical rotation

Answer: A single stereoisomer

Solution: In SN2 reactions, the nucleophile attaches itself from the direction opposite to that of the nucleophile already present in the second step, the previous nucleophile is removed and a single stereoisomer is obtained

Question 6. The most common type of reaction in aromatic compounds is

  1. Elimination reaction
  2. Addition reaction
  3. Electrophilic substitution reaction
  4. Rearrangement reaction

Answer: 3. Electrophilic substitution reaction

Solution: Due to presence of delocalized π-electrons in the aromatic compounds, the electron density is maximum inside the ring. Therefore, aromatic compounds undergo electrophilic substitution reaction and resistance to addition reactions.

Question 7. Which behaves both as a nucleophile as well as an electrophile?

  1. CH3OH
  2. CH3NH2
  3. CH3CN
  4. CH3Cl

Answer: 3. CH3CN

Solution: CH3NH2 and CH3OH are nucleophiles, CH3Cl is an electrophile. But CH3CN is a nucleophile due to the presence of a lone pair of electrons on N and is an electrophile due to the presence of a partial positive charge on C.

Question 8. (CH3)4N+ is neither an electrophile nor a nucleophile because it

  1. Does not have electron pair for donation as well as cannot attract electron pair
  2. Neither has electron pair available for donation nor can accommodate electrons since all shells of N are fully occupied
  3. Can act as Lewis’s acid and base
  4. None of the above

Answer:  2. Neither has electron pair available for donation nor can accommodate electrons since all shells of N are fully occupied

Solution: It’s a fact.

Question 9. If X is halogen the correct order for SN2 reactivity is:

  1. R2CHX >R3CX > RCH2X
  2. RCH2X >R3CX > RCH2X
  3. RCH2X >R2CHX >R3X
  4. R3CX >R2CHX > RCH2X

Answer: 3. RCH2X >R2CHX >R3X

Solution: Steric hindrance in tertiary halides gives rise to less reactivity for SN2.

Question 10. Which of the following would react most readily with nucleophiles?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Nucleophiles

Answer: 3

Solution:

Nucleophiles always attack electron deficient sites. Presence of electron withdrawing groups such as NO2,CHO etc decreases the electron density on the benzene nucleus, hence such groups activate the ring towards nucleophilic attack.

The presence of electron releasing groups such as R or “OR” increases the electron density, thus deactivating the nucleus towards nucleophilic attack. NO2 group activates the ring more than Cl towards nucleophilic attack,hence reacts readily with nucleophile.

Question 11. Which does not have sp2-hybridised carbon atom?

  1. Acetamide
  2. Acetic acid
  3. Acetonitrile
  4. Acetone

Answer: 3. Acetonitrile

Solution: CH3CN has sp3 and sp-hybridised carbon atoms.

Question 12. The basicity of aniline is less than that of cyclohexylamine. This is due to

  1. +R effect of – NH2group
  2. -I effect of – NH2 group
  3. -R effect of –NH2 group
  4. Hyperconjugation effect

Answer: 1. +R effect of – NH2 group

Solution: -NH2 has +R effect, it donates electrons to the benzene ring. As a result, the lone pair of electrons on the N-atom gets delocalized over the benzene ring. As a result, the lone pair of electrons on the N-atom gets delocalized over the benzene ring and thus it is less readily available for protonation. Hence, aniline is a weaker base than cyclohexylamine.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Elimination Reaction

Question 13. Which of the following is an elimination reaction?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Elimination Reaction

Answer: 3

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Elimination Reaction.

Is an example of an elimination reaction.

Question 14. The function of AlCl3 in Friedel-Crafts reaction is

  1. To absorb HCl
  2. To absorb water
  3. To produce nucleophile
  4. To produce electrophile

Answer: 4. To produce electrophile

Solution: The function of AlCl3, in the Friedel-Craft reaction, is to produce electrophile, which later adds to the benzene nucleus

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Friedel Crafts

Question 15. The inductive effect

  1. Implies the atom’s ability to cause bond polarization
  2. Increases with increase of distance
  3. Implies the transfer of lone pair of electrons from more electronegative atom to the lesser electronegative atom in a molecule
  4. Implies the transfer of lone pair of electrons from lesser electronegative atom to the more electronegative atom in a molecule

Answer: 1. Implies the atom’s ability to cause bond polarization

Solution: It’s a fact.

Question 16. Among the following, the dissociation constant is highest for

  1. C6H5OH
  2. C6H5CH2OH
  3. CH3-C≡CH
  4. CH3NH3+ Cl

Answer: 3. CH3-C≡CH

Solution: Dissociation of a proton from CH3NH3+Cl is very difficult due to I effect of Cl–and N+ while in C6H5OH due to the resonance stabilization of phenoxide ion protons are eliminated easily. Similarly, due to H-bonding in C6H5CH2OH, it can be eliminated easily and in CH3C≡CH  The proton is acidic in nature hence; it can be dissociated.

Question 17. In the following carbocation, H/CH3  that is most likely to migrate to the positively charged carbon is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Positively Charged Carbon

  1. CH3at C⎼4
  2. H at C⎼4
  3. CH3 at C⎼2
  4. Hat C⎼2

Answer: 4. Hat C⎼2

Solution: Due to the H–shift from C2 to C3 Driving force is conjugation from oxygen. Also, bulky groups hinder the hydride shift.

Question 18. The reaction  (Major) The correct statement (s) are

  1. 2-butene is Saytzeff product
  2. 1-butene is Hofmann (s) product
  3. The elimination reaction follows Saytzeff rule
  4. All of the above

Answer: 4. All of the above

Solution: The elimination takes place according to the Saytzeff rule. The most substituted alkene (butane-2) is called Saytzeff product whereas less substituted alkene (butane-1) is called Hofmann product

Question 19. Hyperconjugation involves overlap of the following orbitals

  1. σ- σ
  2. σ-ρ
  3. p-p
  4. π-π

Answer: 2. σ-ρ

Solution: Hyperconjugation arises due to the partial overlap of a sp3-s (a C-H bond) with the empty p-orbital of an adjacent positively charged carbon atom.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Hyper Conjuction In Ethyl Cation

Question 20. The compound which reacts with HBr obeying Markownikoff’s rule is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Markownikoffs Rule

Answer: 4.

Solution: Markownikoff’s rule is obeyed during addition of unsymmetrical addendum on unsymmetrical alkene.

Question 21. The stability of carbanions in the following; is in the order of:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Carbanions

Answer: 4.

Solution: RC≡C- is the most stable because C atom carrying the negative charge is sp hybridized (most electronegative C). Both

2 and 3 have negative charge on sp2 hybridized C atom but 3 is less stable due to electron-releasing alkyl groups. 4  is the least stable as the negative charge is carried by sp3 hybridized C atom.

Question 22. CH3Br + Nu– ⟶CH3-Nu+Br– The decreasing order of the rate of the above reaction with nucleophiles (Nu–) 1 to 4 is [Nu– = (1) PhO–,(2) AcO–,(3) HO–,(4) CH3O–]

  1. 4>3>1>2
  2. 4>3>2>1
  3. 1>2>3>4
  4. 2>4>3>1

Answer: 2. 4>3>2>1

Solution: C6H5O possess less nucleophilicity due to the stabilized nature of phenoxide ions. CH3OH is a weaker acid than CH3COOH and thus CH3O is a stronger base.

Acidic order: CH3COOH >H2O >CH3OH

Question 23. Which of the following belongs to +I group?

  1. –OH
  2. –OCH3
  3. –COOH
  4. –CH3

Answer: 4. –COOH

Solution: It is exhibited when an electron releasing group is attached to the carbon chain. Example – Alkyl groups. “The more the number of alkyl groups, more is the +I effect.”

Question 24. The electrophile involved in the reaction is?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Electrophile Involved In the Reaction

  1. Di chloromethyl cation
  2. Dichlorocarbene (:CCl2)
  3. Trichloromethyl anion (C ̅Cl3)
  4. Formyl cation

Answer: 2. Dichlorocarbene (:CCl2)

Solution: It is the Reimer-Tiemann reaction. The electrophile formed is: CCl2 (Dichlorocarbene)

Question 25. In the presence of peroxide, hydrogen chloride, and hydrogen iodide do not give anti-Markownikov’s addition to alkenes because

  1. Both are highly ionic
  2. One is oxidizing and the other is reducing
  3. One of the steps are exothermic in both the cases
  4. All the steps are exothermic in both the cases

Answer: One is oxidizing and the other is reducing

Solution: Follow mechanism of addition of HCl and HI in presence of peroxide. One of the chain propagation steps is endothermic in both cases.

Question 26. According to Cahn-Ingold-Prelog sequence rules, the correct order of priority for the given group is

  1. –COOH > –CH2OH > –OH > –CHO
  2. –COOH > –CHO > –CH2OH > –OH
  3. –OH > –CH2OH > –CHO > –COOH
  4. –OH > –COOH > –CHO > –CH2OH

Answer: 4. –COOH > –CHO > –CH2OH > –OH

Solution: According to Cahn-Ingold-Prelog sequence rules, the priority of groups is decided by the atomic number of their atoms. When the atom (which is directly attached to the asymmetric carbon atom) of a group has higher atomic number, then the group gets higher priority. Groups with atoms of comparable atomic number having double or triple bond, have higher priority than those that have single bond. Hence, the order of priority of group is -OH>-COOH>-CHO>-CH2OH

Question 27. Which of the following cannot undergo nucleophilic substitution under ordinary conditions?

  1. Chlorobenzene
  2. Tert-butylchloride
  3. Isopropyl chloride
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. Chlorobenzene

Solution: C-Cl bond is aryl chloride is stable due to delocalization of electrons by resonance. Also C-Cl bond possess a double bond character like vinyl chloride, hence SN reactions are not possible in chlorobenzene under ordinary conditions.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Chlorobenzen Under Ordinary Conditions

Question 28. Electromeric effect is

  1. Permanent effect
  2. Temporary effect
  3. Resonance effect
  4. Inductive effect

Answer: 2. Temporary effect

Solution: The electromagnetic effect occurs only in the presence of an attacking reagent. It operates in the molecules having multiple bonds. Since it exists only on the demand of attacking reagents, it is a temporary effect. example,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Attacking Regents

Question 29. The least active electrophile is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Least Active Electrophile

Answer: 3

Solution: In the given electrophile NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Electrophile

Group is the same. So, only X affects their activity, i.e., we have to discuss activity due to

  1. –OCH3
  2. –Cl
  3. -N<MeMe
  4. -S – CH3

Since, amines are less active, therefore, electrophile (c) will be least active.

Question 30. Carbanions initiate

  1. Addition reactions
  2. Substitution reactions
  3. Both (1) and (2)
  4. None of these

Answer:  Both (1) and (2)

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 31. 2-hexyne gives trans-2-hexene on treatment with

  1. Li/NH3
  2. Pd/BaSO4
  3. LiAlH34
  4. Pt/H2

Answer: 1. Li/NH3

Solution: 2-hexyne gives trans-2-hexene on treatment Li/NH3

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Trans 2 Hexyne On Treatment

Question 32. The chief reaction product of reaction in between n-butane and bromine at 130°C is 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism n Butane And Bromine

Answer: 2

Solution: 2°H is more reactive than 1°.

Question 33. NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Product  product.

Predominant product is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Predominent Reaction

Answer: 2

Solution: Due to \(R_3 \stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{N}}-\) (e– withdrawing tendency) carbocation will appear farther to that (terminal).

Hence, the product is R3N-CH2-CH2Br.

Question 34. Reaction of methyl bromide with aqueous sodium hydroxide involves

  1. Racemisation
  2. SN1 mechanism
  3. Retention of configuration
  4. SN2 mechanism

Answer: 4. SN2 mechanism

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Methyl Bromide With Aqueous Sodium Hydroxide

Since, the reaction rate depends upon the concentration of both reactant and nucleophile, it is a SN2 reaction. It involves inversion of configuration.

Question 35. The reaction is fastest when X is

  1. OCOR
  2. OC2H5
  3. NH2
  4. Cl

Answer: 4. Cl

Solution: The best-leaving group (poorest nucleophile) is Cl⊕, thus the fastest reaction is with Cl.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Poorest Nucleophile

Question 36. Addition of Br2 on cis-butene-2 gives

  1. A racemic mixture of 2,3-dibromobutane
  2. Meso form of 2,3-dibromo butane
  3. Dextro form of 2,3-dibromobutane
  4. Laevo form of 2,3-dibromobutane

Answer: 1. A racemic mixture of 2,3-dibromobutane

Solution: Follow mechanism of addition reaction.

Question 37. The order of stability of carbanions is

  1. CH3–>1°>2°>3°
  2. 3°>2°>1°>CH3
  3. –3°>1°>2°>CH3
  4. –2°>3°>1°>CH3

Answer: 1. CH3–>1°>2°>3°

Solution: The positive inductive effect of CH3 group on carbanions intensifies negative charge on C– centre and thus, 3° Carbanion is more reactive.

Question 38. In Cannizzaro’s reaction given below \(2 \mathrm{PhCHO} \stackrel{\mathrm{OH}^{\ominus}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{PhCH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{PhCO}_2^{\ominus}\)

The slowest step is:

  1. The attack of ::OH at the carboxyl group
  2. The transfer of hydride to the carbonyl group
  3. The abstraction of proton from the carboxylic group
  4. The deprotonation of Ph CH2OH

Answer: 2. The transfer of hydride to the carbonyl group

Solution: In Cannizzaro reaction the transfer of H〗 – to another carbonyl group is difficult and the slowest step. (Rate determining step or key step)

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Cannizzaro Reaction The Transfer Of H

Question 39. Which of the following has the highest nucleophilicity?

  1. F
  2. OH
  3. CH3
  4. NH2

Answer: 3. CH3

Solution: Stronger is an acid, weaker is its conjugate base or weaker is the nucleophile. The acidic character order is HF >H2O >NH3>CH4.

Question 40. The following compound will undergo electrophilic substitution more readily than benzene

  1. Nitrobenzene
  2. Benzoic acid
  3. Benzaldehyde
  4. Phenol

Answer: 4. Phenol

Solution: During electrophilic substitution, electrophile attacks the double bond of the benzene ring. The aromatic compounds having electron donating groups undergo electrophilic substitution more easily due to the favorable effect of the electron donating group.

NO2, COOH, and CHO groups are electron-withdrawing groups so they decrease the reactivity of organic compounds. -OH group is an electron-donating group, so it increases the electron density in the benzene ring and increases the rate of reaction

Question 41. The following reaction is an example of …. reaction. \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4 \mathrm{Br}_2 \stackrel{\text { Alc.KOH }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2\)

  1. Addition
  2. Dehydrobromination
  3. Substitution
  4. Debromination

Answer: 2. Dehydrobromination

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Dedhydrologenation Reaction

This is a dehydrohalogenation reaction.

Question 42. The number of optically active products obtained from the complete ozonolysis of the given compound is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Ozonolysis

  1. 0
  2. 1
  3. 2
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 0

Solution: Ozonolysis of the compound may be given as:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Ozonolysis Compound

Question 43. The isomeric mono substitution products theoretically possible for the structure, CH2=HC-CH2-CH2 CH=CH2 are∶

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 4
  4. 6

Answer: 1. 3

Solution: CHCl = CHCH2CH2CH = CH2: CH2= CClCH2CH2CH = CH2

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 43

Question 44. The most stable carbanion is

  1. CH3
  2. RCH2
  3. R3C
  4. CH2CHO

Answer: 4. CH2CHO

Solution: CH 2CHO is the most stable carbanion since it is stabilized by resonance

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Stabilized By Reasonance

Question 45. Which of the following is the correct order of priority of groups in D-glyceraldehyde?

  1. OH (1), CHO (2), CH2OH(3) and H (4)
  2. OH (1), CH2OH (2), CHO (3) and H (4)
  3. CH2OH (1), CHO (2), OH (3) and H (4)
  4. CHO (1), OH (2), CH2OH(3) and H (4)

Answer: 1. OH (1), CHO (2), CH2OH(3) and H (4)

Solution: The structure of D-glyceraldehyde is as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism D Glyceraldehyde

The priority of groups is decided by the following rules

  1. Atom having higher atomic number gets higher priority
  2. If the priority cannot be decided by rule 1 then the next atoms are considered for priority assignment.
  3. Where there is a = bond or=bond both atoms are considered to be duplicated or triplicated ( has higher priority than –CH2OH). Hence, the correct order of priority of groups in

D-glyceraldehyde is as: OH(1),CHO(2),CH2OH (3)and H(4)

Question 46. Which of the following compounds are not arranged in order of decreasing reactivity towards electrophilic substitution?

  1. Fluorobenzene > chlorobenzene > bromobenzene
  2. Phenol>n-propyl benzene> benzoic acid>
  3. Chlorotoluene >para-nitrotoluene>2-chloro-4-nitro toluene
  4. Benzoic acid> phenol>n-propyl benzene

Answer: 4. Benzoic acid> phenol>n-propyl benzene

Solution:  -COOH group is a deactivating group

∴ Benzoic acid is less reactive towards electrophilic substitution.

So, benzoic acid> phenol>n-propyl benzene is not arranged correctly.

Question 47. During the elimination reactions, the hybrid state of carbon atoms involved in change shows:

  1. sp3 to sp2 nature
  2. sp2 to sp nature
  3. No change in hybridized state
  4. Either of the above

Answer: 4. Either of the above

Solution: CH3CH2X ⟶ CH2= CH2 (sp3 to sp2);

CH2= CHX ⟶ CH ≡ CH (sp2 to sp);

CH2XCH2CH2X⟶∆ (No change).

Question 48. Which of the following is the strongest base?

  1. Acetamide
  2. Aniline
  3. Methylamine
  4. Dimethylamine

Answer: 4. Dimethylamine

Solution: Presence of methyl group on NH3molecule increases the tendency of the N atom to lose electron pair. However, tertiary amines are less basic due to steric hindrance.

Question 49. One of the stable resonating forms of methyl vinyl ketone is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Methyl Vinyl Ketone

Answer: 2

Solution: The most stable one is that in which the positive and negative charges reside on the most electropositive and most electronegative atoms of the species respectively.

Question 50. The reagent showing addition on alkene against the Markownikoff’s rule

  1. Br2
  2. H2S
  3. HF
  4. HBr

Answer: 4. HBr

Solution: Kharasch effect involves addition of HBr.

Question 51. Among the following compounds, the most acidic is

  1. p-nitrophenol
  2. p-hydroxybenzoic acid
  3. o-hydroxybenzoic acid
  4. p-toluic acid

Answer: 3. o-hydroxybenzoic acid

Solution: A monosubstituted benzoic acid is stronger than a monosubstituted phenol as the former being a carboxylic acid. Among the given substituted benzoic acid, ortho-hydroxy acid is the strongest acid although – OH causes electron donation by resonance effect which tends to decrease acid strength. It is due to the very high stabilization of conjugate base by intramolecular

H-bond which outweighs the electron donating resonance effect of – OH.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Electron Donating Reasonance

The overall order of acid strength of the given four acids is ortho-hydroxy benzoic acid (pKa =2.98)> Toluic acid pka = 4.37)>p-hydroxybenzoic acid (pka = 4.58)>p-nitrophenol (pka = 7.15).

Question 52. The order of reactivities of the following alkyl halides for a SN2 reaction is

  1. RF > RCl > RBr > RI
  2. RF > RBr > RCl > RI
  3. RCl > RBr > RF > RI
  4. RI > RBr > RCl > RF

Answer: 4.  RI > RBr > RCl > RF

Solution: The rate of reaction follows the order RI> RBr > RCl> RF; whether it obeys SN1 or SN2 mechanism due to steric hindrance of the alkyl group.

Question 53. Electrophiles are

  1. Lewis bases
  2. Lewis’s acids
  3. Amphoteric
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Lewis’s acids

Solution: Electrophiles are electron pair acceptors.

Question 54. Product in the reaction is?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Cycloakyl Group Of Product In The Rection

Answer: 2

Solution: In such cases where the migrating group is a cycloalkyl group, ring expansion may occur.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Cycloakyl Group Of Product In The Rection.

Question 55. Which one of the following is an intermediate in the reaction of benzene with CH3Cl in the presence of anhydrous AlCl3?

  1. Cl+
  2. CH3
  3. CH3+
  4. NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Benzen

Answer: 3. CH3+

Solution: CH3+ acts as an intermediate in the given reaction (Friedel Craft’s alkylation). It is an example of electrophilic aromatic substitution. In this reaction CH3+is electrophile.

Question 56.+I effect is shown by

  1. -CH3
  2. -Br
  3. -Cl
  4. -NO2

Answer: 1. -CH3

Solution: +I effect is shown by –CH3 while –I effect is shown by –Br,-Cl and-NO2.

Question 57. Amongst the following which of the above are true for SN2 reaction?

1. The rate of reaction is independent of the concentration of the nucleophile.

2. The nucleophile attacks the carbon atom on the side of the molecule opposite to the group being displaced.

3. The reaction proceeds with simultaneous bond formation and bond rupture.

  1. 1,2
  2. 1,3
  3. 1,2,3
  4. 2,3

Answer: 4. 2,3

Solution: Follow the characteristics of SN2 mechanism.

Question 58. In the nucleophilic substitution reactions (SN2 or SN1), the reactivity of alkyl halides follows the sequence

  1. R-I>R-Br>R-Cl>R-F
  2. R-Cl>R-F>R-Br>R-I
  3. R-F>R-Cl>R-Br>R-I
  4. R-I>R-F>R-Cl>R-Br

Answer: 1. R-I>R-Br>R-Cl>R-F

Solution: The correct order of reactivity is RI>RBr>RCl>RF. It is due to the fact that the weaker the base, the better it will be for the leaving group. Hence, I– is the best-leaving group.

Question 59. Among the following compounds which can be dehydrated very easily is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 59 Dehydrated

Answer:

Solution: In the above reaction more stable carbocation is generated hence, the compound dehydrates very easily.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 59 Dehydrate Stable Carbocation

 Question 60. Which of the following is not a nucleophile?

  1. BF3
  2. CN–
  3. OH–
  4. NH3

Answer:  1. BF3

Solution: All neutral covalent compounds in which the central atom has incomplete octet are electrophile. For example, BeCl2,BH3,ZnCl2,AlCl3

Question 61. In the following reactions,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 61 Reactions

The major products (A) and (C) are respectively

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 61 Reactions.

Answer: 3

Solution: In the first reaction, dehydration is governed by the Saytzeff rule which gives a more substituted alkene product. Here, the secondary carbocation formed undergoes 1, 2 hydride shifts and gives more stable tertiary carbocation which further undergoes beta elimination to give the major product (A). Thus, 2- Methyl but-2-ene is the major product.

HBr in the absence of peroxide.

This reaction is governed by the Markovnikov rule according to which when an unsymmetrical alkene undergoes hydrohalogenation, the negative part of the addendum (adding molecule) gets attached to that doubly bonded C which possesses a lesser number of hydrogen atoms. when an unsymmetrical reagent. Thus, in the above case, 2-Methyl 2-bromobutane will be the major product.

Question 62. The rate of the reaction,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Reaction

i.e., 4<3<2<1

The increasing order of speed of the above reaction is

  1. 4,3,2,1
  2. 1,2,3,4,
  3. 1,4,3,2
  4. 3,2,1,4

Answer: 1. 4,3,2,1

Solution: The rate of reaction is influenced by the hyperconjugation effect of group R. It depends on the electron-donating power of the alkyl group (R). The electron-releasing power of the R group depends on the number of hydrogen present in α carbon. The increasing order of speed with R group in the reaction is i.e., 4<3<2<1

Question 63. The organic chloro compound, which shows complete stereochemical inversionduring and SN2 reaction, is

  1. CH3Cl
  2. (C2H5)2CHCl
  3. (CH3)3CCl
  4. (CH3)2CHCl

Answer: 1. CH3Cl

Solution: SN2 order: methyl >1°>2°>3°.

Question 64. Vinyl chloride undergoes

  1. Only addition reactions
  2. Only elimination reactions
  3. Both (1) and (2)
  4. Substitution reactions

Answer: 3. Both (1) and (2)

Solution: Vinyl chloride(CH2=CHCl) undergoes addition and elimination reactions. Substitution’s reaction is shown by compounds having single bonds only.

Question 65. Which of the following is the strongest nucleophile?

  1. Br
  2. :OH
  3. :CN
  4. C2H5O

Answer: C2H5O

Solution: The order of nucleophilicity depends upon the nature of alkyl group ‘R’ on which a nucleophile to attack as well as on the nature of solvent. However, if these are same, then weaker is the acid, stronger is base, i.e., stronger is nucleophilicity. This acidic character is.

HI > HBr > HCl > HCN >H2O > EtOH

Question 66. Isopropyl chloride undergoes hydrolysis by

  1. SN1 mechanism
  2. SN2 mechanisms
  3. SN1 and SN2 mechanisms
  4. Neither SN1 nor SN2 mechanism

Answer: 3. SN1 and SN2 mechanisms

Solution: Iso-propyl chloride is a 2° halide and 2° halides can undergo hydrolysis either by SN1
or SN2 mechanism depending upon the nature of the solvent used.

Question 67. Which of the following is not true for carbanions?

  1. The carbon carrying the charge has eight valence electrons
  2. They are formed by heterolytic fission
  3. They are paramagnetic
  4. The carbon carrying the charge is sp3 hybridised

Answer: 3. They are paramagnetic

Solution: Carbanions contain even number of valence electrons and thus, show diamagnetic behavior.

Question 68. Free radicals can undergo

  1. Disproportionation to two species
  2. Rearrangement to a more stable free radical
  3. Decomposition to give another free radical
  4. All of the above are correct

Answer:  4. All of the above are correct

Solution: These are the characteristics of free radicals.

Question 69. Due to the presence of an unpaired electron, free radicals are

  1. Cations
  2. Anions
  3. Chemically inactive
  4. Chemically reactive

Answer:  4. Chemically reactive

Solution: Free radicals have unpaired electrons but are neutrals and are reactive.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Free Radicals

Question 70. Which represents nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction?

  1. Reaction of benzene with Cl2 in sunlight
  2. Benzyl bromide hydrolysis
  3. Reaction of NaOH with dinitrofluorobenzene
  4. Sulphonation of benzene

Answer: 3. Reaction of NaOH with dinitrofluorobenzene

Solution: Reaction of NaOH with dinitrofluorobenzene represents nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction because the –NO2 group is a deactivating group. They make benzene nucleus electrons deficient and facilitate the nucleophile to attack the ring.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Facilitate Nucleophile To Attack The Ring

Question 71. The SN1 mechanism for substitution reaction by nucleophile is favored by

  1. Low concentration of nucleophile
  2. Weak nature of nucleophile
  3. Polar solvent
  4. All of the above

Answer: 4. All of the above

Solution: These are the characteristics of SN1 mechanism.

Question 72. Which of the following is the most stable radical?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Most Stable Radical

Answer: 4

Solution: The stability of alkyl free radicals can be explained by hyperconjugation and number of resonating structures due to the hyperconjugation.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Hyperconjugation

Question 73. Which of the following types of reaction occurs when a substituent has got a double bond with an evenly distributed π electron cloud?

  1. Electrophilic addition
  2. Nucleophilic addition
  3. Any of the (1) and (2)
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. Electrophilic addition

Solution: Such a condition is seen when π bond is formed between similar atoms

Question 74. The formation of acetylene from ethylene is an example of

  1. Addition reaction
  2. Substitution reaction
  3. Elimination reaction
  4. Condensation reaction

Answer:  3. Elimination reaction

Solution: CH2=CH2→-H2CH≡CH Conversion of ethylene into acetylene is an example of an elimination reaction.

Question 75. Which of the following can act as a nucleophile?

  1. BF3
  2. FeCl3
  3. ZnCl2
  4. C2H5MgBr

Answer: 4. C2H5MgBr

Solution: Grignard reagents can act as electrophile and nucleophile.

Question 76. Phenol is more acidic than

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Phenol

Answer:

Solution: Methoxy group, due to +I effect, increase electron density on OH- group, thus making it less acidic. Thus, o-methoxy phenol and acetylene are less than phenol. p-nitrophenol is more acidic than phenol.

Question 77. The formation of ethylene from acetylene is an example of

  1. Elimination reaction
  2. Substitutions reaction
  3. Condensation reaction
  4. Addition reaction

Answer: 4. Addition reaction

Solution: The formation of ethylene from acetylene is an example of additional reaction

Question 78. Which of the following compounds will be most reactive towards nucleophilic addition reaction?

  1. CH3COCH2CH2CH2CH3
  2. CH3CH2COCH2CH2CH3
  3. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CHO
  4. CH2 – CH2– CO- CH-  CH3– CH3

Answer: 3. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CHO

Solution:

The case with which a nucleophile attacks the carbonyl groups depends upon the electron-deficiency, i.e, the magnitude of the positive charge on the carbonyl carbon. Since, an alkyl group has an electron-donating inductive effect.

(+I effect),therefore, the greater the number of alkylgroups attached to the carbonyl groups greater is the electron-density on the carbonyl carbon and  hence, lower is its reactivity towards nucleophilic addition reactions.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Nucleophilic Addition

Question 79. Among the following compounds (1-3) the correct order of reaction with electrophilic reagent is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Mthoxy Group Of Electrophilic Regent

  1. 2>3>1
  2. 3<1<2
  3. 1>2>3
  4. 1=2>3

Answer: 3. 1>2>3

Solution: Methoxy group is electron releasing group it increases electron density of benzene nucleus –NO2 group is an electron withdrawing group, it decreases the electron density of the benzene nucleus. Thus, the order of reaction with electrophilic regent is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Methoxy Group Of Electron Releasing

Question 80. Which of the following applies in the reaction CH3CHBrCH2CH3→Alco.KOH?

 CH3CH=CHCH3 (Major product)

CH2=CHCH2CH3 (Minor product)

  1. Hofmann’s rule
  2. Saytzeff rule
  3. Kharasch effect
  4. Markownikoff’s rule

Answer: 2. Saytzeff rule

Solution: This reaction is governed by Saytzeff rule. According to this rule the elimination of β-hydrogen atom take place from the carbon having the lesser number of H-atoms or in other words a stable alkene is formed. (More substituted alkene is more stable)

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Beta Hydrogen Atom

Question 81. Which of the following is most basic?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Most Basic Of Electron Donors

Answer: 4

Solution: Electron donors are bases. (Piperidine), hence, it is most basic.

Question 82. Arrange the following compounds in order of their decreasing reactivity with an electrophile, E.

1. Chlorobenzene,

2. 2,4-dinitrochlorobenzene,

3. p-nitrochlorobenzene

  1. 3>2>1
  2. 1>3>1
  3. 1>3>2
  4. 1>2>3

Answer: 3.1>3>2

Solution: Chlorobenzene has only one deactivating group, .e.,-Cl. In 2, 4-dinitrochlorobenzene three deactivating group, i.e., two –NO2 and one –Cl are present and p-nitrochlorobenzene two deactivation groups, i.e., one NO2 and one Cl is present. So, the order of reactivity is 1>3>2.

Question 83. Sulfur trioxide is

  1. An electrophile
  2. A nucleophile
  3. A homolytic reagent
  4. A base

Answer:  1. An electrophile

Solution: SO3 can accept lone pair of electrons in the d-subshell.

Question 84. The chemical name of anisole is

  1. Ethanoic acid
  2. Methoxy benzene
  3. Propanone
  4. Acetone

Answer: 2. Methoxy benzene

Solution: It is an ether and the name of ether is given as alkoxy alkane. So, its name is methoxy benzene.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Anisole

Question 85. Consider the following carbanions

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Carbanions .

The correct order of stability is

  1. 1>2>3
  2. 3>2>1
  3. 2>3>1

Answer: 3. 2>3>1

Solution: -NO2 group shows-M effect while CH3O- group shows +M effect. (-Meffect stabilizesan anion). Hence, the order of stability is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism M Effect Stability

Question 86. Which of the following shows SN1 reaction most readily?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism SN1 Reaction

Answer: 2

Solution: SN1 Reaction is most favourable for tertiary substances.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism SN1 Reaction Most Favourable Tertiary Substances

Question 87. Heterolysis of CH3CH2CH3 results in the formation of

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Heterolysis.

Answer: 3.

Solution: In heterolysis, the covalent bond is broken in such a way that one species (less electronegative) is deprived if its own electron, while the other species gain both the electron CH3CH2CH3CH3+ +C2H2

Question 88. The SN1 reactivity of the following halides will be in the order

1 .(CH3)3CBr

2. (C6H5)2CHBr

3. (C6H5)2C(CH3)Br

4.  (CH3)2CHBr

5. C2H5Br

  1. 5>4>1>2>3
  2. 2>1>3>5>4
  3. 1>3>5>2>4
  4. 3>2>1>4>5

Answer: 4. 3>2>1>4>5

Solution: SN1(Unimolecular nucleophilic substitution reactions) Rate∝ (substrate)

Rate determining step in the formation of carbocation depends on the stability of the carbocation formed. The stability of carbocations follows the order

∵ Order of SN1reactivity is

(C6H5)2C(CH3)Br>(C6H5)2CHBr>(CH3)3CBr>(CH3)2CHBr>C2H5Br

i.e., 3>2>1>4>5

Question 89. Which of the following acids has the smallest dissociation constant?

  1. CH3CHFCOOH
  2. FCH2CH2COOH
  3. BrCH2CH2COOH
  4. CH3CHBrCOOH

Answer: 3. BrCH2CH2COOH

Solution:  BrCH2CH2COOH is the weakest acid and has the lowest dissociation constant because.

i.e., of Br is lesser than F and is far away from –the COOH group.

Question 90. The reagent used in the dehydrohalogenation process is

  1. Alcoholic KOH
  2. NaNH2
  3. C2H5ONa
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. All of these

Solution: All are used as dehydrohalogenating agent.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Dehydrohalogenating Agent

Question 91. Why is light necessary to bring in chlorination r

  1. The dissociation of Cl2 gives Cl° radical
  2. The Cl2 molecule absorbs light to show homolytic bond fission
  3. The formation of Cl° free radical propagates the chain reaction
  4. All of the above

Answer: 4. All of the above

Solution: Follow the mechanism of free radical substitution.

Question 92. The structure remaining after one H is removed from hydrocarbon is

  1. Alkyl group
  2. Alkenyl group
  3. Alkynyl group
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. All of these

Solution: Removal of H from alkane, alkene, and alkyne gives alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups respectively.

Question 93. Which of the following statements is not correct?

  1. A  >C=C< group is made up of 4 σ -bonds and 2 π-bonds
  2. A σ-bond is stronger than π-bond
  3. A σ-bond can exist independently of π-bond
  4. A double bond is stronger than a single bond

Answer: 1. A group is made up of 4 σ -bonds and 2 π-bonds

Solution:

Question 94. Stability of which intermediate is not governed by hyperconjugation?

  1. Carbon cation
  2. Carbon anion
  3. Carbon-free radical
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Carbon anion

Solution: The stability of carbanion is not governed by hyperconjugation. Its stability depends on the +I or -I group.

Question 95. State the hybridization of carbon present in triplet carbene

  1. Sp3
  2. Sp2
  3. Sp
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Sp

Solution: The state of hybridization of carbon in triplet carbene is sp.

Question 96. The decreasing order of nucleophilicity among the

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Nucleophilicity

  1. (3),(2),(1),(4)
  2. (2),(3),(1),(4)
  3. (4),(3),(2),(1)
  4. (1),(2),(3),(4)

Answer: 2. (2),(3),(1),(4)

Solution: If acid is weak, its conjugate base (nucleophile) is strong and vice versa.

Question 97. Following reaction, (CH3)3CBr+H2O→ (CH3)3COH+HBr is an example of

  1. Elimination reaction
  2. Free radical substitution
  3. Nucleophilic substitution
  4. Electrophilic substitution

Answer: Nucleophilic substitution

Solution: (CH3)3CBr+H2O→ (CH3)3C-OH+HBr Br is substituted by –OH–(nucleophile)SN1 (Unimolecular nucleophilic substitution reaction)

Question 98. The correct sequence of steps involved in the mechanism of Cannizzaro’s reaction are

  1. Nucleophilic attack, transfer of Hand transfer of H+
  2. Transfer of H, transfer of H+ and nucleophilic attack
  3. Transfer if H+, nucleophilic attack and transfer of H
  4. Electrophilic attack by OH, transfer of H+ and transfer of H

Answer: 1. Nucleophilic attack, transfer of Hand transfer of H+

Solution: The Cannizzaro reaction is as

Methyl alcohol acetic acid

The mechanism of Cannizzaro reaction is as

Step 1 Attack of nucleophile OH– to the carbonyl carbon

 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Attack Of Nucleophile Of Carbonyl Carbon

Step 2 The transfer of hydride ions from anion (I) to the second molecule of aldehyde and finally rapid transfer of protons takes place.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Adehyde And Finally Rapid Transfer Of Protons

Question 99. The arrangement of decreasing order of stability of NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Decreasing Order Of Stability. Free radicals is.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Decreasing Order Of Stability

Answer: 2

Solution: Follow the concept of hyperconjugation.

Question 100. Which chlorine atom is more electronegative in the following?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Chlorine Atom Is More Electronegative

Answer: 4

Solution: More the number of hyper-conjugated structures, more will be electronegative chlorine atoms.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Electronegative Chlorine Atoms

8-hyper conjugative structures

∵ 8-hyperconjugative structures are possible for (d)

∴ Chlorine in this is most electronegative.

Question 101. Arrange the following carbocations in order of stability

1. Benzy – 1

2. Allyl -2

3. Methyl -3

4. Vinyl – 4

  1. 4>3>2>1
  2. 1>2>3>4
  3. 2>4>3>1
  4. 3>2>1>4

Answer: 2. 1>2>3>4

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Hyper Conjugative Structures Methyl CH3 CH2= +CH given options can be solved on the basis of conjugative and hyperconjugative structures

Question 102. The chain initiating species in the free radical chlorination of methane is?

  1. Cl free radical
  2. HCl
  3. CH3 radical
  4. Methylene radical

Answer:  1. Cl free radical

Solution: Initiation step involves the splitting of a chlorine molecule which then forms two chlorine atoms; this process is initiated by ultraviolet radiation or sunlight. As we know, chlorine has one unpaired valence electron, which will act as a free radical.

Question 103. Among the following alkenes 

1. 1-butene

2. Cis-2-butene,

3. Trans-2-butene the decreasing order of stability is

  1. 3 > 2 > 1
  2. 3> 1 > 2
  3. 1 > 2 > 3
  4. 2 > 1 > 3

Answer: 1.3 > 2 > 1

Solution: Based on the heat of hydrogenation.

Question 104. The substitution reaction among the following is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Substitution Reactions

Answer: 3

Solution:

  1.  It is Diels Alder’s reaction (cyclo addition)
  2. It is nucleophilic addition reaction
  3. It is nucleophilic substitution reaction
  4.  It is electrophilic addition reaction

Question 105. Which one of the following compounds will be most readily dehydrated?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Most Readily Dehydrated

Answer: 3

Solution: On the basis of stability of carbocation formed.

Question 106. Consider thiol anion (RS)and alkoxy anion(RS). Which of the following statement(s) is correct?

  1. RS is less basic and less nucleophilic than RO
  2. RS is less basic but more nucleophilic than RO
  3. RS is less basic and more nucleophilic than RO
  4. RS is more basic but less nucleophilic than RO

Answer: 2. RS is less basic but more nucleophilic than RO

Solution: Nucleophilic strength increases down a column of the Periodic Table (in solvents that can have hydrogen bonds, such as water, alcohols, thiol alcohols).

Nucleophilic strength RO–<RS

Base strength RO > RS

Thus, RO is more nucleophilic but less basic than RO

Question 107. Which of the following alkyl halides is used as a methylating agent?

  1. C2H5Cl
  2. C2H5Br
  3. C2H5I
  4. CH3I

Answer:   4. CH3I

Solution: Methyl halides are methylating agents.

Question 108. The correct stability order for the following species as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Order The Following Species

  1. 2>4>1>3
  2. 1>2>3>4
  3. 2>1>4>3
  4. 1>3>2>4

Answer: 4. 1>3>2>4

Solution: 1>3>2>4

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Spiecies Of HyperConjugation

Question 109. Which of the following statement(s) is incorrect?

  1. The rate of reaction increases with increase in water concentration in the hydrolysis of tertiary butyl bromide in methanol and water
  2. The relative nucleophilicity in protic solvent is CN–>I–>OH>Br–>CI–>F–>H2O
  3. In SN2 reactions, the order of reactivity of alkyl halides is in the order methyl > primary > secondary > tertiary
  4. SN2 reaction involves carbonium ions

Answer: 4. SN2 reaction involves carbonium ions

Solution: SN2 r reaction does not involve ion formation, these in fact involve the formation of transition state.

Question 110. Which of the following is an electrophile?

  1. Na+
  2. Li+
  3. H+
  4. Ca2+

Answer: 3. H+

Solution: Positively charged species in which central atom has incomplete octet is called an electrophile, H+,X+,R+ are electrophile.

Question 111. The-Ieffect is shown by

  1. –COOH
  2. –CH3
  3. –CH3CH2
  4. –CHR2

Answer: 1. –COOH

Solution: –COOH is an electron withdrawing group.

Question 112. Identify the product in the given reaction: CH3-CH=CH2+NOCl ⟶ Product

  1. CH3CHCl.CH2.NO
  2. CH3CH(NO).CH2Cl
  3. CH3CH2CH(Cl)(NO)
  4. CH2(NO).CH2.CH2Cl

Answer: CH3CHCl.CH2.NO

Solution: This reaction is an example of electrophilic addition reaction and its addition takes place according to Markownikoff’s rule. Negative part of the additive reagent adds to the less hydrogenated or more substituted carbon atom of the double bond of unsymmetrical alkene.

Question 113. Which of the following is least reactive in a nucleophilic substitution reaction?

  1. (CH3)3C-Cl
  2. CH2=CHCl
  3. CH3CH2Cl
  4. CH2=CHCH2Cl

Answer: 2. CH2=CHCl

Solution: Chlorine of vinyl chloride (CH2=CHCl) is non-reactive (less reactive) towards nucleophile in nucleophilic substitution reaction because it shows the following resonating structure due to +M effect of –Cl atom.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Chlorine Of Vinyl Chloride

In structure II, Cl-atom have positive charge and partial double bond character with C of vinyl group, so it is more tightly attracted towards the nucleus and it does not get replaced by nucleophile in SN– reaction.

Question 114. The bond that undergoes heterolytic cleavage most easily is

  1. C–O
  2. C–C
  3. C–H
  4. O–H

Answer: 4. O–H

Solution: Greater the difference in electronegativity of bonded atoms easier will be heterolytic cleavage.

Question 115. Arrange the following in order of increasing dipole moment

1. Toluene

2.  m-dichlorobenzene

3. o-dichlorobenzene

4. p-dichlorobenzene

  1. 1 < 4 < 2 < 3
  2. 4 < 1 < 2 < 3
  3. 4 < 1 < 3 < 2
  4. 4 < 2 < 1 < 3

Answer: 2. 4 < 1 < 2 < 3

Solution: In o-,m-,p- derivatives vectors are at 60°,120° and 180°. Thus, para has zero dipole moment. Alsoortho form has more dipole moment than metaform.

Question 116. Which of the following cannot show electromeric effect?

  1. Alkenes
  2. Ketones
  3. Aldehydes
  4. Ethers

Answer: 4. Ethers

Solution: Electromeric effect involves complete transfer of π-electron pair to more
electronegative atom on the need of attacking reagent.

Question 117. Which one is an elimination reaction?

  1. CH3CH3+ Cl2⟶ CH3CHC2l + HCl
  2. CH3Cl + KOH(aq.)⟶ CH3OH + KCl
  3. CH2= CH2 + Br ⟶CH2BrCH2Br
  4. C2H5Br + KOH(alc.)⟶ C2H4+ KBr + H2O

Answer: 4. C2H5Br + KOH(alc.)⟶ C2H4+ KBr + H2O

Solution: Elimination reactions involves the removal of a molecule (HBr here) from a substrate.

Question 118. In the following reaction sequence, the chain initiation step is?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Chain Initiation Step

Answer: 1

Solution: Chain initiation step involves the formation of free radicals only.

Question 119. The highest electrical conductivity of the following aqueous solutions is of

  1. 0.1 M difluoroacetic acid
  2. 0.1 M fluoroacetic acid
  3. 0.1 M chloroacetic acid
  4. 0.1 M acetic acid

Answer: 1. 0.1 M difluoroacetic acid

Solution: Fluoro group causes negative inductive effect increasing ionization, thus 0.1M difluoroacetic acid has highest electrical conductivity.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Electrical Conductivity

Question 120. The most stable carbocation is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Carbocation

Answer: 4

Solution: 4 is with maximum conjugative structures among them.

Question 121. Most stable carbonium ion is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Stable Carbonium Ion

Answer: 3

Solution: In the triphenyl methyl carbonium ion the π-electrons of all the three benzene rings are delocalised with the vacant p-orbitals of the central carbon atom. So, it is resonance stabilized. It is the most stable of all the carbonium ions given is stabilized by hyperconjugation, asecond order resonance.

Question 122. Which of the following resonating structures of 1-methoxy-1, 3-butadiene is least stable?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism 1 Methoxy 1 And 3 Butadiene Least Stable

Answer: 3.

Solution: The octet of all atoms is complete in the structures a and b. The molecule in which all the atoms have completed octet is more stable than atoms which have incomplete octet. Larger the number of resonating structures, larger will be the stability, thus structures a and b are stable.

In structure (4), the electron deficient of positive charged carbon is duly compensated by one pair of electrons of adjacent oxygen atoms while such neighbor group support is not available in structure (3). Hence, structure (3) is least stable in comparison to structure (41).

Question 123. The reaction NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism The Reaction of Nucleophilic is an example of

  1. Electrophilic addition
  2. Electrophilic substitution
  3. Nucleophilic substitution
  4. Nucleophilic addition

Answer: 4. Nucleophilic addition

Solution: It is an example of a nucleophilic addition reaction.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Benzaldehyde And Benzaldehyde Cyanohydrin

Question 124. The reaction of sodium ethoxide with iodoethane to from diethyl is termed as

  1. Electrophilic substitution
  2. Nucleophilic substitution
  3. Electrophilic addition
  4. Radical substitution

Answer: 2. Nucleophilic substitution

Solution: When sodium ethoxide reacts with iodoethane, diethyl ether is obtained (Williamson’s synthesis) The mechanism of this reaction is as follows

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Reaction With Sodium Ethoxide Reacts With Iodethane

Since, the reaction involves the substitution of a group by a nucleophile, it is an example of nucleophilic substitution reaction.

Question 125. Which group has the highest + Inductive effect?

  1. CH3
  2. CH3CH2
  3. (CH2)2CH-
  4. (CH3)3C

Answer: 4. (CH3)3C-

Solution: The increasing order is: -CH3<CH3-CH2– <(CH3)2CH-<(CH3)3C

Question 126. When SCN is added to an aqueous solution containing Fe(NO3)3,the complex ion produced is

  1. [Fe(OH2)2(SCN) ]2+
  2. [Fe(OH2)5(SCN) ]2+
  3. [Fe(OH2)8(SCN) ]2+
  4. [Fe(OH2)(SCN)]6+

Answer: 2. [Fe(OH2)5(SCN) ]2+

Solution: On adding SCNto an aqueous solution of Fe(NO3)3, a blood red colour, due to formation of [Fe(H2O)5(SCN)]+ complex is obtained. This test is used for the detection of Fe3+ ion. SCN+Fe(NO3)3+ 5H2O→ [Fe(OH2)5(SCN)]2+ + 3NO3Blood red colour

Question 127. Which shows the easier electrophilic substitution in a ring?

  1. N-acetyl aniline
  2. C6H5NH3Cl
  3. Aniline
  4. Nitrobenzene

Answer: 3. Aniline

Solution: Ortho and para-directing groups facilitate the ring for electrophilic substitution reaction. –NH2 group increases the electron density in the ring, hence activates electrophilic substitution.

Question 128. Correct gradation of basic character

  1. NH3CH3NH2>NF3
  2. CH3NH2>NH3>NF3
  3. NF3>CH3NH2>NH3
  4. CH3NH2>NF3>NH3

Answer: 2. CH3NH2>NH3>NF3

Solution: In the gas phase, tertiary amines are more basic than secondary amines which are more basic than ammonia -Group present on the central atom decreases electron density, hence decreases basicity

CH3NH2>NH3>NF3

Question 129. A carbonium ion contains

  1. A positively charged carbon center
  2. A negatively charged carbon center
  3. A carbon with an odd electron on it
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. A positively charged carbon center

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 130. In which of the following species the central carbon atom is negatively charged?

  1. Carbonium ion
  2. Carbanion
  3. Carbocation
  4. Free radicals

Answer: 2. Carbanion

Question 131. Alkaline hydrolysis of an ester (A) gives alcohol and salt

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Alkaline Hydrolosis Of Ester

The correct statement about the reaction is

  1. In alcohol configuration about chiral carbon atom is retained
  2. In alcohol configuration about chiral carbon atom is inverted
  3. Alcohol loses optical activity
  4. All statements are incorrect

Answer: 1. In alcohol configuration about chiral carbon atom is retained

Solution: No bond around chiral carbon is broken and so configuration will be retained.

Question 132. Formic acid is a stronger acid than acetic acid. This can be explained using

  1. +Meffect
  2. -I effect
  3. +I effect
  4. -M effect

Answer: 2. -I effect

Solution: Electron withdrawing group has –I effect while electron donating group has +I effect. In CH3COOH, the alkyl group (-CH3) due to its greater +I effect increases the electron density on the oxygen atom of the O-H bond. Due to this the release of H+ ions in acetic acid will be more difficult as compared to the formic acid.

Question 133. Zero inductive effect is shown by? 

  1. C6H5
  2. —H
  3. CH3
  4. — Cl—

Answer: 4. — Cl—

Solution: Inductive effect of groups is measured with respect to H.

Question 134. The hydrolysis of alkyl halides by aqueous NaOH is best termed as

  1. Electrophilic substitution reaction
  2. Electrophilic addition reaction
  3. Nucleophilic addition reaction
  4. Nucleophilic substitution reaction

Answer: 4. Nucleophilic substitution reaction

Solution: \(R-X \stackrel{\mathrm{NaOH}}{\longrightarrow} R-\mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{NaX} R-X \stackrel{\mathrm{OH}^{-}}{\longrightarrow} R-\mathrm{OH}+X^{-}\)This is nucleophilic substitution.

Question 135. The intermediate during the addition of HCl to propene in the presence of peroxide

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Propane In The Presence Of Peroxide

Answer: 2

Solution: Addition of HCl is not peroxide effect and it occurs via electrophilic addition.

Question 136. The structure which has positive charge on the oxygen atom

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Positive Charge On The Oxygen Atom

Answer: 1.

Solution:

Question 137. Addition of Br2 on CH2=CH2 in presence of NaCl (aq.) gives?

  1. CH2Br.CH2Br
  2. CH2Br.CH2Cl
  3. CH2Br.CH2OH
  4. All of these

Answer: All of these

Solution: Once the carbocation is formed as an intermediate, the nucleophile Cl and OHpresent in solution also attach it in addition of Br

Question 138. The oxygen atom in phenol

  1. Exhibits only inductive effect
  2. Exhibits only resonance effect
  3. Has more dominating resonance effect than inductive effect
  4. Has more dominating inductive effect than the resonance effect

Answer: 3. Has more dominating resonance effect than inductive effect

Solution: The oxygen atom in phenol has more dominating resonance effect than inductive effect. Increase in charge separation decreases the stability of a resonating structure. Stability of resonating structure in decreasing order will be

1>2 ≡ 4>3

Question 139. The reaction intermediate produced, by homolytic cleavage of a bond is called

  1. Carbene
  2. Carbocation
  3. Carbanion
  4. Free radical

Answer: 4. Free radical

Solution: In homolytic cleavage, covalent bond is cleaved in such a way that each atom takes its shared electrons with itself and free radicals are formed.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Homolytic Fission Free Radicals

Question 140. Among the following the least stable resonance structure is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Least Stable Resonance Structure

Answer: 1

Solution: Two positive charges present at the adjacent place, elevates the energy, thus lowering the stability most.

Question 141. Carbocation can undergo

  1. Loss of a proton
  2. Addition to multiple bond
  3. Combination with anions
  4. All of the above

Answer: 4. All of the above

Solution: These are characteristics of carbocations.

Question 142. The electromeric effect in organic compounds is

  1. Temporary effect
  2. Permanent effect
  3. Temporary-permanent effect
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. Temporary effect

Solution: It is raised on the need of attacking reagent, example,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Need Attacking Reagent

Question 143. Dehydration of alcohol usually goes by

  1. E1 mechanism
  2. E2 mechanism
  3. E1 cb mechanism
  4. SN2 mechanism

Answer: 

Solution: Alcohols undergo dehydration usually by E1 mechanism. This is because elimination is preferred in the case of tertiary alcohols, for example,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Teritary Alcohols

Question 144. Removal of a hydride ion from a methane molecule will give

  1. Methyl radical
  2. Carbonium ion
  3. Carbanion
  4. Methyl group

Answer: 2. Carbonium ion

Solution: CH4⟶CH3++ + H; CH3+ is methyl carbonium.

Question 145. The electrophile involved in the Sulphonation of benzene is

  1. SO3+
  2. SO42-
  3. HSO4
  4. SO3

Answer: 4. SO3

Solution: The electrophile involved in the Sulphonation of benzene is SO3 2H2SO4→ SO3+H3O++HSO4

Question 146. In the following carbocations, the stability order is

1. R-CH2+ CH3

2. NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Stability Of Carbocations 2

3. NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Stability Of Carbocations 3

4. NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Stability Of Carbocations 4

  1. 3> 2 >4 > 1
  2. 2 > 3 >4> 1
  3. 3 > 2 > 1 > 4
  4. 3> 4>2> 1

Answer: 1. 3> 2 >4 > 1

Solution: Cyclopropyl methyl carbocations are more stable than benzyl carbocations due to conjugation between bent orbitals of the cyclopropyl group.

Question 147. Which of the following undergoes nucleophilic substitution exclusively SN1 mechanism?

  1. Benzyl chloride
  2. Isopropyl chloride
  3. Chlorobenzene
  4. Ethyl chloride

Answer: 1. Benzyl chloride

Solution: Benzyl carbonium is more stable due to resonance and thus, benzyl chloride is more reactive.

Question 148. Which of the following species is not electrophilic in nature?

  1. \(\stackrel{\oplus}{C_1}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{BH}_3\)
  3. \(\mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{\oplus}{O}\)
  4. \(\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{N}} \mathrm{O}_2\)

Answer: 3.

Solution: H3+O cannot accept electron pairs.

Question 149. Which of the following reactions is an example of a nucleophilic substitution reaction?

  1. RX + Mg ⟶ RMgX
  2. RX+KOH ⟶ROH+KX
  3. 2RX + 2Na ⟶ R —R + 2NaX
  4. RX + H2⟶ RH + HX

Answer: 2. RX+KOH ⟶ROH+KX

Solution: X–is replaced by OH–.

Question 150. Examine the following statements regarding the SN2 reaction

1. The rate of reaction is independent of the concentration of nucleophile

2. The nucleophile attacks the carbon atom on the side of molecule opposite to the group being displaced

3. The reaction proceeds with simultaneous bond formation and rupture

4. Which of the above-written statements is correct?

  1. 1, 2
  2. 1, 3
  3. 1, 2, 3
  4. 2, 3

Answer: 4. 2, 3

Question 151. The number of different substitution products possible when ethane is allowed to react with bromine is sunlight are:

  1. 9
  2. 6
  3. 8
  4. 5

Answer: 1. 9

Solution: CH3CH2Cl; CH3CHCl2; CH2ClCH2Cl; CH3CCl3; CH2ClCHCl2; CH2ClCCl3; CHCl2CHCl2;CHCl2CCl3; CCl3CCl3

Question 152. Select the strongest bond amongst the following

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Strongest Bond

Answer: 4.

Solution: Triple bond possesses maximum bond energy.

Question 153. Who proposed the concept of hyperconjugation?

  1. Nathan and Baker
  2. Mullikan
  3. Kekule
  4. Kolbe

Answer:  1. Nathan and Baker

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 154. Among the following compounds nitrobenzene, benzene, aniline and phenol, the strongest basic behavior in acid medium is exhibited by

  1. Phenol
  2. Aniline
  3. Nitrobenzene
  4. Benzene

Answer: 2. Aniline

Solution: Due to the presence of a lone pair on the “N” atom.

Question 155. Mesomeric effect involves delocalization of

  1. Pi-electrons
  2. Sigma electrons
  3. Protons
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. Pi-electrons

Solution: Mesomeric effect involves the complete transfer of π or lone pair of electrons to the adjacent atom or covalent bond. Hence, it involves the delocalization of pi (π) electrons.

Question 156. Consider the following reaction, Identify the structure of the major product ‘X’ NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Structure of The Major Product Of X

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Structure of The Major Product Of X.

Answer: 2

Solution: Br* is less reactive and more selective and thus formation of 3° free radicals will be the major product.

Question 157. The alkyl halide that undergoes SN1 reaction more readily is

  1. Ethyl bromide
  2. Isopropyl bromide
  3. Vinyl bromide
  4. n-propyl bromide

Answer: 3. Vinyl bromide

Solution: SN1 mechanism involves the formation of carbocation intermediate. Hence, the species which gives the most stable carbocation readily undergoes SN1 mechanism. t-butyl bromide gives the most stable carbocation, i.e., 3° carbocation, so it readily undergoes SN1 reaction.

Question 158. The homolytic fission of a hydrocarbon results in the formation of:

  1. Carbonium ions
  2. Free radicals
  3. Carbanions
  4. Carbenes

Answer: 2. Free radicals

Solution: Homolytic bond fission is one in which each entity involved in bond formation retains its electron involved in a shared pair of electrons to form free radicals.

Question 159. Which of the following intermediates have the complete octet around the carbon atom?

  1. Carbonium ion
  2. Carbanion
  3. Free radical
  4. Carbene

Answer: 2. Carbanion

Solution: Carbanion (CH3) Here, the carbon atom carries a negative charge with a lone pair of electrons has eight electrons in the outermost orbit, and completes its octet.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Intermediates Complete Octet

Reactions in which carbanions are formed as intermediate are said to proceed by a “Carbanion mechanism”. Carbanion is sp3 hybridized, three sp3 hybrid orbitals form covalent bonds with three atoms while the fourth sp3 hybrid orbital has a non-bonding pair of electrons. It is pyramidal in shape as similar to NH3.

Question 160. The kind of delocalization involving sigma bond is called

  1. Inductive effect
  2. Hyperconjugation effect
  3. Electromeric effect
  4. Mesomeric effect

Answer: 1. Inductive effect

Solution: The inductive effect is the permanent effect on σ-electrons. It involves the electron displacement along the chain of saturated carbon atoms due to the presence of a polar covalent bond at one end of the chain.

Question 161. An electrophilic reagent must have

  1. A vacant orbital
  2. An orbital containing one electron
  3. An orbital containing two electrons
  4. All completely filled atomic orbitals

Answer: 1. A vacant orbital

Solution: The reagent having an affinity for electrons is known as an electrophilic reagent. The electron-deficient species works as an electrophilic reagent. The electrophilic reagent as the name indicates loves the electron because it lacks electrons.

Question 162. The electrophile, E attacks the benzene ring to generate the intermediate σ complex. Of the following, which σ-complex is of lowest energy?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Lowest Energy

Answer: 2.

Solution: Structure B will be of lowest energy due to resonance stabilization of positive charge.

In all other three structures, the presence of electron-withdrawing NO2 groups will destabilize the positive charge and hence they will have greater energy.

Question 163. Nucleophiles are:

  1. Electron loving
  2. Electron hating
  3. Nucleus loving
  4. Nucleus hating

Answer: 3. Nucleus loving

Solution: Nucleophiles are electron-rich species and can donate lone pairs of electrons to carbocation or any positive centre.

Question 164. Conversion of CH4 to CH3Cl is an example of which of the following reactions?

  1. Electrophilic substitution
  2. Free radical addition
  3. Nucleophilic substitution
  4. Free radical substitution

Answer: 4. Free radical substitution

Solution: This is an example of a free radical substitution reaction

Question 165. The SN2 mechanism for, R-X+KOH(aq)⟶R-OH+KX follows with

  1. 100% inversion
  2. 50% inversion
  3. 40% inversion
  4. 30% inversion

Answer: 1. 100% inversion

Solution: The SN2 mechanism always involves 100% inversion since nucleophile attacks from the back side of the leaving group.

⇒ \(R-X \stackrel{\mathrm{OH}^{-}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{H} \overline{\mathrm{O}}-\cdots \cdot R^{-\cdots-\cdots} X\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{HO}-R+X^{-}:\)

Question 166. The reaction (CH3)3CBr →(H2O) →(CH3)3C.OH is:

  1. Elimination reaction
  2. Free radical reaction
  3. Substitution reaction
  4. Displacement reaction

Answer: 3. Substitution reaction

Solution: Br is replaced by –OH.

Question 167. The stability of the carbocation decreases in the order

  1. R2CH+>R3C+>RCH2+>CH+
  2. R3C+>R2CH+>RCH2+>CH3+
  3. CH3+>R2CH+>RCH2+>R3C+
  4. CH3+>RCH2+>R2CH+>R3C+

Answer: 2. R3C+>R2CH+>RCH2+>CH3+

Solution: Stability of alkyl carbocations can be explained by inductive effect and hyperconjugation. According to these two affects, the stability order is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Alkyl Carbocations Of Explained By Inductive Effect

Question 168. Most stable carbocation is formed during the heating of which of the following compounds with conc.H2SO4?

  1. (CH3)3COH
  2. C6H5CH2OH
  3. (CH3)2CHOH
  4. CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3

Answer: 2. C6H5CH2OH

Solution: C6H5CH2+ is stabilized by conjugation while intermediates of the rest of the compounds given are stabilized by hyperconjugation.

Question 169. Which of the chlorides is less reactive towards hydrolysis?

  1. Vinyl chloride
  2. Allyl chloride
  3. Ethyl chloride
  4. t-butyl chloride

Answer: 1. Vinyl chloride

Solution: Due to resonance, the partial double bond character is created on vinyl chloride. So, the chlorine atom is not replaced easily

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Vinyl Chloride

Question 170. The shifting of electrons of a multiple bond under the influence of a reagent is called as

  1. I-effect
  2. E-effect
  3. M-effect
  4. T-effect

Answer:  2. E-effect

Solution: It is the definition of electromeric effect.

Question 171. Which of the following is an example of a substitution reaction?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 171 Substitution Reaction

4. None of the above

Answer:  1

Solution: Replacement of an atom or group by other atom or group is known as substitution reaction

Question 172. Which of the following aromatic acids is most acidic?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Aromatic Acids Most Acidic

Answer: 2

Solution: Due to resonance; the carbonyl group of benzoic acid is coplanar with the ring. If the electron-withdrawing substituent (i.e.,-I showing) is present at the ortho position, it prevents the) coplanarity and thus, the resonance. Hence, it makes the acid stronger. Thus, among the given acids, ortho hydroxy benzene acid is the most acidic.

Question 173. Which of the following is most reactive towards electrophilic nitration?

  1. Toluene
  2. Benzene
  3. Benzoic acid
  4. Nitrobenzene

Answer: 1. Toluene

Solution: Due to +I effect of CH3 in toulene, it is more reactive than benzene. Due to electron withdrawing nature of the –COOH group in benzoic acid and –NO2 group in nitrobenzene, both benzoic acid and nitrobenzene are less reactive than benzene.

Question 174. The ion formed by the reaction of HNO2 and H2SO4 is

  1. Nitronium ion
  2. Nitrosonium ion
  3. Nitrite ion
  4. Nitrate ion

Answer: 2. Nitrosonium ion

Solution: HNO2 +H2SO4⟶NO++HSO4–+H2O

Question 175. Which of the following cannot show SN1 reaction?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Cannot The Following SN1 Reaction

Answer: 4

Solution: Primary and secondary alkyl halides give SN2 reaction

Question 176. Which one of the following has the most nucleophilic nitrogen?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Nucleophilic Nitrogen

Answer:  1

Solution:

Nucleophiles are the species which have excess electrons. Among the given species, the lone pair of nitrogen of pyrrole is involved in the delocalization of the ring and, thus, are not available for donation. In aniline, the lone pair is involved in conjugation with the π-electrons of the ring while in pyridine, these are relatively free for donation. Thus, the nitrogen of pyridine is most nucleophilic.

(Phenyl and –COCH in toulene, it is more reactive than benzene. Due to electron withdrawing nature of the –CO both are electron withdrawing groups, thus decreasing the nucleophilicity of nitrogen).

Question 177. The most stable carbonium ion among the following is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism The Most Stable Carbonium Ion Among

Answer: 3

Solution: \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HC}_6 \mathrm{H}_5\) is the most stable since the positive charge can be delocalized on both phenyl rings

Question 178. Which of the following is an electrophilic reagent?

  1. RO
  2. BF3
  3. NH3
  4.  

Answer: 2. BF3

Solution: BF3 is an electron-deficient compound.

Question 179. The formation of cyanohydrin from a ketone is an example of

  1. Electrophilic addition
  2. Nucleophilic addition
  3. Electrophilic substitution
  4. Nucleophilic substitution

Answer: 2. Nucleophilic addition

Solution: Ketone undergoes nucleophilic addition reaction because the nucleophilic end of reagent attack is first followed by the electrophilic end of the reagent.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Ketone Undergoes Nucleophilic Addition

Question 180. Which of the following orders is correct regarding the acidity of the carboxylic group?

  1. CH3CH2CH(Cl)COOH>CH3CH(Cl)CH2COOH>ClCH2CH2CH2COOH
  2. CH3CH2CH(Cl)COOH<CH3CH(Cl)CH2COOH<ClCH2CH2CH2COOH
  3. CH3CH2CH(Cl)COOH>CH3CH(Cl)CH2COOH<ClCH2CH2CH2COOH
  4. CH3CH2CH(Cl)COOH<CH3CH(Cl)CH2COOH>ClCH2CH2CH2COOH

Answer:  1. CH3CH2CH(Cl)COOH>CH3CH(Cl)CH2COOH>ClCH2CH2CH2COOH

Solution: The presence of -I-showing group like Cl increases the acidic character of carboxylic acids and the acidity reduces with increase in the distance between – COOH and – /-showing group.

Question 181. Which step is the chain termination step in the following mechanism?
Answer: 

  1. \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \stackrel{h v}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{Cl}^{\bullet}+\mathrm{Cl}^{\bullet}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{Cl}^{\bullet}+\mathrm{CH}_4 \longrightarrow \stackrel{\bullet}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3+\mathrm{HCl}\)
  3. \(\stackrel{\bullet}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3+\mathrm{Cl}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{Cl}+\mathrm{Cl}^{\bullet}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{Cl}^{\bullet}+\dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{Cl}\)

Answer: \(\mathrm{Cl}^{\bullet}+\dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{Cl}\)

Solution: From the above mechanism it is clear that step 2nd is the chain propagation step because in this step regeneration of species takes place. So, the 3rd & 4th step is the termination step because after these steps no species are available for further reaction.

As two chlorine free radicals reacts together to form chlorine molecule and one chlorine free radical & one methane free radical react together to form chloromethane.

Question 182. Relative stabilities of the following carbocations will be in the order

1. \(\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3\)

2. \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\)

3. \(\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{OCH}_3\)

  1. 3>2>1
  2. 3<2<1
  3. 2>3>1

Answer:  1. 3>2>1

Solution: The dispersal of the charge stabilizes the carbocation. More the number of alkyl groups; the greater is the dispersal of positive charge and therefore, more the stability of carbocation, C2H5+>CH3+,O-CH3 is also an electron donating group, thus it will increase the stability of carbocation, hence, the correct order of stability is 3>2>1

Question 183. The addition of HI on double bonds of propene yields isopropyl iodide as a major product. It is because the addition proceeds through:

  1. More stable carbocation
  2. More stable carbanion
  3. More stable free radical
  4. Homolysis

Answer:  1. More stable carbocation

Solution: Formation of 2° carbocation, i.e.,

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}_2 \stackrel{\stackrel{+\delta}{\mathrm{H}}-\stackrel{-}{\mathrm{H}}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HCH}_3\)

Question 184.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 184 Above Reaction Proceeds

  1. The above reaction proceeds through
  2. Free radical substitution
  3. Nucleophilic substitution
  4. Electrophilic substitution
  5. None of the above

Answer:  1. The above reaction proceeds through

Solution: It is a free-radical substitution reaction, initiated by the formation of chlorine atoms Cl⋅ from Cl2.

The initial step is hydrogen abstraction from toluene, and the most stable free radical is formed, C6H5CH2, the one in which the radical center is in resonance with the aromatic ring.

Question 185. Arrange in order of increasing acidic strength.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Increasing Acidic Strength

  1. X>Z>Y
  2. Z<X>Y
  3. X>Y>Z
  4. Z>X>Y

Answer: 1. X>Z>Y

Solution: The pKa value of the carboxylic group is less than pKa of NH3+ in amino acid and —NH3+ will have comparatively less pKa than (Y) due to –I effect of the carboxylic group. We know that acidic strength in inversely proportional to pKa. Hence, the correct order of acidic strength is

Question 186. Heterolysis of the carbon-chlorine bond produces

  1. Two free radicals
  2. Two carbonium ions
  3. Two carbanions
  4. One cation and one anion

Answer: 4. One cation and one anion

Solution: Heterolysis involves the bond fission in a manner when either of the two atoms involved in bond fission retains the shared pair of electrons, producing positive and negative ions, example,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Electrons Of Negative And Positive Ions

Question 187. Which of the following statements is correct?

  1. Allyl carbonium ion ismore stable than propyl carbonium ion
  2. Propyl carbonium ion (CH2=CH–CH3+ ) is more stable than the allyl carbonium ion
  3. Both are equally stable
  4. None of the above

Answer: 3. Allyl carbonium ion ismore stable than propyl carbonium ion

Solution: Allyl carbocations are more stable than the alkyl carbocations due to the resonance stabilization.

Question 188. The order of stability of the following carbanion is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 188 The Order Of Stability Of The Following Carbanion

  1. 1>2>3>4
  2. 1>3>2>4
  3. 4>3>2>1
  4. 3>4>1>2

Answer: 4. 3>4>1>2

Solution: I can have a maximum of 3 hyper conjugative structures. 2 has maximum of 5 hyper conjugative structures, 3 has 2 conjugative structures while 4 has 1 conjugative structure.

Question 189. Following reaction is,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 189 Reaction Of Chlorine

  1. SN
  2. SE
  3. El
  4. EI-CB

Answer:  1. SN

Solution: Diazonium salts are highly reactive. In the Sandmeyer reaction diazo group is replaced by chlorine or bromine in presence of CuCl or CuBr. (Substitution reaction)

⇒\(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{N}_2} \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{Cl}} \stackrel{\mathrm{CuCl}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{Cl}+\mathrm{N}_2\)

Question 190. Which one of the following is most reactive towards electrophilic attack?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Towards Electrophilic Attack

Answer: 2.

Solution: O- and p-directing groups facilitate SE reactions whereas m-directing groups deactivate the benzene ring for SE reactions.

Question 191. Heterolysis of propane gives

  1. Methyl and ethyl free radicals
  2. Methylium cation and ethyl anion
  3. Methyl anion and ethidium cation
  4. Methylium and ethylium cations

Answer: 3. Methyl anion and ethidium cation

Solution: \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\text { Hetrolysis }}{\longrightarrow} \overline{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3+\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2, \mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\) due to dispersal of positive charge on ethylium ion on account of positive inductive effect. Thus, propane will not give\(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \text { and } \mathrm{CH}_3 \overline{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\)

Question 192. Which among the following compounds is most acidic?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 192 Among The Following Compounds Is Most Acidic

Answer: 2.

Solution: Ortho nitrophenol is the most acidic because the electron withdrawing group increases acidic character due to –I effect of NO2

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Nitrophenol

Question 193. Hyperconjugation is

  1. σ-π delocalisation
  2. No bond resonance
  3. σ-π odd electron
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. All of these

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 194. Identify the reaction.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 194 Identify The Reaction

  1. Substitution reaction
  2. Elimination reaction
  3. Rearrangement reaction
  4. None of the above

Answer:  3. Rearrangement reaction

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 195. Dehydrogenation of ethanol to give ethanal is known as

  1. Addition reaction
  2. α-α elimination reaction
  3. α-β elimination reaction
  4. α-― elimination reaction

Answer: 2.  α-α elimination reaction

Solution: The reaction in which 2 atoms from a molecule are removed from the same atom is called α – α-elimination. It leads to the formation of an electron deficient reactive intermediate.

Question 196. The stability of a carbonium ion depends upon

  1. The bond angle of the attached group
  2. The substrate with which it reacts
  3. The inductive effect and hyper-conjugative effect of the attached group
  4. None of the above

Answer: 3. The inductive effect and hyper-conjugative effect of the attached group

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 197. Which of the following is an electrophile?

  1. : CCl2
  2. CO2
  3. H2O
  4. NH3

Answer:  1. : CCl2

Solution: Electron deficient species or electron acceptor is electrophile. For example

⇒ \(\dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3, \ddot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2, \dot{\mathrm{C}} X_2\)

Question 198. The reaction of phenol with chloroforms/sodium hydroxide to give o-hydroxy benzaldehyde involves the formation of

  1. Dichlorocarbene
  2. Trichloro carbene
  3. Chlorine atoms
  4. Chlorine molecules

Answer: 1. Dichlorocarbene

Solution: Phenol reacts with chloroform and NaOH to give o-hydroxy benzaldehyde or salicylaldehyde. In this reaction dichlorocarbene (∶CCl2) electrophile is generated. This reaction is called the Reimer-Tiemann reaction.

⇒\(\mathrm{OH}^{-}+\mathrm{CHCl}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{HOH}+\underset{\text { unstable }}{: \mathrm{CCl}_3^{-}}\)

∶CCl3 → Cl+∶CCl2

Question 199. Carbanion can undergo:

  1. Rearrangement
  2. Combination with cation
  3. Addition to a carbonyl group
  4. All of the above are correct

Answer: 4. All of the above are correct

Solution: These are characteristics of carbanion.

Question 200. During the nitration of benzene, the attacking electrophile is

  1. NO3
  2. NO2
  3. NO2+
  4. HNO3

Answer: 3. NO2+

Solution: During nitration of benzene the attacking electrophile is NO2+. It is formed as follows by reaction between HNO3 and H2SO4.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Nitration Of Benzene

Question 201. The reaction which is not an example of nucleophilic substitution among the following is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 201 Nucleophilic Substitution

Answer:  3

Solution: CH3 -CH2 -CH2-Cl+alc.KOH⟶CH3-CH=CH2 It is an example of an elimination reaction.

Question 202. The Kolbe’s electrolysis proceeds via

  1. Nucleophilic substitution mechanism
  2. Electrophilic addition mechanism
  3. Free radical mechanism
  4. Electrophilic substitution reaction

Answer: 3.  Free radical mechanism

Solution: The Kolbe’s electrolysis proceeds via free radical mechanism. For example, when sodium propionate is electrolysed, n-butane, ethane and ethylene are obtained. The propionate ion discharges at the anode to form the free radicals.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Anode From The Free Radicals

Question 203. In a SN2 substitution reaction of the type, which one of the following has the highest relative rate?

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{Br}+\mathrm{Cl}^{-} \stackrel{\mathrm{DMF}}{\longrightarrow} R-\mathrm{Cl}+\mathrm{Br}^{+}\)

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Highest Relative Rate

Answer:  3

Solution: For SN2 mechanism, there should be the least steric hindrance.

Question 204. Which of the following sodium compound/compounds are formed when an organic compound containing both nitrogen and sulphur is fused with sodium?

  1. Cyanide and sulfide
  2. Thiocyanate
  3. Sulphite and cyanide
  4. Nitrate and sulfide

Answer: 2. Thiocyanate

Solution: Na reacts with C, N, and S to form NaCNS (sodium thiocyanate).

Question 205. Which one of the following explain, why propene undergoes electrophilic addition withHBr, but not with HCN?

  1. Br–is better nucleophile than CN
  2. HBr being better source of proton as it is stronger acid than HCN
  3. HCN attacks preferentially via lone pair of nitrogen
  4. The C-Br bond being stronger is formed easily as compared to C-CN bond

Answer: 2. HBr being better source of proton as it is stronger acid than HCN

Solution: HBr being a better source of proton. It gives a H+ and a Brion

Thus, H+ attack the π bond of propene to form carbonium ion as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Carbonium Ion

Question 206. Di-chloroacetic acid is a stronger acid than acetic acid. This is due to the occurrence of

  1. Mesomeric effect
  2. Hyperconjugation
  3. Inductive effect
  4. Steric effect

Answer: 3. Inductive effect

Solution: Di-chloro acetic acid due to presence of two electron with drawing chloro groups (-I showing group)is more acidic than acetic acid(+Ishowing-CH3 group).

Question 207. The ease of nitration of the following three hydrocarbons follows the order

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 219 Correct Order Of A Reaction With Electrophile

  1. 2=3≈1
  2. 2>3>1
  3. 3>2>1
  4. 1=3>2

Answer:  2. 2>3>1

Solution: Stability order of arenium ion 2>3>1

Question 208. Consider the following carbanions

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 208 Cosider The Following Carbanions

The correct order of stability is

  1. 1>2>3
  2. 3>2>1
  3. 2>3>1
  4. 1>3>2

Answer: 3. 2>3>1

Solution: – NO2 group shows –Meffect white CH3O-group shows +Meffect (–M effect stabilizes an anion)

Question 209. Williamson’s synthesis involves

  1. SN1 mechanism
  2. Nucleophilic addition
  3. SN2 mechanism
  4. SE mechanism

Answer: 3. SN2 mechanism

Solution: When sodium or potassium alkoxide is heated with an alkyl halide to give ether, the reaction is known as Williamson’s synthesis.

RONa+R’ X→ R-O-R’+NaX

This is an example of nucleophilic substitution reaction and follow SN2 mechanism

Question 210. The reaction is

⇒ \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{Br} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}{\longrightarrow}\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{COH}\)

  1. Elimination
  2. Substitution
  3. Free radical
  4. Addition

Answer: 2. Substitution

Solution: The reaction \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{Br} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}{\longrightarrow}\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \mathrm{COH}\) is an example of a substitution reaction

Question 211. The reaction \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{I}+\mathrm{KOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{KI}\)  is called

  1. Hydroxylation substitution
  2. Electrophilic substitution
  3. Nucleophilic substitution
  4. Dehydroiodination

Answer: 3. Nucleophilic substitution

Solution: Nucleophiles may be neutral or negatively charged, whereas substrates undergoing nucleophilic substitution may be neutral or positively charged.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5-\mathrm{I}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{I}^{-}\)

Question 212. In methanol solution, bromine reacts with ethylene to yield BrCH2CH2OCH3 in addition to 1,2-dibromoethane because:

  1. The intermediate carbocation may react with Br– or CH3OH
  2. The methyl alcohol solvates the bromine
  3. The reaction follows Markownikoff’s rule
  4. This is a free radical mechanism

Answer:  1. The intermediate carbocation may react with Br– or CH3OH

Solution: In methyl alcohol solution, bromine reacts with ethylene to yield BrCH2CH2OCH3 in addition to 1,2-dibromoethane because the intermediate bromonium ion formed initially may react with Br− or CH3OH.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Methyl Alcohol Solution Bromine Reacts

Question 213. In a compound electrophilic substitution has occurred. The substitute-Eare methyl –CH2Cl,-CCl3 and–CHCl2. The correct increasing order towards electrophilic substitution is 

  1. -CH3<-CH2Cl<-CHCl2<-CCl3
  2. -CH3<-CHCl2<-CH2Cl<-CCl3
  3. -CCl3<-CH2Cl<-CHCl2<-CH3
  4. -CCl3<-CHCl2<-CH2Cl<-CH3

Answer: 4. -CCl3<-CHCl2<-CH2Cl<-CH3

Solution: Chlorine atoms are strongly electronegative (show negative inductive effect i.e., -I effect). They deactivate the ring towards an electrophilic reaction. The increasing order of substituent-E towards electrophilic substitution is -CCl3<-CHCl2<-CH2Cl<-CH3

Question 214. The addition of HBr on butene-2 in presence of peroxide follows the:

  1. Electrophilic addition
  2. Free radical addition
  3. Nucleophilic addition
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Free radical addition

Solution: Follow the mechanism of the Kharasch effect.

Question 215. A neutral divalent carbon intermediate produced by the removal of two attached atoms is called

  1. Free radical
  2. Carbanion
  3. Carbocation ion
  4. Carbene

Answer: 4. Carbene

Solution: Follow carbenes.

Question 216. On exciting Cl2 molecules by UV light, we get

  1. Cl
  2. Cl+-
  3. Cl
  4. All of these

Answer: 1. Cl

Solution: Covalent bonds are cleaved in a homolytic way in the presence of UV light. It results in the formation of free radicals.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl} \stackrel{\bullet}{\mathrm{Cl}} \stackrel{\mathrm{UV}}{\longrightarrow} \dot{\mathrm{Cl}}+\dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{l}\) (Chlorine Free Radicals)

Question 217. For the reaction,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 217 Reaction

  1. Chloro benzene and carbon tetrachloride
  2. Meta chloro benzotrichloride ortho,
  3. Para chloro benzo trichloride
  4. None of these

Answer: 

Question 218. Which of the following compounds is resistant to nucleophilic attack by hydroxyl ion?

  1. Methyl acetate
  2. Acetonitrile
  3. Acetamide
  4. Diethyl ether

Answer: 4. Diethyl ether

Solution: Diethyl ether is resistant to nucleophilic attack by hydroxyl ion.

Question 219. Among the following compounds (1-2) the correct order of reaction with the electrophile is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 219 Correct Order Of A Reaction With Electrophile

  1. 2>3>1
  2. 3<1<2
  3. 1>2>3
  4. 1≈2>3

Answer: 3. 1>2>3

Solution: Activating groups like –OCH3,-OH etc activates the benzene ring towards electrophilic substitution while deactivating groups like-NO2,-COOH etc. deactivates the benzene ring towards electrophilic substitution. Thus, order of reaction towards electrophile (of the given compounds) is as 1>2>3.

Question 220. In the given structure, which carbon atom is most electronegative?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Most Electronegative

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 4. 4

Solution: Electronegativity of different hybrid and unhybrid orbitals in decreasing order is as follows s>sp>sp2>sp3>p

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Most Electronegative

Question 221. SN1 reaction on optically active substrates mainly gives

  1. Retention in configuration
  2. Inversion in configuration
  3. Racemic product
  4. No product

Answer: 

Solution: SN1 mechanism gives rise to 50% inversion as it involves front seat as well as back seat substitution. This leads to racemic products.

Question 222. The stability order for carbocations given below are?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 222 Carbocations

  1. 1< 2 < 3
  2. 3 < 2 < 1
  3. 3< 1 < 2
  4. 2 < 1 < 3

Answer: 1. 1< 2 < 3

Solution: Vinyl carbocations are more stable than primary carbocation but less stable than secondary carbocation.

Question 223. Which one of the following reactions is a condensation reaction?

  1. HCHO ⟶para-formaldehyde
  2. CH3CHO⟶para-aldehyde
  3. CH3COCH3⟶ mesityl oxide
  4. CH2= CH2⟶ polyethylene

Answer: 3. CH3COCH3

Solution: Rest all are polymerization reactions.

Question 224. Inductive effect involves

  1. Delocalization of σ-electrons
  2. Displacement of σ-electrons
  3. Delocalization of π-electrons
  4. Displacement of π-electrons

Answer: 2. Displacement of σ-electrons

Solution: Inductive effect involves only displacement (and not delocalization) of σ-electrons.

Question 225. The most stable carbocation among the following is?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 225 Most Stable Carbocation Among

Answer: 1

Solution: Due to the property of resonance, extra stability is seen in 3° carbocation.

Question 226. Which group has the maximum-Inductive effect?

  1. -NO2
  2. -CN
  3. -COOH
  4. -F

Answer: 1. -NO2

Solution: The increasing order of inductive effect is: -F<-COOH<-CN<-NO2.

Question 227. Which of the following statements is not characteristic of free radical chain reaction?

  1. It gives a major product derived from most stable free radical
  2. It is usually sensitive to change in solvent polarity
  3. It proceeds in three main steps like initiation, propagation and termination
  4. It may be initiated by UV light

Answer: 2. It is usually sensitive to change in solvent polarity

Solution: Free radical chain reaction is initiated by UV light. It proceeds in three main steps likeinitiation, propagation and termination. It gives major products derived from the most stable free radical.

Question 228. Reactivity towards nucleophilic addition reaction of

1.  HCHO

2. CH3CHO

3. CH3COCH3 is

  1. 2>3>1
  2. 3>2>1
  3. 1>2>3
  4. 1>3>2

Answer: 3. 1>2>3

Solution: The nucleophilic addition reaction is the characteristic addition of carbonyl compounds. Reactivity order of carbonyl compounds is in the order.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Reactivity Order Of Carbonyl Compounds Is In The Order

This is due to an increase in the intensity of charge on carbon of the carbonyl group due to +I effect of alkyl groups.

Question 229. Which of the following is a nucleophilic addition reaction?

  1. Hydrolysis of ethyl chloride by NaOH
  2. Purification of acetaldehyde by NaHSO3
  3. Alkylation of anisole
  4. Decarboxylation of acetic acid

Answer: 2. Purification of acetaldehyde by NaHSO3

Solution: Sodium hydrogen sulphite adds to aldehydes and ketones to form crystalline bisulphite addition products. The product is water soluble and can be converted back to the original carbonyl compound by treating it with dilute mineral acid or alkali. Therefore, these are useful for separation and purification of aldehydes like acetaldehydes.

Question 230. When thiourea is heated with metallic sodium, the compound which can’t be formed is

  1. NaCNS
  2. NaCN
  3. Na2SO4
  4. Na2S

Answer: 3. Na2SO4

Solution: The chemical formula of thiourea is NH2CSNH2 so here Na2S, NaCN and NaCNS will be formed but not Na2SO4

Question 231. Which of the following statements is correct?

  1. +Igroup stabilizes a carbocation
  2. +Igroup stabilizes a carbanion
  3. -I group stabilizes a carbocation
  4. -I group stabilizes a free radical

Answer: 1. +Igroup stabilizes a carbocation

Solution: +I group stabilizes carbocation due to the dispersal of positive charge on the + I effect group also.

Question 232. The stability of 2,3-dimethyl but-2-ene is more than 2-butene. This can be explained in terms of?

  1. Resonance
  2. Hyperconjugation
  3. Electromeric effect
  4. Inductive effect

Answer: 2. Hyperconjugation

Solution: The former possesses 12α-H atoms whereas, later possesses six α-H atoms. More is the no. of α-H atom, more is the delocalization and more is the stability.

Question 233. Which of the following is singlet carbine?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Singlet Carbine

Answer:  2

Solution: An intermediate neutral species having a divalent carbon atom with 6 valence electrons out of which two are present in the same orbital with opposite spins is called singlet carbene.

Question 234. The product of the reaction is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 234 The Product Of Reaction

Answer:  2

Solution: When 3-methyl-2-pentene is reacted with hypochlorous acid, the product formed is 2- chloro-3-methyl pentanol-3. The reaction obeys Markovnikov’s addition and the hydroxide and chloro group is added across the double bond of two carbons.

Question 235. Alkyl halide can be converted into alkene by

  1. Nucleophilic substitution reaction
  2. Elimination reaction
  3. Both nucleophilic substitution and elimination reaction
  4. Rearrangement

Answer: 2. Elimination reaction

Solution: \(\left.\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{X}+\mathrm{KOH} \text { (alc. }\right) \rightarrow \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}_2+\mathrm{KX}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Alkyl halide undergo β-elimination to form alkene.

Question 236. Which step is the chain propagation step in the following mechanism?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Propagation Of Mechanism

Answer: 2

Solution: The chain propagation step involves the use of free radical and regeneration of another free radical.

Question 237. The addition reaction among the following is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 237 The Adddition Reaction Among

Answer: 2

Solution: It is an example of an addition reaction.

Question 238. In this reaction, an asymmetric centre is generated. The acid obtained would be

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CHO}+\mathrm{HCN} \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}(\mathrm{OH}) \mathrm{CN} \stackrel{\text { H.OH }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}(\mathrm{OH}) \mathrm{COOH}\)

  1. 50%D+50%L-isomer
  2. 20%D+80%L-isomer
  3. D-isomer
  4. L-isomer

Answer: 1. 50%D+50%L-isomer

Solution: Lactic acid obtained in the given reaction is an optically active compound due to the presence of chiral C-atom. It exists as d and l forms whose ratio 1:1.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Lactic Acid Of L Isomer And D Isomer

Question 239. The reaction is an example of

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 239 Reaction

  1. Nucleophilic substitution
  2. Electrophilic addition
  3. Elimination reaction
  4. Nucleophilic addition

Answer: 2. Electrophilic addition

Solution: A hydrogen halide containing a highly polar H-Xbond can easily lose to the pi bond of an alkene. The result of the attack of His an intermediate carbocation, which quickly undergoesreaction with the negative halide ion (X–) to yield an alkyl halide

Question 240. How many structures of F are possible?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 240 Structures Of F Are Posssible

  1. 2
  2. 5
  3. 6
  4. 3

Answer:  4. 3

Question 241. Which one of the following does not show resonance?

  1. Carbon dioxide
  2. Benzene
  3. Nitromethane
  4. Propane

Answer: 4. Propane

Solution: Alkanes do not show resonance.

Question 242. The reagent used in dehalogenation process is

  1. KOH alc.
  2. Zn dust + alc.
  3. Na
  4. KOH(aq)

Answer: 2. Zn dust + alc.

Solution: Zn dust is used for dehalogenation

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_2 X . \mathrm{CH}_2 X \stackrel{\text { Zn dust }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_2=\mathrm{CH}_2\)

Question 243. Which alkyl halide is preferentially hydrolyzed by SN1 mechanism?

  1. (CH3)3C.Cl
  2. CH3CH2CH2Cl
  3. CH3CH2Cl
  4. CH3 Cl

Answer: 1. (CH3)3C.Cl

Solution: Tertiary halide always favors SN1 mechanism (as they give comparatively stable carbocation) white primary halide favors SN2 mechanism.

Question 244. Which of the following has the most acidic hydrogen?

  1. 3-hexanone
  2. 2, 4-hexanedione
  3. 2, 4-hexanedione
  4. 2, 3-hexanedione

Answer: 2. 2, 4-hexanedione

Solution: When methylene group (-CH2) is attached with two electron withdrawing groups (like,- CHO,>C=O,-COOH,-CN,-X,etc), its acidity will increase due to –I effect of the electron withdrawing groups.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Active Methylene Group

Question 245. In the reaction, water is formed by the combination of?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 245 Reaction Of Combination

  1. Hydroxyl of acid with alcoholic hydroxyl hydrogen
  2. Hydroxyl of alcohol with carboxylic hydrogen
  3. Both the above changes
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. Hydroxyl of acid with alcoholic hydroxyl hydrogen

Solution: Follow the mechanism of esterification.

Question 246. The function of soda lime, a mixture of solid NaOH and solid CaO during the decarboxylation of carboxylic acids is

  1. To increase the rate of reaction
  2. To decrease the rate of reaction
  3. To change the rate of reaction
  4. None of the above

Answer: 2. To decrease the rate of reaction

Solution: CaO is added to NaOH to retard activity of NaOH, otherwise decarboxylation of acids will occur more violently.

⇒ \(R \mathrm{COONa} \stackrel{\mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{CaO}}{\longrightarrow} R-\mathrm{H}+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{CO}_3\)

Question 247. Example of chlorinolysis among the following is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Chlorinolysis

Answer: 4.

Solution: Chlorinolysis involves the substitution reactions by chlorine.

Question 248. The correct order of nucleophilicity among the following is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 248 The Correct Order Of Nucleophilicity

  1. 3, 2, 1, 4
  2. 1, 2, 3, 4
  3. 4, 3, 2, 1
  4. 2, 3, 1, 4

Answer: 4. 2, 3, 1, 4

Solution: The nucleophilicity depends on the strength of the conjugate acid of the nucleophile. If the conjugate acid of the nucleophile is a weak acid, then the corresponding nucleophile will be stronger in nature.

Going by that fact, the conjugate acids of the above nucleophiles are acetic acid, methanol, hydrogen cyanide and toluene para sulphonic acid.

Among the following acids, the weakest acid is methanol. Hence its conjugate base, methoxy group will be the strongest nucleophile, while the weakest one will be the p-toluene sulphonate.

Question 249. The stability of

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 249 Stability

In the increasing order is

  1. 3<1<4<2
  2. 1<2<3<4
  3. 4<3<2<1
  4. 2<3<4<1

Answer: 1. 3<1<4<2

Solution: Can be solved on the basis of hyperconjugative structures

Question 250. Dehydrohalogenation of an alkyl halide is a/an

  1. Nucleophilic substitution reaction
  2. Elimination reaction
  3. Both nucleophilic substitution and elimination reaction
  4. Rearrangement

Answer: 2. Elimination reaction

Solution:

  1.  In nucleophilic substitution reaction more powerful nucleophile replaces weaker nucleophile.
  2. In rearrangement reaction atoms replace their position within the molecule.
  3. In elimination reaction small molecules (example, H2O, NH3) are lost.

⇒ \(\mathrm{R}-\mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{Cl}+\mathrm{KOH} \text { (alc.) } \stackrel{\Delta}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{RCH}=\mathrm{CH}_2+\mathrm{KCl}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

∵ KCl and H2O molecules are lost during reaction.

∴ It is an elimination reaction.

Question 251. Electrophiles are

  1. Electron loving species
  2. Electron hating species
  3. Nucleus loving reagents
  4. Nucleus hating reagents

Answer: 1. Electron loving species

Solution: Electrophiles are electron deficient species which can share a lone pair of electrons with carbanion and are thus called Lewis’s acids.

Question 252. Correct order of nucleophilicity is

  1. I>Br>Cl>F
  2. F>Cl>Br>I
  3. Cl>F>Br>I
  4. I>Cl>Br>F

Answer: 1. I>Br>Cl>F

Solution: Nucleophilicity increases on going down in the group of the Periodic Table

⇒ \(\mathrm{I}^{\ominus}>\mathrm{Br}^{\ominus}>\mathrm{Cl}^{\ominus}>\mathrm{F}^{\Theta}\)

Question 253. Polarization of electron in acrolein may be written a

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Electron Acrolein

Answer:

Solution: Due to -R effect of –CHO group, oxygen carries –δ charge while the terminal carbon carries + δ,ie,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& +\delta \\
& \mathrm{CH}
\end{aligned}=\mathrm{CH}-\mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{O}^{-\delta}\)

Question 254. Which of the following does not show electromeric effect?

  1. Alkenes
  2. Ethers
  3. Aldehyde
  4. Ketones

Answer: 2. Ethers

Solution: Electromeric effect implies complete transfer of π electrons in presence of a reagent.

Since, simple ethers do not contain a multiple bond, therefore, they do not show electromeric effect

Question 255. The chlorination of methane to give CCl4 is an example of

  1. Addition
  2. Elimination
  3. Substitution
  4. Chain reaction

Answer: 4. Chain reaction

Solution: Halogenation of methane is a chain reaction and propagate through free radicals.

Question 256. An organic compound C5H11X on dehydrohalogenation gives pentene-2 only. What is the halide?

  1. CH3CH2CHXCH2CH3
  2. (CH3)2CHCHXCH3
  3. CH3CH2CH2CHXCH3
  4. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2X

Answer: 1.  CH3CH2CHXCH2CH3

Solution: Follow Saytzeff rule for elimination. 3-halopentane will give only pentene-2.

Question 257. Which of the following is the correct order of decreasing SN2 reactivity? (X=α halogen)

  1. RCH2X>R3CX>R2CHX
  2. RCH2X>R2CHX>R3CX
  3. R3CX>R2CHX>RCH2X
  4. R2CHX>R3CX>R2CH2X

Answer:  2. RCH2X>R2CHX>R3CX

Solution: SN2 reactions are greatly controlled by steric factors. SN2 reactivity decreases as bulkyness of alkyl group increases.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Alkyl Group Increases

Question 258. Chloroacetic acid is a stronger acid than acetic acid. This can be explained using

  1. -M effect
  2. -I effect
  3. +Meffect
  4. +I effect

Answer:  2. -I effect

Solution: Cl is an electron-withdrawin (i.e.,-I showing) group. It withdraws electrons when attached to the carboxylic acid and decreases the electron density on the oxygen atom. This will facilitate the release of H+ by making O-H bond more polar and thus –Cl increases the acidity of acetic acid when attached at, α position because of –I effect.

Question 259. Anti-Markovnikov’s addition of HBr is not observed in

  1. Propene
  2. Butene-1
  3. But-2-ene
  4. Pent-2-ene

Answer: 3. But-2-ene

Solution: The rule is valid for unsymmetrical alkene.

Question 260. Consider the following carbocations,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 260 Carbocations

  1. 2<1<3<4
  2. 2<3<1<4
  3. 3<1<2<4
  4. 4<3<1<2

Answer: 1. 2<1<3<4

Solution: Resonance and inductive effect decide the stability of carbocations.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Reasonance And Inductive Effect Decide The Stability

∴ Correct order of stability is 2<1<3<4

Question 261. Which of the following orders is not correct regarding the –I effect of the substituents?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 261 Correct Reading The I Effect

Answer: 3

Solution: -I power of groups in decreasing order with respect to the reference HNO2>CHO>COOR>F>Cl>Br>I>OH>OR>NH2

Question 262. The ease of dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halide with alcoholic KOH is

  1. 3°<2°<1°
  2. 3°>2°>1°
  3. 3°<2°>1°
  4. 3°>2°<1°

Answer: 2. 3°>2°>1°

Solution: Such dehydrohalogenation follow E2 mechanism. The driving force of such a reaction is the stability of alkene produced. Since, tertiary alkyl halide can give more substituted alkene, it reacts fastest followed by secondary and primary i.e.,3°>2°>1°.

Question 263. Which of the following species is paramagnetic?

  1. A carbocation
  2. A free radical
  3. A carbanion ion
  4. All of these

Answer:  2. A free radical

Solution: Free radicals have unpaired electrons.

Question 264. The fairly neutral character of CH3OH is changed to which of the following by adding sodium metal?

  1. Acidic
  2. Neutral
  3. An electrophile
  4. A nucleophile

Answer: 4. A nucleophile

Solution: 

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3{ }^{-} \mathrm{O} \text { is nucleophile } ; \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{Na} \rightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{O}^{-} \mathrm{Na}^{+}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2\)

Question 265. Which of the following order is correct regarding the acidity of carboxylic acids?

  1. Cl3CCOOH>Cl2CHCOOH>ClCH2COOH
  2. Cl3CCOOH>Cl2CHCOOH<ClCH2COOH
  3. Cl3CCOOH<Cl2CHCOOH>ClCH2COOH
  4. Cl3CCOOH<Cl2CHCOOH<ClCH2COOH

Answer: 1. Cl3CCOOH>Cl2CHCOOH>ClCH2COOH

Solution: As the –Igroup increases at the α-carbon, acidity increases.

Question 266. The total number of contributing structures showing hyperconjugation (Involving – C – H bonds) for the following carbocation is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 266 The Total Number Of Contributing Structures Showing Hyperconjuction

  1. Three
  2. Five
  3. Eight
  4. Six

Answer: 4. Six

Solution: There are total 6α-H to sp2 carbon and they all can participate in hyperconjugation.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 266 The Total Number Of Contributing Structures Showing Hyperconjuction.

Question 267. RX+I–→ R-I+X– is an example of … reaction.

  1. Nucleophilic addition
  2. Nucleophilic substitution
  3. Electrophilic addition
  4. Elimination

Answer: 2. Nucleophilic substitution

Solution: RX+I–→ R-I+X–

This reaction is an example of nucleophilic substitution.

Question 268. The correct order of increasing basicity of the given conjugate bases (R=CH3) is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 268 Conjugate Bases

Answer: 4

Solution: In carboxylate ion, the negative charge is present on the oxygen, a most electronegative element here, thus it is resonance stabilized.

HC≡C–: Carbon is sp-hybridized so its electronegativity is increased higher relative to nitrogen. N̅H2: Nitrogen is more electronegative than sp3- hybridized C-atom. From the above discussion, it is clear that the order of the stability of conjugated bases is as RCOO–>HC≡C–>N̅H2>R–and higher is the stability of conjugated bases, lower will be basic character. Hence, the order of basic character is as

RCOO–<HC≡C–<N̅H2<R–

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 268 Increasing Basicity

Question 269. The reaction, CH2= CHCHO → HX gives?

  1. CH3CHXCHO
  2. CH2XCHCHO
  3. CH2= CHCHX2
  4. None of these

Answer: 2.

Solution: The negative inductive effect of –CHO group plays a role to give anti Markownikoff’s addition.

Question 270. A solution of D (+)-2-chloro-2-phenylethane in toluene racemizes slowly in the presence of small amount of SbCl5 due to the formation of

  1. Carbanion
  2. Carbene
  3. Free radical
  4. Carbocation

Answer: 4. Carbocation

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism 2 Chloro 2 Phenyl Ethane

Solution: The solution of D(+)-2-chloro-2-phenyl ethane in toluene racemizes slowly in the presence of SbCl2 due to the formation in carbocation.

Question 271. During the debromination of meso-dibromo-butane, the major compound formed is

  1. n-butane
  2. l-butene
  3. Cis-2-butene
  4. Trans-2-butene

Answer:  4. Trans-2-butene

Solution: Follow the mechanism of debromination.

Question 272. Reaction

  1. Electrophilic substitution
  2. Nucleophilic substitution
  3. Electrophilic addition
  4. Nucleophilic addition

Answer: 4. Nucleophilic addition

Solution: Carbonyl compounds show nucleophilic addition.

Question 273. Which one of the following gives a white precipitate with AgNO3?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism White Precipitate

Answer: 2

Solution: A chloride linked with alkyl group is replaced with AgNO3 and give white precipitate of AgCl.

Question 274. The + I.E. (inductive effect) is shown by?

  1. CH3
  2. —OH
  3. F
  4. -C6H5

Answer: 1

Solution: —CH3 is an electron-repelling group.

Question 275. Chlorobenzene is o, p-directed in electrophilic substitution reaction. The directing influence is explained by

  1. +M of Ph
  2. +I of Cl
  3. +M of Cl
  4. -I of Ph

Answer: 3. +M of Cl

Solution: Chlorobenzene is o, p directing in electrophilic substitution reaction. The directing influence is explained by +M of Cl atom

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism M Effect Of Chlorine

Question 276. List the following alkoxide nucleophile in decreasing order of their SN2 reactivity

1. Me3CO–

2. MaO–

3. MeCH2O–

4. Me2CHO–

  1. 2>3>5>4>1
  2. 5>3>2>1>4
  3. 1>5>2>3>4
  4. 3>5>1>2>3

Answer: 1. 2>3>5>4>1

Solution: Epoxide is an ambident substrate for nucleophilic substitution reactions. In protonated epoxide carbon-2 and carbon-3 both acquire some positive charge due to the highly electronegative atom.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Highly Electronegative Atom

Question 277. Due to the presence of an unpaired electron free radicals are

  1. Cations
  2. Anions
  3. Chemically inactive
  4. Chemically reactive

Answer: 4. Chemically reactive

Solution: Free radicals have unpaired electrons, but are neutrals and are reactive.

⇒ \(\stackrel{\bullet}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3+\stackrel{\bullet}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_3\)

Question 278. Which one of the following carbanions is the least stable?

  1. CH3CH2
  2. HC≡C–
  3. (C6H5)3C–
  4. (CH3)3C–

Answer: 4. (CH3)3C–

Solution: An organic ion with a pair of available electrons and a negative charge on the central carbon atom is called a carbanion. Electron attracting group – CN, >C= Oincreases stability, and electron releasing group (-CH3 etc) decreases the stability of carbanion. In (CH3)3C–, three –CH3 groups (electron releasing group) are present, so it is least stable.

Question 279. The compound which gives the most stable carbonium ion on dehydration is

  1. CH3CH(CH3)CH2OH
  2. (CH3)3COH
  3. CH2=CHCH2CH2OH
  4. CH3CHOHCH2- CH3

Answer: 2. (CH3)3COH

Solution: Increasing order of stability of carbocation. 1°carbocation <2° carbocation<3°carbocation

Question 280. Most stable carbonium ion is

  1. \(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}_2} \mathrm{H}_5\)
  2. \(\left(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5\right)_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}}\)
  3. \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\)

Answer: 3. \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Solution: is resonance stabilized? In the triphenyl methyl carbonium ion, the π-electrons of all the three benzene rings are delocalised with the vacant p- orbital of central carbon atom. So, it is resonance stabilized. Therefore, it is the most stable of the given carbonium ions.

More the number of resonatic structures, the more will be the stability.

Question 281. Which of the following species does not exert a resonance effect? 

  1. C6H5NH2
  2. C6H5OH
  3. C6H5Cl

Answer:

Solution: Among the given species does not exert a resonance effect.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Among The Given Species

Structure 2 is not possible because in it, nitrogen contains 10 valence electrons.

Question 282. The compound can be distinguished by?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 282 Distinguished

  1. Chlorinated products
  2. Products formed by addition of bromine
  3. Reaction with H2/Ni
  4. None of the above

Answer: 2. Products formed by addition of bromine

Solution: Addition of Br2 gives altogether different products units cis and trans butene-2.

Question 283. When two halogen atoms are attached to two adjacent carbon atoms, the dihaloalkane is called?

  1. Alkylidene dihalide
  2. Alkane dihalide
  3. Alkylene dihalide
  4. Alkyl halide

Answer: 3. Alkylene dihalide

Solution: Vicinal or alkylene dihalides.

Question 284. Reactions involving heterolytic fission are said to proceed via :

  1. Ionic mechanism
  2. Polar mechanism
  3. Both (1) and (2)
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Both (1) and (2)

Solution: Heterolytic bond fission gives rise to formation of ions.

Question 285. Select the organic compound which was prepared for the first time in laboratory from its elements

  1. Urea
  2. CH3COOH
  3. C2H5OH
  4. None of these

Answer: 2.

Solution: Just after few years when Wohler prepared urea from KCNO and (NH4)2SO4, Kolbe prepared acetic acid in the laboratory from its element and gave the final blow to Vital force theory.

Question 286. Which of the following is the most stable cation?

  1. \(\mathrm{F}_3 \mathrm{C}-\mathrm{CH}_2^{\oplus}\)
  2. \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_2 \mathrm{CH}^{\oplus}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{CH}_3^{\oplus}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{CF}_3^{\oplus}\)

Answer: 2. \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_2 \mathrm{CH}^{\oplus}\)

Solution: Due to the presence of methyl group positive inductive effect increases and the stability of carbocation also increases. The stability order of carbocation is Tertiary > Secondary> Primary

Question 287. Which of the following has the highest degree of coordination bond?

  1. CH3OH
  2. AlCl3
  3. NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 287
  4. BF3O(Et)2

Answer: 4. BF3O(Et)2

Solution: Three coordinate bonds on O atom.

Question 288. Which of the following is an electrophile?

  1. H2O
  2. SO3
  3. NH3
  4. ROR

Answer: 2. SO3

Solution: The species which are electron deficient and accept a pair of electrons are called electrophile. Hence, SO3 is an electrophile as it contains an electron deficient centre. While H2 O,NH3 and R-O-R are nucleophiles.

Question 289. A molecule is R3C—H. If H is replaced by Z(R3C—Z) and on doing so electron density on R3—C part increases, then Z is

  1. Electron attracting group
  2. Electron withdrawing group
  3. Electron repelling group
  4. Either of the above

Answer: 3. Electron repelling group

Solution: The Z repels electrons and thus, electron density increases on R3C part.

Question 290. Which of the following statements is incorrect?

  1. SN2 reaction proceeds with inversion
  2. SN1 reaction proceeds with racemisation
  3. SN2 reaction involves transition state
  4. In transition state, one end carries δ+, and another end carriesδ–charge

Answer: 4. In transition state, one end carries δ+, and another end carriesδ–charge

Solution: SN2 reaction proceeds with inversion and a transition state is formed which does not carry any charge.

Question 291. Which of the following is an example of an elimination reaction?

  1. Chlorination of methane
  2. Dehydration of ethanol
  3. Nitration of benzene
  4. Hydroxylation of ethylene

Answer: 2. Dehydration of ethanol

Solution: Chlorination of methane is a free radical substitution reaction.
Dehydration of ethanol is an elimination reaction.

Nitration of benzene is an electrophilic substitution reaction. Hydroxylation of ethylene is a redox reaction.

Question 292. C3H5Cl+aq.NaOH→ C2H5OH+NaCl; this reaction is

  1. Electrophilic substitution of 1 order
  2. Electrophilic substitution of 2 order
  3. Nucleophilic substitution of 1 order
  4. Nucleophilic substitution of 2 order

Answer: 4. Nucleophilic substitution of 2 order

Solution: The given reaction can be represented as

NaOH→ Na++OH–

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 292 RTeaction Can Represented By Trasition State

Since in this reaction, a nucleophile replaces the other group, it is an example of nucleophilic substitution reaction. The mechanism shows that the rate depends on the concentration of both alkyl halide and nucleophile. So, it is an example of

SN2(nucleophilic substitution of 2 order reaction.

Question 293. Which of the following statements (s) is (are) not true?

  1. Carbanions and carbonium ions, usually exist in ion pairs or else solvated
  2. Acidity increases and basicity decreases in going from left to right across a row of Periodic CH4<NH3<H2O<HF(acidity), CH3–>NH2–>OH–>F– (basicity)
  3. RCOOH like RCOR reacts with H2 NOH to give an oxime
  4. Decreasing order of ionizing power of solvents is CF3COOH>HCOOH>H2O>CH3COOH>CH3OH>C2H5OH>(CH3)2SO>CH3CN

Answer:  3. RCOOH like RCOR reacts with H2 NOH to give an oxime

Solution: Aldehydes and ketones combine with a variety of compounds of the Z-NH2 to formoxime

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Ketone Combine

Question 294. Which of the following is arranged according to the nature indicated?

  1. Electrophile
  2. Electrophile
  3. Electrophile –CH3OH,N3–. Nucleophile –NO2+,Br+
  4. Electrophile –Br+,N3,Nucleophile –CH3OH,

Answer: 1. Electrophile

Solution: Electrophiles are the species having a tendency to accept a pair of electrons, example.,NO2+,Br+ etc. Nucleophiles are the species having a tendency to donate a pair of electrons. example,CH3OH.N3

Question 295. Which of the following belongs to –I group?

  1. -C6H5
  2. -CH3
  3. -CH2CH3
  4. -C(CH3)3

Answer: 1. -C6H5

Solution: C6H5 – (phenyl) group has – I effect group

Question 296. Arrange the carbanions, in order of their decreasing stability (CH3)3C̅,C̅Cl3,(CH3)2C̅H,C6H5C̅H2

  1. C6H5C̅H2>C̅Cl3>(CH3)2C̅>(CH3)2C̅H
  2. (CH3)2C̅H>C̅Cl3>C6H5CH2>(CH3)3
  3. C̅Cl3>C6H5C̅H2>(CH3)2C̅H>(CH3)3
  4. (CH3)3C̅>(CH3)2C̅H>C̅H2>C̅Cl3

Answer:

Solution: −I effect [e− withdrawing] exerting groups stabilize carbanion by the dispersal of their negative charge while +I effect exerting [e− releasing] groups destabilize the carbanion by increasing electron density on them.

On the other hand, resonance stabilized carbanion is stable due to the involvement of their lone pair of electrons with the delocalization of π-electrons of the attached phenyl group

Question 297. Which one of the nitrogen atoms in the below molecule is the most nucleophilic?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 297 Nucleophilic

  1. 3
  2. 1
  3. 1 A
  4. 2 three N atoms

Answer: 2.1

Solution: When the nucleophilic site is the same, nucleophilicity parallels basicity. It means more the basic the nucleophile, stronger is the nucleophile. \(\mathrm{H}_2 \ddot{\mathrm{N}}(\mathrm{I})\) is the most nucleophilic

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 297 Nucleophilicity Parallels

Furthermore the NH2 group is away from the –C-group and is not involved in resonance. Hence, its lone pair is readily available.

Question 298. The increasing order of positive I-effect shown by H,CH3,C2H5 and C3H7 is

  1. H <CH3<C2H5<C3H7
  2. H>CH3<C2H5>C3H7
  3. H <C2H5<CH3<C3H7
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. H <CH3<C2H5<C3H7

Solution: Follow inductive effect.

Question 299. Which of the following reactions proceeds via secondary free radical?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 299 Secondary Free Radical

Answer: 2

Solution: 1-Propane undergoes bromination in the presence of UV light through a secondary free radical mechanism as given below.

Question 300. Which of the following will be easily nitrated?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 300 Easily Nitrated

Answer: 1

Solution: Nitration of aromatic compounds takes place by an electrophile. The electrophile will be more attracted towards electron rich positions in the benzene ring. Hence, electron donating groups will be easily nitrated.

Toluene will be most easily nitrated among these compounds due to presence of electron donating group (i.e.,CH3). Nitrobenzene will be most slowly nitrated due to the presence of electron withdrawing group (i.e.,NO2). CH3NO2 will be formed by free radical substitution of CH4

Question 301. In E2 elimination, some compounds follow Hofmann’s rule which means:

  1. The double bond goes to the most substituted carbon
  2. The compound is resistant to elimination
  3. No double bond is formed
  4. The double bond goes mainly towards the least substituted carbon

Answer: 1. The double bond goes mainly towards the least substituted carbon

Solution: Follow elimination rules.

Question 302. t-butyl chloride reacts with OH– by SN1 mechanism and rate ∝[t-buty1 chloride].

  1. One of the reasons for this is that
  2. Stereochemical inversion takes place t- buty1 carbocation is first formed which is more stable
  3. The product t-butyl alcohol is more stable
  4. The intermediate t-butyl carbocation is stabilized by solvation

Answer: 2. Stereochemical inversion takes place t- buty1 carbocation is first formed which is more stable

Solution:

Rate ∝[t-butyl chloride]

Tertiary butyl carbocation is first formed which is more stable

Question 303. Resonance in benzene is accompanied by delocalization of π-electrons. Each π- electron is attached with:

  1. 4 carbon
  2. 2 carbon
  3. 3 carbon
  4. 6 carbons

Answer: 4. 6 carbons

Solution: Each π-electron is delocalized over six carbon atoms in ring.

Question 304. Which of the following is not a nucleophile?

  1. BF3
  2. NH3
  3. CN
  4. OH

Answer: 1. BF3

Solution: Electron donors having lone pair of electrons are nucleophile. BF3 is not nucleophile because it does not have lone pair of electrons. It is in fact Lewis’s acid because it accepts pair of electrons. NH3,CN and OHall have lone pair of electrons, so they are nucleophiles.

Question 305. Among the following the strongest nucleophile is

  1. C2H5SH
  2. CH3COO
  3. CH3NH2
  4. NCCH2

Answer: 1. C2H5SH

Solution: Nucleophiles are those substances which can donate a pair of electrons. They can be neutral or negatively charged. The nucleophilic power depends on the tendency of species to donate the electrons. Due to the presence of +Ieffect it increases. Hence, higher the +I effect, higher the nucleophilic power. The +I effect of ethyl is greater than +I effect of methyl group

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 305 Nucleophiles

Question 306. Which of the following is the most stable carbocation?

  1. \(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3\)
  2. R\(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\)
  3. \(R_2 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}\)
  4. \(R_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Answer: 4. \(R_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Solution: In case of alkyl carbocations as the number of R group decreases stability decreases. Thus, the correct order of stability of carbocation is \(R_3 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}}\)>\(R_2 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}\)>R\(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\)>\(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3\)

Question 307. The appropriate reagent for the following transformation is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 307 Appropriate Regent

  1. Zn (Hg),
  2. HCl
  3. NH2NH2,OH–H2/Ni
  4. NaBH4

Answer: 2.

Solution: Both Wolf-Kishner and Clemmensen reduction are used to convert NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 306The latter is not suitable as it will also attack –OH group of rings.

Question 308. The correct order for homolytic bond dissociation energies. (∆Hin kcal/mol) for CH4 (1),C2H6 (2) and CH3Br(3), under identical experimental conditions

  1. 3>2>1
  2. 2>3>1
  3. 3>1>2
  4. 1>2>3

Answer: 2. 2>3>1

Solution: The order of homolytic bond dissociation energies of CH4, C2H6 and CH3Br is as CH4> C2H6> CH3Br ∆H (kcal/mol) 105> 100 > 70

Question 309. Which one is least reactive in a nucleophile substitution reaction?

  1. CH3CH2Cl
  2. CH2=CHCH2Cl
  3. CH2=CHCl
  4. (CH3)3CCl

Answer: 3. CH2=CHCl

Solution: Vinyl chloride is the least reactive for SN reaction due to resonance

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism SN Reaction Due To Resonance

Question 310. Homolytic fission of C—C bond in ethane gives an intermediate in which carbon is …. hybridized.

  1. Sp3
  2. Sp2
  3. Sp
  4. Sp2d

Answer: 2. Sp2

Solution: Homolytic fission of the C-C bond in ethane gives free radicals. In a free radical the central carbon atom is sp2 sp2-hybridised.

Question 311. Which of the following orders regarding relative stability of free radicals is correct?

  1. 3°<2°<1°
  2. 3°>2°>1°
  3. 1°<2°>3°
  4. 3°>2°<1°

Answer: 2. 3°>2°>1°

Solution: Free radicals are electron-deficient compounds. Alkyl groups are electron donor groups and they increase the stability of free radicals.

∴ The more the number of alkyl groups, the more will be stability of free radicals.

∴ 3°>2°>1° is the correct order of stability of free radicals.

Question 312. Which of the following is most reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction?

  1. CH2=CH-Cl
  2. C6H5Cl
  3. C6H5CH2Cl
  4. ClCH2-CH=CH2

Answer: 2. C6H5Cl

Solution: During the nucleophilic substitution weaker nucleophile is replaced by a stronger nucleophile. The compound having a C-Cl bond which can be most easily broken will be the most reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction. In vinyl chloride CH2=CH-Cl and chlorobenzene C6H5Cl the C-Cl bond has partial double bond character due to resonance.

∴ They do not give nucleophilic substitution reactions easily

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 312 Nucleophilic

Benzyl chloride, NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Benzyl Chloride gives nucleophilic substitution easily because they carbocation formed is stabilized due to resonance.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Carbocation Formed Is Stabilized Due To Resonance

Question 313. Correct order of stability is

  1. HC≡C̅>CH2=C̅H>CH3-C̅H2
  2. CH3-C̅H2>CH2=C̅H>CH ≡C̅
  3. CH3-C̅H2>CH ≡CH≅CH2=C̅H
  4. All are equally stable

Answer: 2. CH3-C̅H2>CH2=C̅H>CH ≡C̅

Solution: Stability of alkyl carbanion NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Alkyl Carbanion and magnitude of negative charge ∝+I power of the group. Hence, acetylenic carbanion is more stable than vinylic carbanion which is more stable than alkyl carbanion

Question 314. During the addition of bromine on ethene, the first species formed is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism 314 Bromine On Ethane

Answer: 1

Solution: Addition of Br2 on ethene follows electrophilic addition Intermediate is cyclic bromonium ion

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 314 First Species

Question 315. For all practical purposes, the influence of the inductive effect is neglected after

  1. 2nd carbon atom
  2. 1st carbon atom
  3. 3rd carbon atom
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. 2nd carbon atom

Solution: Follow inductive effect.

Question 316. Which of the aldehyde is the most reactive?

  1. C6H5-CHO
  2. CH3CHO
  3. HCHO
  4. All the equally reactive

Answer: 3. HCHO

Solution: Among carbonyl compounds, reactivity decreases with increase in the alkyl groups as alkyl groups (+I effects) decrease the positive character on the C-atom. Thus, the correct order of reactivity is HCHO>CH3CHO>C6H5CHO

Question 317. The stabilization due to resonance is maximum in:

  1. Cyclohexane
  2. Cyclohexene
  3. 1 ,3-cyclohexadiene
  4. 1,3,5-cyclohexatriene

Answer: 4. 1,3,5-cyclohexatriene

Solution: C6H6 has more canonical forms.

Question 318. In which of the following molecules, the resonance effect is not present?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 318 Molecules

Answer: 2

Solution: If positive charge is present on the nitrogen, then the positive charge will not be in conjugation to the ring because in this case nitrogen will become pentavalent

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism 318 Prevelent Nitrogen

Question 319. Hydride ion transfer takes place in

  1. Frankland method
  2. Wurtz reaction
  3. Cannizzaro’s reaction
  4. Wolff-Kishner reduction

Answer: 3. Cannizzaro’s reaction

Solution: Cannizzaro reaction involves oxidation as well as reduction of aldehydes having lack of α-H atom. The mechanism of this reaction is as

1. Attack of OH on carbonyl carbon

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 319 Carbonyl Carbon

 

Question 320. The correct decreasing order of priority for the functional groups of organic compounds in the IUPAC system of nomenclature is

  1. -COOH,-SO3H,-CONH2,-CHO
  2. -SO3H,-COOH,-CONH2,-CHO
  3. -CHO,-COOH,SO3H,-CONH2
  4. -CONH2,-CHO,-SO3H,-COOH

Answer: 1. -COOH,-SO3H,-CONH2,-CHO

Solution: The correct decreasing order of priority for the functional groups of organic compounds in the IUPAC system is -COOH>SO3H>-COOR>COCl>-CONH2>-CN>-CH=O

Question 321. Which one is a nucleophilic substitution reaction among the following?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 321 Nucleophilic

Answer: 4

Solution: Nucleophile (-NH3) replaces other nucleophile (-Br) in the reaction.

Question 322. LiAlH4 is used as

  1. Oxidizing agent
  2. Reducing agent
  3. A mordant
  4. A water softener

Answer: 2. Reducing agent

Solution: It is a strong reducing agent.

Question 323.

1. \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{Br} \stackrel{\text { LAH }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6\) and LAH

2. (CH3)3CBr → Alkene, the reason for this is

  1. SN2(2) E1 mechanism
  2. SN1, (2) E2 mechanism
  3. SN1, (2) E1 mechanism
  4. SN2, (2) E mechanism

Answer: 1. SN2(2) E1 mechanism

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 323

Question 324. Which of the following orders is correct regarding the –I effect of the substituents?

  1. -NR2>-OR>-F
  2. -NR2<-OR<-F
  3. -NR2>-OR<-F
  4. -NH2<-OR>-F

Answer:  2. -NR2<-OR<-F

Solution: Correct order of -I effect is −NR2<−OR<−F.

Question 325. CH3CH2Cl undergoes homolytic fission, produces

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism 325 Hymolytic Fission

Answer: 1

Solution: In homolysis, the covalent bond is broken in such a way that each resulting species known as free radical.

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{Cl} \underset{\text { fission }}{\stackrel{\text { Homolytic }}{\longrightarrow}} \mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\dot{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2}{ }+{ }^{\bullet} \mathrm{Cl}\)

Question 326. Nitration of benzene is

  1. Electrophilic substitution
  2. Electrophilic addition
  3. Nucleophilic substitution
  4. Nucleophilic addition

Answer: Electrophilic substitution

During nitration, benzene ring is attacked by NO2+ and hydrogen of benzene ring is replaced by NO2 group.

∴ Nitration of benzene is an electrophilic substitution because NO2+ is an electrophile.

Question 327. Bromination of alkanes involves

  1. Carbanions
  2. Carbocations
  3. Carbenes
  4. Free radicals

Answer: 4. Free radicals

Solution: Bromination of alkanes in the presence of sunlight involves the formation of free radical, example,

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_4 \underset{\mathrm{hv}}{\stackrel{\mathrm{Br}_2}{\longrightarrow}} \mathrm{CH}_3 \mathrm{Br}\)

Mechanism: 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 327 Bromination Of Alkanes

Question 328. Conversion of chlorobenzene to phenol involves

  1. Electrophilic substitution
  2. Nucleophilic substitution
  3. Free radical substitution
  4. Electrophilic addition

Answer: 2. Nucleophilic substitution

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 328 Chlorobenzene And Phenol

In this process one group is replaced by other, hence, it is a substitution process and both the leaving and attacking groups are nucleophilic, therefore it is an example of a nucleophilic substitution reaction.

Question 329. Which of the following is most reactive towards elimination reaction?

  1. RCOO
  2. CN
  3. NO3
  4. RO

Answer: 4. RO

Solution: With the increasing basicity of the added base, the rates of the elimination reactions have been found to increase. Thus, RO– is most reactive

Question 330. Dehydrohalogenation in the presence of OH is correctly represented by

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 330 Dehydrlgalogenation

Answer:  2

Solution: The dehydrohalogenation in presence of OHis correctly represented by In this mechanism the base OH– removes a proton from the β carbon.

Question 331. The most unlikely representation of resonance structures of p-nitro phenoxide ions

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 331 Nitrophenoxide

Answer: 2

Solution: “N” is pentavalent which is not possible.

Question 332. The enol form of acetone after treatment with D2O gives

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 332 Acetone Treatment

Answer: 2

Solution: The enol form of acetone on treatment with D2O undergoes enolization, deutration (addition of D2O) and dehydration (removal of H2O). The repeated enolization, deutration and dehydration ultimately gives CD3COCD3.

Question 333. Which of the following is free radical?

  1. Cl+
  2. Cl
  3. Cl
  4. • NO2

Answer:  3. Cl

Solution: Free radicals are represented by putting a dot on the entity.

Question 334. The effect involving the complete transfer of a shared pair of electrons to one of the atoms joined by a multiple bond at the requirement of attacking reagent is called

  1. Inductive effect
  2. Mesomeric effect
  3. Electromeric effect
  4. None of these

Answer:  3. Electromeric effect

Solution: The definition of electromeric effect.

Question 335.

In  NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 335 ElectrophilicElectrophilic substitution occurs at

  1. Ortho⁄paraat first ring
  2. Meta at first ring
  3. Ortho⁄para at second ring
  4. Meta at second ring

Answer: 3. Ortho⁄para at second ring

Solution: Second ring is in conjugation with lone pair of oxygen

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 335 Conjugation

Question 336. The increasing order of stability of the following free radicals are

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 336 Free Radicals

Answer:  1

Solution: Free radicals’ stability

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Highly Stable By Delocalisation And Hydrogens

Question 337. Predict the nature of principal product in the reaction,

  1. BrCH2CH2CH2CH2Br+KOH (alc.)⟶Product1,3-butadiene
  2. Cyclobutane
  3. BrCH2CH2CH = CH2
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. BrCH2CH2CH2CH2Br+KOH (alc.)⟶Product1,3-butadiene

Solution: Follow the elimination of HBr from two ends.

Question 338. Which of the following requires radical intermediate?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 338 radical Intermediate

Answer: 3

Solution:

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}=\mathrm{CH}_2+\mathrm{HBr} \underset{\text { peroxide }}{\stackrel{\text { Organic }}{\longrightarrow}} \mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{CH}_2-\mathrm{Br}\)  Requires radical intermediate.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 338 radical Intermediate Of Mechanism

Question 339. The following reaction is an example of \(>\mathrm{C}=\mathrm{O}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{NOH} \rightarrow>\mathrm{C}=\mathrm{NOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

  1. Substitution
  2. Elimination
  3. Addition
  4. Addition elimination

Answer: 4. Addition elimination

Solution: In the reaction Both addition and elimination take place simultaneously. Thus, the reaction is an addition elimination

Question 340. In the reaction of phenol with chloroform and aqueous solution of NaOH at 70°C, the electrophile attacking the ring is

  1. CHCl3
  2. CHCl2
  3. ∶CCl2
  4. COCl2

Answer: 3. ∶CCl2

Solution: When phenol reacts with chloroform and aqueous NaOH solution, it gives salicylaldehyde. CHCl3+OH–⇋H2O+CCl3

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Question 340 Phenol Chloroform

Question 341. In electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction, the nitro group is meta-directing because it

  1. Decreases electron density at ortho and para positions
  2. Decreases electron density at the meta position
  3. Increases electron density at meta position
  4. Increases electron density at ortho and para positions

Answer: 3. Increases electron density at meta position

Solution: When nitro group is present in the benzene nucleus, it withdraws electrons from o and p-positions. Thus, the electron density at the o and p-positions decrease. m-positions become positions of comparatively higher electron density and therefore, electrophilic attack occurs at mpositions.

Question 342. Which of the following compounds yields most stable carbanion after rupture of the bond?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 341 Carbanion After Rupture

Answer:  2

Question 343. The equation of Benzon 

  1. C2H5OH
  2. C6 H6
  3. CH4
  4. CHO

Answer: 2. C6 H6

Solution: 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Benzene

Question 344. Dehydration of alcohol is an example of which type of reaction?

  1. Substitution
  2. Elimination
  3. Addition
  4. Rearrangement

Answer: 2. Elimination

Solution: Dehydration of alcohol involves the loss of two atoms or groups from the adjacent carbon atoms; hence it is an example of a β-elimination reaction.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 344 Beta Elimination Of Reaction

Question 345. The halogen compound which most readily undergoes nucleophilic substitutions is

  1. CH2=CHCl
  2. CH3CH=CHCl
  3. CH2=CHC(Cl)=CH2
  4. CH2=CHCH2Cl

Answer: 4. CH2=CHCH2Cl

Solution: CH2=CH.CH2Cl compound undergoes nucleophilic substitution most readily.

Question 346. Reactivity towards nucleophilic addition reaction of is

1. HCHO

2. CH3CHO

3. CH3COCH3

  1. 2>3>1
  2. 3>2>1
  3. 1>2>3
  4. 1>2<3

Answer: 3. 1>2>3

Solution: Aldehydes and ketones readily undergo nucleophilic addition reaction. The order of reactivity is as the +I effect of alkyl group increases

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 346 Reactivity Nucleophilic Reaction

Question 347. H2C=O behaves as:

  1. Nucleophile
  2. Electrophile
  3. Both (1) and (2)
  4. None of these

Answer:  3. Both (1) and (2)

Solution: O is more electronegative than C, therefore, C carries a small positive charge and, O carry a small negative charge. In other words, it acts as an electrophile due to the presence of a partial positive charge on C and act as a nucleophile due to the presence of a partial negative charge on O.

Question 348. The strongest base among the following is?

  1. NH4+
  2. :NH3
  3. :NH2
  4. :OH

Answer:  3. :NH2

Solution: Least stable be the species ion, more basic be the given species. As NH2− (amide ion) is the least stable species ion, it is the most basic species.

Question 349. In hyperconjugation, the atom involved is

  1. β-H atom
  2. α-H atom
  3. γ-H atom
  4. All of these

Answer: 2. α-H atom

Solution: —do—

Question 350. Addition of Br2 on trans-butene-2 gives:

  1. A racemic mixture of 2,3-dibromobutane
  2. Meso form of 2,3-dibromobutane
  3. Dextro form of 2,3-dibromobutane
  4. Laevo form of 2,3-dibromobutane

Answer: 2. Meso form of 2,3-dibromobutane

Solution: Follow the mechanism of addition reactions.

Question 351. Which one of the following compounds is most reactive towards nucleophilic addition?

  1. CH3CHO
  2. PhCOCH3
  3. PhCOPh
  4. CH3COCH3

Answer: 1. CH3CHO

Solution:

Carbonyl compounds undergoes nucleophilic addition reaction.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 351 Nucleophilic Addition

If group or atom attached with carbonyl carbon shows negative inductive effect, then it decreases electron density on carbonyl carbon and facilitate the attack of nucleophile, hence reactivity of the carbonyl compound increases.

The aromatic aldehydes and ketones are less reactive than their aliphatic analogues due to +R effect of benzene ring. The increasing order of the nucleophilic addition reaction in the following compounds will be.

CH3CHO>CH3COCH3>PhCOCH3>PhCOPh

Question 352. In which of the reactions, addition takes place according to Markownikoff’s rule?

  1. CH3CH=CHCH3+Br→
  2. CH2=CH2+HBr→
  3. CH3CH=CH2+HBr→
  4. CH3CH=CH2+Br2

Answer: 3. CH3CH=CH2+HBr→

Solution: Markownikoff’s rule is for the addition of an unsymmetrical additive on an unsymmetrical alkene.

Question 353. SN1 mechanism for the reaction, R-X+KOH ⟶ROH+KX follows \(R-X \rightarrow R^{+}+X^{-} \stackrel{\mathrm{OH}^{-}}{\rightarrow} \quad \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{OH}\)

  1. Carbocation mechanism
  2. Carbanion mechanism
  3. Free radical mechanism
  4. Either of the above

Answer: 1. Carbocation mechanism

Solution: \(R-X \rightarrow R^{+}+X^{-} \stackrel{\mathrm{OH}^{-}}{\rightarrow} \quad \mathrm{R}-\mathrm{OH}\)

Question 354. “The negative part of the addendum adds on the carbon atom joined to the least number of hydrogen atoms.” This statement is called?

  1. Markownikoff’s rule
  2. Peroxide effect
  3. Baeyer’s strain theory
  4. Thiele’s theory

Answer: 1. Markownikoff’s rule

Solution: It is Markownikoff’s rule.

Question 355. The following reaction is described as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 355 Reaction

  1. SE2
  2. SN2
  3. SN1
  4. SN0

Answer: 2. SN2

Solution: In this reaction inversion takes place. Hence, it is an example of SN2 reaction. In this mechanism the attack of OHions take place from the back side while the Br– ion leaves from the front side

Question 356. A carbonium ion is formed when a covalent bond between the two atoms in an organic compound undergoes?

  1. Homolysis
  2. Heterolysis
  3. Cracking
  4. Pyrolysis

Answer: 2. Heterolysis

Solution: Heterolytic bond fission produces positive and negative ions.

Question 357. Grignard reagent adds to

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 357 Grignard Reagent.

Answer: 2

Solution: Grignard reagent reacts with >C=O, -C≡N,>C=S as follows

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 357 Grignard Reagent

Question 358. What will be the compound if two valencies of the carbonyl group are satisfied by two alkyl groups?

  1. Aldehyde
  2. Ketone
  3. Acid
  4. Acidic anhydride

Answer: 2. Ketone

Solution:  – do –

Question 359. Among the following anions

1. CH3

2. NH2

3. OH

4. F– the order of basicity is?

  1. 1>2>3>4
  2. 2>2>3>4
  3. 3>2>1>4
  4. 3>1>2>4

Answer:  1. 1>2>3>4

Solution: Stronger is the acid, weaker is its conjugate base or weaker is its nucleophilicity. The acidic order HF >H2O >NH3>CH4

Question 360. Intermediate product formed in the acid catalyzed dehydration of n-propyl alcohol is?

  1. CH-CH2-CH3
  2. CH3-CH=CH2
  3. \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\mathrm{CH}_3\)
  4. \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\mathrm{CH}_2-\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\)

Answer: 3. \(\mathrm{CH}_3-\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\mathrm{CH}_3\)

Solution: 2° carbocation is more stable.

Question 361. In the compound, electrophilic substitution occurs at 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 361 Electrophilic Sustitution

  1. Ortho/para position at ring
  2. Meta position at the ring
  3. Ortho/para position at the ring
  4. Meta position at ring

Answer: 3. Ortho/para position at ring

Solution: Electrophilic substitution reaction takes place in compounds in which π-electrons are highly delocalised. The electrophile attacks the region of high electron density; therefore, electrophilic substitution occurs at ortho/para position at ring 2.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 361

Assertion – Reasoning Type

Each question contains Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2 (Reason). Each question has the 4 choices (1), (2), (3), and (4) out of which Only one is correct.

  1. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is True; Statement 2 is correct explanation for Statement 1
  2. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is True Statement 2 is not the correct explanation for Statement 1
  3. Statement 1 is True, Statement 2 is False
  4. Statement 1 is False, Statement 2 is True

Question 362.

  • Statement 1: Electrophiles are electron rich in nature
  • Statement 2: H3O+,BF3 and AlCl3 are electrophile and can accept electron pair

Answer: 4. Statement 1 is False, Statement 2 is True

Solution: Electrophiles are electron deficient while nucleophiles are electron rich in nature, ie, electrophile can accept an electron pair while nucleophile donates an electron pair

Question 363.

  • Statement 1: Dehydration of alcohol is an example of an elimination reaction
  • Statement 2: When H2SO4or H3PO4(concentrated) are used as dehydrating agent, the mechanism is E1

Answer: 2. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is True Statement 2 is not the correct explanation for Statement 1

Solution: Alcohols leading to conjugated alkenes are more easily dehydrated than the alcohols leading to non-conjugated alkenes

Question 364.

  • Statement 1: The order of stability of carbocation are \(R_3 \mathrm{C}^{+}>R_2 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}>R_{\mathrm{R}}^{+} \mathrm{H}_2>\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{C}^{-}} \mathrm{H}_3\)
  • Statement 2: The stability of carbocations is influenced by both resonance and inductive effects

Answer: 3. Statement 1 is True, Statement 2 is False

Solution: The stability of carbocation is explained on the basis of hyperconjugation and inductive effect hence the stability order of carbocation is 3°>2°>1°>Methyl carbocation

Question 365. 

  • Statement 1:  NEET General Organic Chemistry Fundamental Concepts In Organic Reaction Mechanism Question 365
  • Statement 2: A compound in which the positive and negative charges reside on the most electropositive and most electronegative atoms of the species respectively is more stable

Answer:  1.  Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is True; Statement 2 is the correct explanation for Statement 1

Solution: Both structures are resonating structures of formic acid In negative charge is on oxygen but in negative charge is on carbon therefore (I) will be more stable than the FQ

Isomerism Question And Answers – NEET General Organic Chemistry

Isomerism

Question 1. Increasing order of stability among the three main conformations i.e., Eclipse, Anti, Gauche. of 2-fluoroethanol is

  1. Eclipse, Gauche, Anti
  2. Gauche, Eclipse, Anti
  3. Eclipse, Anti, Gauche
  4. Anti, Gauche, Eclipse

Answer: 3. Eclipse, Anti, Gauche

Solution: HO – CH2– CH2 – F

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Increasing Order Of Stability 2 Fluroethanol

Gauche conformation is comparatively more stable due to the hydrogen linkage in between F and H at O-atom. hence order is Eclipse, Anti staggere, Gauche.

Read And Learn More: NEET General Organic Chemistry Notes, Question And Answers

Question 2. How many isomers will C3H6 have?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. Zero
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 2

Solution: One propene and one cyclopropane.

Question 3. The molecular formula of diphenylmethane is C13H12

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Diphynyl Methane

How many structural isomers are possible when one of the hydrogens is replaced by a chlorine atom?

  1. 6
  2. 4
  3. 8
  4. 7

Answer: 2. 4

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Hydeogen Replaced By Chlorine

Question 4. In butane, which of the following forms has the lowest energy?

  1. Gauche form
  2. Eclipsed form
  3. Staggered form
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Staggered form

Solution:  The staggered form has lower energy than the eclipsed form because the repulsive interaction between the H-atoms attached to two carbon atoms are minimal due to the maximum distance between them.

Question 5. Which of the following does not exhibit tautomerism?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Tautomerism

Answer: 1

Solution: The compounds that contain the active methylene group at the adjacent position of the carboxyl group show tautomerism.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Carbonyl Group Of Tautomerism

This compound does not contain an active methylene group, and hence does not exhibit tautomerism. Moreover, this compound is highly stable due to extensive cross-conjugation.

Question 6. The structure exhibits______________________ isomerism

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Optical Isomerism

  1. Geometrical isomerism
  2. Optical isomerism
  3. Geometrical and optical isomerism
  4. Tautomerism

Answer: 2. Optical Isomerism

Solution: One asymmetric carbon atom is present.

Question 7. Propanal and propanone are

  1. Functional isomers
  2. Enantiomers
  3. Chain isomers
  4. Structural isomers

Answer: 1. Functional isomers

Solution: Propanal and propanone are functional isomers

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Propanal And Propanone Are Functional Isomers

Question 8. Maleic and fumaric acids are :

  1. Tautomers
  2. Geometrical isomers
  3. Chain isomers
  4. Functional isomers

Answer: 2. Geometrical Isomers

Solution: Maleic and fumaric acids are geometrical isomers.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Maleic And Fumaric Acids Are Geometrical Isomers

Question 9. Tautomerism is exhibited by

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Carbonyl Group Of Tautomerism Is Exhibited

Answer: 1. 1

Solution: Tautomerism is a functional isomerism in which the isomers are readily interchangeable and they maintain a dynamic equilibrium with each other.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Enol Form And Keto Form

Question 10. An optically active compound is:

  1. 1-bromobutane
  2. 2-bromobutane
  3. 1-bromo-2-methylpropane
  4. 2-bromo-2-methylpropane

Answer: 2. 2-bromobutane

Solution: 2-bromobutane has asymmetric carbon atoms.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Asymmetric Carbon Atoms

Question 11. The number of isomers possible for the compound with the molecular formula C2BrClFI is

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 5
  4. 6

Answer:  4. 6

Solution: Molecular formula C2BrClFl six isomers are possible.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Molecyular Of Isomers Are Possible

Question 12. Which is incorrect about enantiomorphs?

  1. They rotate the plane of polarized light in different directions
  2. They have mostly identical physical properties
  3. They have the same configuration
  4. They have different biological properties

Answer: 3. They have the same configuration

Solution: Enantiomers differ in their configuration R or S. at the stereogenic centre.

Question 13. The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrogenation of 3-bromo-3- cyclopentyl hexane using alcoholic KOH is

  1. 1
  2. 3
  3. 5
  4. 7

Answer:  3. 5

Solution: The substrate has three different types of B-H, therefore, first, three structural isomers of alkenes are expected as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Structural Isomers Of Alkenes

The last two alkenes 2 and 3 are also capable of showing geometrical isomerism hence two geometrical isomers for each of them will be counted giving a total of five isomers.

Question 14. The following compounds differ in

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Structure Cl And Position Isomers

  1. Configuration
  2. Conformation
  3. Structure
  4. Chirality

Answer: 3. Structure

Solution: 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Structure Cl And Position Isomers

Since in the above structures, the positions of CI is different, these are position isomers, which is a type of structural isomerism.

Question 15. The correct statement about the compounds A, B and C is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Statement Are Enatiomers And Diastereomers

  1. A and B are identical
  2. A and B are diastereomers
  3. A and C are enantiomers
  4. A and B are enantiomers

Answer: 4. A and B are enantiomers

Solution:

1. Enantiomers are pairs of optical isomers that are related as non-superimposable mirror images of each other.

2. Diastereomers are pairs of optical isomers that cannot be related as non-superimposable mirror images of each other.

∴ The only correct statement about given structures is that A. and B. are enantiomers.

Question 16. Isomerism among compounds due to the migration of a proton is known as

  1. Geometrical
  2. Optical
  3. Tautomerism
  4. Position

Answer: 3. Tautomerism

Solution: Definition of tautomerism.

Question 17. What is the number of possible optical isomers of glucose?

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 12
  4. 1

Answer:  4. 1

Solution: Glucose contains four chiral carbon atoms hence number of possible optical isomers is 2

24 = 2×2×2×2

= 16.

Question 18. Benz aldoxime exists in how many forms?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 2

Solution: Benz aldoxime can exist in two geometrical isomeric forms known cis and trans.

Question 19. In the following the most stable conformation of n-butane is?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Conformation Of n Butane

Answer: 2. 2

Solution:

1. The anti-staggered conformation of n-butane is more stable than gauche-staggered and eclipsed conformations of n-butane.

2. In anti-staggered n-butane, the methyl groups are placed at a dihedral angle of 1800, and the steric hindrance is minimal in anti-form than in gauche form.

Question 20. Which one of the following monoenes does not exhibit geometric isomerism?

  1. C4H8
  2. C3H6
  3. C5H10
  4. C8H16

Answer: 2.  C3H6

Solution: The main conditions for exhibiting geometrical isomerism are

  1. Presence of double bond.
  2. Presence of different groups on the same double bonded carbon.
  3. Presence of at least one similar group on adjacent double bonded carbon atoms.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Double Bond Carbon Atom does not exhibit geometric isomerism due to the presence of same group on double-bonded atom (C1 )

Question 21. The number of optical isomers of CH3CH(OH)CH(OH)CHO is

  1. Zero
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 4. 4

Solution: Possible number of optical isomers = 2n

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Meso Compound

= 22

= 4

Question 22. The isomeric cis-2-butene and trans-2-butene can be distinguished on the basis of their:

  1. Their physical nature
  2. Their reduction products
  3. The products they give on ozonolysis
  4. The products they give in addition to bromine

Answer:

Solution: The two forms give different products on the addition of Br2 cis butene gives a racemic mixture whereas trans butene gives meso form of 2,3,3-dibromo butene.

Answer: 3.

Question 23. n- pentane, iso-pentane, and neo– pentane are examples for isomers of the type

  1. Geometrical
  2. Optical
  3. Chain
  4. Positional

Answer:  3. Chain

Solution: The compounds which differ in the nature of carbon chain are called chain isomers, for example,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Nature Of Carbon Chain Isomers

Question 24. The number of isomers in C4H10O  are

  1. 7
  2. 8
  3. 6
  4. 5

Answer: 1. 7

Solution: There are seven isomers in C4H10O. Out of these seven isomers, three are of ether. four are of alcohol

Question 25. In a lactic acid molecule, the methyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group and a hydrogen atom are attached to a central carbon atom showing optical isomerism due to the molecular geometry at the

  1. The carbon atom of the methyl group
  2. Carbon atom of the carboxylic acid group
  3. Central carbon atom
  4. Oxygen of the hydroxyl group

Answer: 3. Central carbon atom

Solution: The central carbon atom is chiral carbon.

Question 26. Geometrical isomerism is possible in case of

  1. Pentene-2
  2. Propane
  3. Pentane
  4. Ethene

Answer: 1. Pentene – 2

Solution:  Pentene-2 exhibits cis and frans-isomerism.

Question 27. Isopentane can form four isomeric mono bromo derivatives. How many of them are optically active?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. 2

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Isopentane Of 4 Isomeric

Question 28. A cyclic stereoisomer having the molecular formula C4H7Cl is classified and tabulated. Find out the correct set of numbers.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers A Cyclic Stereisomer

Answer: 1.

Solution: The acyclic stereoisomers of C4H7Cl. are

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Geometrical Isomers

  1. Number of optical isomers = 2n = 21 = 2
  2. Hence, the total number of geometrical isomers = 6
  3. Total number of optical isomers =2.

Question 29. The optical isomers, which are not enantiomers are called

  1. Conformer
  2. Diastereomer
  3. Mirror images
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Diastereomer

Solution: Diastereoisomers are a pair of optical isomers that cannot be related as non-superimposable mirror images of each Other.

Question 30. A racemic mixture is a mixture of:

  1. Meso and its isomers
  2. d-and its l-isomers in equal proportions
  3. d-and its l-isomers in different proportions
  4. Meso and d-isomers

Answer: 2. d-and its l-isomers in equal proportions

Solution: A mixture of 50-50% of d and it’s form is called a racemic mixture.

Question 31. 2-methyl pent-3-enoic acid shows:

  1. Optical isomerism
  2. Geometrical isomerism
  3. Both 1 and 2
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Both 1 and 2

Solution: The acid exists in cis and trans forms:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers The Acid Exists In Cis And Trans Forms

Also, it has an asymmetric carbon atom NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Carbon Atom

Question 32. The number of optical enantiomorphs of tartaric acid is

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 4
  4. 1

Answer: 2. 2

Solution: a = 2n-1; where n is no. of asymmetric carbon; when a molecule possesses symmetry.

Question 33. The optically active alkane with the lowest molecular weight is

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Lowest Alkane Molecular Weight

Answer: 3

Solution: Only this is optically active due to the central carbon being asymmetric.

Question 34. Which of the following structures permits cis-trans isomerism?

  1. X2C = CY2
  2. XYC = CZ2
  3. X2C = CXY
  4. XYC = CXY

Solution: Molecules with two similar groups attached on either of the doubly bonded carbons do not show geometrical isomerism.

Question 35. Methoxy methane and ethanol are

  1. Position isomers
  2. Chain isomers
  3. Functional isomers
  4. Optical isomers

Answer: 3. Functional isomers

Solution:

CH3OCH3 – Methoxy methane 235

C 2H5OH6 – Ethanol ether. alcohol. functional group

(C 2H6O) (C2H6O)molecular formula

In methoxy methane and ethanol both molecular formulas are the same but the functional groups are different, so they are functional isomers.

Question 36. The number of structural and configurational isomers of a bromo compound, C5HgBr, formed by the addition of HBr to 2-pentyne respectively.

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 and 4
  3. 4 and 2
  4. 2 and 1

Answer:  2 and 4

Solution: Draw the isomers.

Question 37. A compound contains 2 dissimilar asymmetric carbon atoms. The number of optically active isomers is:

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 3. 4

Solution: a = 2; where n is no. of dissimilar asymmetric carbon atoms and a is no. of optically active isomers.

Question 38. Stereoisomers are geometrical or optical. which are neither superimposable nor mirror image to each other are called?

  1. Enantiomers
  2. Mesomers
  3. Tautomers
  4. Diastereomers

Answer: 4. Diastereomers

Solution: It is the definition of Diastereoisomers.

Question 39. α-D- (+)-glucose and P-D- (+)-glucose are?

  1. Enantiomers
  2. Conformers
  3. Epimers
  4. Anomers

Answer: 4. Anomers

Solution:  Alpha D glucose and beta D glucose are examples of anomers. Alpha D glucose can be written as a-D (+)-glucose, whereas beta D glucose can be represented as P-D (+)-glucose.

Question 40. Isomers of propionic acid are

  1. HCOOC2Hand CH3COOCH3
  2. HCOOC2H5  and C3H7COOH
  3. CH3COOCHand  C3H7OH
  4. C3H7OH and CH3COCH3

Answer:  2. HCOOC2H5and CH3COOCH3

Solution: Isomers of propionic acid are as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Isomers Of Propionic Acid

Question 41. Identify, which of the below does not possess any element of symmetry.

  1. (+) and (-) tartaric acid
  2. Carbon tetrachloride
  3. Methane
  4. Meso-tartaric acid

Answer: 1. (+) and (-) tartaric acid

Solution: (+) and (-) tartaric acid does not possess any element of symmetry.

Question 42. Cis-trans, isomers generally

  1. Contain an asymmetric carbon atom
  2. Rotate the plane of polarized light
  3. Are enantiomorphs
  4. Contains a double-bonded carbon atom

Answer: 4. Contains a double-bonded carbon atom

Solution: Cis-trans isomers generally contain double-bonded carbon atoms.

Question 43. How many primary amines are possible with the formula C4H11N?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer:  4. 4

Solution: The possible primary amine with the formula C4H11N are

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Primary Amine

Question 44. For which of the following parameters the structural isomers C2H5OH and CH3OCH3 would be expected to have the same values? Assume ideal behaviour.

  1. Heat of evaporation
  2. Vapour pressure at the same temperature
  3. Boiling points
  4. Gaseous densities at the same temperature and pressure

Answer: 4. Gaseous densities at the same temperature and pressure

Solution: In CH3CH2OH, there is intermolecular H-bonding, while it is absent in isomeric ether CH3OCH3

1. Larger heat is required to vaporise CH3CH2OH as compared to CH3,OCH3, thus 1  is incorrect.

2. CH3CH2OH is less volatile than CH3OCH3, thus vapour pressures are different, thus 2 is incorrect.

3. Boiling point of CH3CH2OH>CH3OCH3, thus c. is incorrect.

Density = \(\frac{\text { mass }}{\text { volume }}\) due to ideal behaviour at a given temperature and pressure volume and molar J volume or  mass are the same.

Hence, they have the same vapour density.

Question 45. A compound having a molecular formula C4H10 can exhibit.

  1. Metamerism
  2. Functional isomerism
  3. Positional isomerism
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. All of these

Solution: Alcohols show position isomerism; Ethers show metamerism; Alcohols and ethers show functional isomerism.

Question 46. Which one of the follow 2, 3-dibromopentane

  1. 3, 3-dibromopentane
  2. 4-bromo-2-pentanol
  3. 3-bromo-2-pentanol
  4. 2, 3-dibromopentane

Answer: 3-bromo-2-pentanol

Solution: Those compounds which contain two or more asymmetric carbon atoms but are optically inactive due to the presence of plane of symmetry, are called meso compounds. Meso compounds are optically inactive due to internal compensation.

Out of the given compounds only 2, 4-dibromopentane have a plane of symmetry, so it is a meso compound.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Meso Compound

Question 47. Ethylene dichloride and ethylidene chloride are isomeric compounds. The false statement about these isomers is that
they

  1. React with alcoholic potash and give the same product
  2. Are position isomers
  3. Contain the same percentage of chlorine
  4. Are both hydrolysed to the same product

Answer:  4. Are both hydrolysed to the same product

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Maleic Acid

Question 48. Which of the following acids does not exhibit optical isomerism?

  1. Lactic acid
  2. Tartaric acid
  3. Maleic acid
  4. α -amino acids

Answer: 3. Maleic acid

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Ethyl Acetoacetate Shows Tautomerism

It has no asymmetric carbon; however, it shows geometrical isomerism.

Question 49. Ethyl acetoacetate shows which type of isomerism

  1. Chain
  2. Optical
  3. Metamerism
  4. Tautomerism

Answer: 4. Tautomerism

Solution: Ethyl acetoacetate shows tautomerism.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Ethyl Acetoacetate Shows Tautomerism

Question 50. The number of isomeric hexanes is?

  1. 5
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 5

Question 51. Which among the following statements is correct with respect to the optical isomers?

  1. Enantiomers are non-superimposable mirror images.
  2. Diastereomers are superimposable mirror images.
  3. Enantiomers are superimposable mirror images.
  4. Meso forms have no plane of symmetry.

Answer: 1. Enantiomers are non-superimposable mirror images

Solution: Enantiomers are non-superimposable mirror images, for example, lactic acid

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Lactic Acid

Diastereomers are non-superimposable and are not mirror images of each other. Moreover, the meso form has a plane of symmetry.

Question 52. Hydrogen cyanide and hydrogen isocyanide are:

  1. Functional isomers
  2. Positional isomers
  3. Metamers
  4. Chain isomers

Answers: 1. Functional isomers

Question 53. 2-pentanone and 3-methyl-2-butanone are a pair of isomers.

  1. Functional
  2. Chain
  3. Positional
  4. Stereo

Answer:  2. Chain

Solution: 2-pentanone and 3-methyl-2-butanone are chain isomers because they differ in carbon skeleton.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Pentanone And 3 Methyl 2 Butanone Are Chain Isomers

Question 54. Which of the following is a dynamic isomerism?

  1. Metamerism
  2. Geometrical isomerism
  3. Tautomerism
  4. Coordinate isomerism

Answer: 3. Tautomerism

Solution: Tautomerism is a dynamic isomerism because two forms keto and enol. of substance cannot be separated; they are in dynamic equilibrium with each other.

Question 55. Cyclobutane and butene-1 are?

  1. Chain isomers
  2. Position isomers
  3. Ring-chain isomers
  4. Metamers

Answer: 3. Ring-chain isomers

Solution: Both have different mode of linkage, i.e., chain and ring.

Question 56. Among the following which is the one that does not exhibit functional group isomerism.

  1. C2H6O
  2. C3H8P
  3. C4H10
  4. C4H10O

Answer: 3. C4H10

Solution: Alkanes never show functional isomerism, metamerism, tautomerism and geometrical isomerism.

Question 57. Vinyl alcohol and acetaldehyde are

  1. Geometrical isomers
  2. Keto-enol tautomers
  3. Chain isomers
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Keto-enol tautomers

Solution: Isomers differ in the arrangement of atoms but exist in dynamic equilibrium with each other shows the tautomerism. Acetaldehyde and vinyl alcohol are keto-enol tautomers.

Question 58. The structures that do not actually exist are known as

  1. Tautomers
  2. Conformational isomers
  3. Canonical structures
  4. Optical isomers

Answer: 3. Canonical structures

Solution: Canonical structures proposed in resonance are not the real structure of compounds. The compound showing resonance has a definite structure which can however not be drawn on paper.

Question 59. Chiral molecules are those which:

  1. Are not superimposable on their mirror images
  2. Are superimposable on their mirror images
  3. Show geometrical isomerism
  4. Are unstable molecules

Answer: 1. Are not superimposable on their mirror images

Solution: Chiral molecules should not contain any kind of symmetry.

Question 60. d-tartaric acid and l-tartaric acid are which type of isomer?

  1. Structural isomers
  2. Diastereoisomers
  3. Tautomers
  4. Enantiomers

Answer: 4. Enantiomers

Solution: d and l configurations are non- superimposable on each other and are mirror images, so they are termed as enantiomers. Enantiomers are compounds that are mirror images but are non-super impossible on each other. The structures that are mirror images are called enantiomorphs.

Question 61. Which of the following shows geometrical isomerism?

  1. C2H5Br
  2. (CH2) (COOH)2
  3. (CH)2(COOH)2
  4. C2H6

Answer: 3. (CH)2(COOH)2

Solution: The compounds must fulfil two conditions to show geometrical isomerism.

  1. The compound should have at least one C=C.
  2. The two groups attached to the same carbon must be different.
  3. Out of given choices only (3). fulfils both conditions andshows geometrical isomerism.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Butene 1 And 4 Dioic Acid

Question 62. α-D-glucose and β-D-glucose have a specific rotation of +112° and +19° respectively. In aqueous solution the  rotation becomes +52°. This process is called as?

  1. Inversion
  2. Racemization
  3. Mutarotation
  4. Enolization

Answer: 3. Mutarotation

Solution: The conversion of a-glucose to p-glucose is called mutarotation.

Question 63. Which of the following pairs of carbon skeletons is an example of isomerism?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers PAirs Of Carbon Skeletons Examples Of Isomerism

Answer: 1. 1

Solution: In the rest of them, all carbon chains are the same.

Question 64. Which of the following is a chiral compound?

  1. Hexane
  2. n-butane
  3. Methane
  4. 2,3,4, trimethyl hexane

Answer: 2,3,4, trimethyl hexane

Solution: In hexane, all the C-atoms are symmetric, so no carbon atom is chiral.

In n-butane all C-atom present are symmetric, hence it is achiral In methane, all groups attached are the same, hence it is also achiral.

In 2,3,4-trimethyl hexane, there are two chiral centres making the compound asymmetric.

Question 65. Geometrical isomerism is shown by:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Carbon Atoms Shows Of Geometrical Isomers

Answer: 2

Solution: A molecule having doubly bonded carbon atoms shows geometrical isomerism only if both the doubly bonded carbon has altogether different group, i.e., baC =Cab or abC = Cac or dcC=Cab.

Question 66. How many optically active forms are possible for a compound of the formula,

CHO.CHOH.CHOH.CHOH.CH2OH?

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 8

Answer: 4. 8

Solution: a = 2n; n = 3.

Question 67. The lactic acid molecule has

  1. One chiral carbon atom
  2. Two chiral carbon atoms
  3. No chiral carbon atom
  4. Asymmetric molecule

Answer: 1. One chiral carbon atom

Solution: A chiral carbon atom has all four different groups attached to it.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Chiral Carbon Atom Of Lactic Acid

∴ It has one asymmetric or chiral carbon atom.

Question 68. Which of the following is an optically active compound?

  1. Lactic acid
  2. Chloro acetic acid
  3. Meso-tartaric acid
  4. Acetic acid

Answer: 1. Lactic acid

Solution: One asymmetric carbon atom is present in a lactic acid molecule. Hence, it is an optically active compound.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Asymmetric Carbon Atom

Question 69. Geometrical isomerism is attributed to?
Answer:

  1. By restricted rotation around C = C bond
  2. By the presence of one asymmetric carbon atom
  3. Due to different groups attached to the same functional group
  4. By swing of hydrogen atom between two polyvalent atoms

Answer: 1. By restricted rotation around C = C bond

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 70. Among the following four structures I to IV it is true that,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Structures Chiral Compounds

  1. All four are chiral compounds
  2. Only 1 and 2 are chiral compounds
  3. Only 3 is a chiral compound
  4. Only 2 and 4 are chiral compounds

Answer:  2. Only 1 and 2 are chiral compounds

Solution: Chiral compounds which have one chiral centre. All four atoms or groups attached to carbon are different.

Question 71. The number of chiral centres in +. -glucose

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 1. 4

Solution: A carbon atom which is attached by four different groups is called the chiral centre of asymmetric carbon atoms. +.-glucose has four chiral centres.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Chiral Centres In Glucose

Question 72. Geometrical isomerism is possible in

  1. Acetone-oxime
  2. Isobutene
  3. Acetophenone-oxime
  4. Benzophenone-oxime

Answer: 3. Acetophenone-oxime

Solution: Acetophenone oxime can show geometrical isomerism.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Acetophenone Oxime

Question 73. Which of the following oxime can show geometrical isomerism?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Asymmetric Carbon Atoms Optical Isomerism
Answer:
2

Solution: Due to asymmetric carbon atoms.

Question 74. Lactic acid, CH3CH(OH)COOH  molecule shows

  1. Geometrical isomerism
  2. Metamerism
  3. Optical isomerism
  4. Tautomerism

Answer: 3. Optical isomerism

Solution: It shows optical isomerism due to the presence of asymmetric carbon atoms.

Question 75. The number of structural isomers possible for an organic compound with molecular formula C5H12

  1. 5
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 2

Answer: 2. 3

Solution: These are isopentane, neopentane and n-pentane.

Question 76. Which is a chiral molecule?

  1. CH3Cl
  2. CH2Cl2
  3. CHBr3
  4. CHClBrI

Answer: 4. CHClBrI

Solution: Carbon is asymmetric as all its valencies are attached to different groups.

Question 77. How many isomers are possible for the alkane C4H10?

  1. 3
  2. 5
  3. 2
  4. 4

Answer: 3.

Solution: Two isomers

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Isomers Of Alkane Butane And n Butane

Question 78. Which of the following compounds exhibits rotamers?

  1. 2-butene
  2. Maleic acid
  3. Butane
  4. Fumaric acid

Answer: 2-butene

Solution: 2-butene exhibit rotamers. Rotamers are the isomers formed by restricted rotation.

Question 79. Nitroethane can exhibit one of the following kinds of isomerism

  1. Metamerism
  2. Optical activity
  3. Tautomerism
  4. Position isomerism

Answer: 3. Tautomerism

Solution: Nitroalkanes exhibit tautomerism. In it, a-H-atom is labile and forms nitrolic acid.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Nitroalkanes

Question 80. CH3-CHO-CH2-CH3 has a chiral centre. Which one of the following represent its R-configuration?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Chiral centre Represent By R Configuration

Answer: 2

Solution: Follow priority rules.

Question 81. Which of the following molecules is achiral?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Molecular Is Achiral
Answer: 4

Solution: A molecule having an asymmetric carbon atom and is not superimposable on its mirror image then it is chiral while if it is superimposable on its mirror image, it is achiral.

Question 82. Which of the following statements is necessarily true in the case of isomeric organic compounds?

  1. They are hydrocarbons
  2. They are optically active
  3. They yield the same products on complete combustion
  4. They have same melting or boiling points

Answer: 3. They yield the same products on complete combustion

Solution: Due to the same molecular formula.

Question 83. What kind of isomerism is possible for 1-chloro-2-nitroethene?

  1. Functional group isomerism
  2. Position isomerism
  3. E/Z isomerism
  4. Optical isomerism

Answer: 3. E/Z isomerism

Solution: The structure of 1-chloro-2-nitroethene is as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 1 Chloro 2 Nitroethene

Question 84. On monochlorination of n-pentane, the number of isomers formed is

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 2. 3

Solution: CH3CH2CHClCH2CH3; CH3CHClCH2CH2CH3; CH2ClCH2CH2CHCH3.

Question 85. One of the following compounds exhibits geometrical isomerism

  1. CH3CH2CH2CH3
  2. CH3-HCCH3.-HC.CH3-CH3
  3. CH3-HCCH3.-CH3
  4. CH3CH = CH-CH3

Answer: 4. CH3CH = CH-CH3

Solution: Geometrical isomers of CH3CH=CH-CH3 are

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Geometrical Isomers Of Cis And Trans

Question 86. Which types of isomerism is shown by 2, 3-dichlorobutane?

  1. Structural
  2. Geometric
  3. Optical
  4. Diastereomer

Answer: 3. Optical

Question 87. Optically active compound among the following is:

  1. 2-ethylbutanol
  2. n-butanol
  3. 2,2-dimethylbutanol
  4. 2-methylbutanol-1

Answer: 2-methylbutanol-1

Solution: Chiral carbon is present. Hence it is optically active.

Question 88. Which of the following is a pair of functional isomers?

  1. CH3COCH3,CH3CHO
  2. C2H5CO2H,CH3CO2CH3
  3. C2H5CO2H,CHCO2C2H5
  4. CH3CO2H,CH3CHO

Answer: 2. C2H5CO2H,CH3CO2CH3

Solution: Carboxylic acid and esters show functional group isomerism. When two compounds have the same molecular formula but different functional groups, then functional isomerism arises.
for example., C2H5COOH and CH3COOCH3

Question 89. Diastereomers can be separated by?

  1. Fractional distillation
  2. Simple disillation
  3. Electrophoresis
  4. All of these

Answer: 1. Fractional distillation

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 90. Geometrical isomerism is not shown by

  1. 1, 1-dichloro-1-pentene
  2. 1,2-dichloro-1-pentene
  3. 1, 3-dichloro-2-pentene
  4. 1, 4-dichloro-2-pentene

Answer: 1, 1-dichloro-1-pentene

Solution: 1, 1-dichloro-1-pentene does not exhibit geometrical isomerism.

Question 91. n- pentane and 2-methyl butane are a pair of

  1. Enantiomers
  2. Stereoisomers
  3. Diastereomers
  4. Constitutional isomers

Answer: 4. Constitutional isomers

Solution: n-pentane and 2-methyl butane are constitutional isomers or chain isomers or skeletal isomers.

Question 92. A racemic mixture is formed by mixing two

  1. Isomeric compounds
  2. Chiral compounds
  3. meso compounds
  4. Enantiomers with chiral carbon

Answer: 2. Chiral compounds

Solution: Racemic mixture is formed by mixing two chiral compounds.

Question 93. CH5N and C6H5NC exhibit which type of isomerism?

  1. Position
  2. Functional
  3. Metamerism
  4. Dextro isomerism

Answer:  2. Functional

Solution: CH5≡N and C6H5N≡C are functional isomers.

Question 94. The production of an optically active compound from a symmetric molecule without resolution is termed as:

  1. Walden inversion
  2. Partial racemisation
  3. Asymmetric synthesis
  4. BVartial resolution

Answer: 3. Asymmetric synthesis

Solution: It is the definition of asymmetric synthesis.

Question 95. Metamers of ethyl propionate are

  1. C4H9COOH and HCOOC4H9
  2. C4H9COOH and C73COOC3H7
  3. CH3COOCH7 and CH4COOC3H7
  4. CH3COOC3H7and CH7COOCH7

Answer:  4. CH3COOC3H7and CH7COOCH7

Solution: Metamers of ethyl propionate are as CH3COOC3H7,C3H7COOCH3

Question 96. Geometrical isomerism is not shown by which of the following? 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Geometrical Isomerism Is Not Shown

Answer: 3. CH2 =C(Cl)CH3

Solution: A molecule having doubly bonded carbon atoms shows geometrical isomerism only if both the doubly bonded carbon has altogether different group, i.e., baC ≡Cab or Cac or abC= dcC=Cab

Question 97. The number of optically active isomers of tartaric acid are

  1. 1
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 2

Answer: 4. 2

Solution: Total number of optical isomers = (2)n Where n = number of asymmetric carbon atoms.

=(2)2n= 4

Out of these four optical isomers, two are meso structures which are optically inactive.

∴ Only two structures d and l tartaric acid are optically active.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Tartaric Acid

Question 98. The number of 1°,2° and 3° carbon atoms present in isopentane are respectively.

  1. 3, 2, 1
  2. 2, 3, 1
  3. 3, 1, 1
  4. 2, 2,1

Answer: 3. 3,1,1

Solution: (CH3)2CHCH2CH3 is isopentane.

Question 99. How many optically active stereomers are possible for butan-2, 3-diol?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 2

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Butan 2 And 3 Diol

Where C* = Asymmetric C atom

It is a symmetrical molecule, so the number of optically active stereomers= 2n-1.

n = number of asymmetric C atom.

= 2(2-1).

= 2(-1)

= 2

Question 100. Which among the following statements is correct with respect to the optical isomers?

  1. Enantiomers are non-superimposable mirror images
  2. Diastereomers are superimposable mirror images
  3. Enantiomers are superimposable mirror images
  4. Meso forms have no plane of symmetry

Answer: 1. Enantiomers are non-superimposable mirror images

Solution: Enantiomers are non-superimposable mirror images. example, lactic  acid

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Lactic Acid

Question 101. How many structural isomers are possible for C4H9CI?

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 8
  4. 10

Answer: 2. 4

Question 102. The number of isomeric alkenes with molecular formula C6H12 are

  1. 8
  2. 10
  3. 11
  4. 13

Answer: 4. 13

Solution: The number of isomeric alkenes with molecular formula C6H12 are 13.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers The number Isomeric Alkenes With Molecular

Question 103. Tautomerism is not exhibited by

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Tautomerism Is Not Exhibited
Answer: 1

Solution: For keto-enol isomerism a compound should have at least one a-hydrogen atom with respect to ketone group or in other words for tautomerism presence of the a-hydrogen atom is essential.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Carbonyl Group Of Tautomerism

Does not exhibit tautomerism due to the absence of a-hydrogn atom.

Question 104. The compound which exhibits optical isomerism among the following is.

  1. CH3CHOHCH3
  2. (CH3) 2CHCH2CH3
  3. CH3CHClCH2CH3
  4. CH3CCl2CH2CH3

Answer: 3. CH3CHClCH2CH3

Solution: Due to asymmetric carbon atoms in it.

Question 105. Which is true about the following?

  1. Only 3 is a chiral compound
  2. Only 2 and 4 are chiral compounds
  3. All four are chiral compounds
  4. Only 1 and 2 are chiral compounds

Answer: 4. Only 1 and 2 are chiral compounds

Solution: The central carbon in 1 and 2 is asymmetric.

Question 106. Racemic compound has

  1. An equimolar mixture of enantiomers
  2. 1:1 mixture of enantiomer and diastereomer
  3. 1:1 mixture of diastereomers
  4. 1:2 mixture of enantiomers

Answer: 1. An  equimolar mixture of enantiomers

Solution: An equimolar mixture of the enantiomers dextro or laevo forms. is called a racemic mixture. It is represented as dl-form or ± form and is optically inactive due to the external compensation. The separation of racemic mixture into d- and l-forms is called as resolution.

Question 107. The number of stereoisomers obtained by bromination of trans-2-butene is?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 1

Solution: Meso 2,3-dibromo butane is the product obtained upon bromination.

Question 108. Lactic acid shows optical activity in which state?

  1. Solution state
  2. Liquid state
  3. Crystalline state
  4. In all states

Answer: 4. In all states

Solution: Asymmetry is present in all the states.

Question 109. Which one of the starred carbons is the asymmetric one?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Carbons Asymmetric One

Answer: 1

Solution: It has altogether different groups.

Question 110. The number of isomers possible for the aromatic compound with the formula C7H8O? 

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 4. 5

Solution: For the compound having formula C7H8O, there are 5 aromatic isomers.

  1. Benzyl alcohol
  2. o-methyl phenol
  3. m-methyl phenol
  4. p-methyl phenol
  5. Anisole

Question 111. The number of isomers of the compound with molecular formula C2H2Br2 is

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 5
  4. 2

Answer: 2. 3

Solution: The structure of isomers from C2H2Br2 are CH2=CBr2

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Structure Of Isomers

Question 112. The number of possible enantiomeric pairs that can be produced during monochlorination of 2-methyl butane

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 1

Answer: 1.  2

Solution: Two enantiomeric pairs are produced- If monochlorination occurs in no.1 carbon and no.3 carbon i.e., 1-Chloro-2-methyl butane and 2-Chloro-3-methylbutane.

Question 113. An alkane forms isomers if the number of carbon atoms are

  1. ≥1
  2. ≥2
  3. ≥3
  4. ≥4

Answer: 4. ≥4

Solution: Butane and isobutane and all higher alkanes show isomerism.

Question 114. Ethoxy ethane and methoxy propane are

  1. Geometrical isomers
  2. Optical isomers
  3. Functional group isomers
  4. Metamers

Answer: 4. Metamers

Solution: Ethers show metamerism.

Question 115. How many chiral compounds are possible on monochlorination of 2-methyl butane?

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 6
  4. 8

Answer: 2. 4

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Chiral Compounds On Monochlorination Of 2 Methyl Butane

Thus, out of four isomers only two have chiral carbon. Each has two isomers.

Question 116. Optical isomerism is shown by

  1. Propanol-2
  2. Butanol-2
  3. Ethanol
  4. Methanol

Answer: 2. Butanol-2

Solution: Optical isomerism is shown by an asymmetric carbon atom which has a carbon atom

Question 117. Which one of the following compounds will show optical isomerism?

  1. (CH3) 2-CH-CH2-CH3
  2. CH3-CHOH-CH3
  3. CH3-CHCl-CH2-CH3
  4. CH3-CCl2-CH2-CH3

Answer: 3. CH3-CHCl-CH2-CH3

Solution: Compound CH3-CHCl-CH2-CH3 shows optical isomerism due to the presence of chiral carbon atoms.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Optical Isomers

Question 118. A molecule of urea can show

  1. Chain isomerism
  2. Position isomerism
  3. Geometrical isomerism
  4. Tautomerism

Answer:  4. Tautomerism

Solution: Urea shows tautomerism as

Question 119. If there is no rotation of plane polarised light by a compound in a specific solvent, though to be chiral, it means that:

  1. It is certainly meso
  2. It is a racemic mixture
  3. It is certainly not chiral
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. It is certainly meso

Solution: Meso form is optically inactive.

Question 120. Which of the following does not show stereoisomerism?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Stereoisomerism

Answer: 3

Solution: A, B and C will show stereoisomerism.

Question 121. An enantiomerically pure acid is treated with a racemic mixture of an alcohol having one chiral carbon. The ester formed will be

  1. Optically active mixture
  2. Pure enantiomer
  3. Meso compound
  4. Racemic mixture

Answer: 1. Optically active mixture

Solution:

  • When optically active acid reacts with a racemic mixture of an alcohol, it forms two types of isomeric esters.
  • In each, the configuration of the chiral centre of acid will remain thesame.
  • So, the mixture will be optically active.

Question 122. How many chiral carbon atoms are present in 2, 3, 4- trichloro pentane?

  1. 4
  2. 1
  3. 2
  4. 3

Answer: 3. 2

Question 123. The type of isomerism observed in urea molecules is

  1. Chain
  2. Position
  3. Geometrical
  4. Functional

Answer: 4. Functional

Solution: NH4CNO is a functional isomer of urea.

Question 124. The number of possible isomers for glucose are

  1. 10
  2. 14
  3. 16
  4. 20

Answer: 3. 16

Solution: Glucose has four dissimilar asymmetric carbon atoms; a = 24.

Question 125. The number of geometrical isomers in the case of a compound with the structure, CH3 — CH=CH—CH=CH—C2H5 are

  1. Four
  2. Three
  3. Two
  4. Five

Answer: 1. Four

Solution: Two pairs of cis and transforms.

Question 126. The structures,CH3—CH(NH2)—CH2—CH2CH3 and CH3—CH2—CH(NH2)—CH2CH3 represent:

  1. Chain isomers
  2. Position isomers
  3. Stereoisomers
  4. Members

Answer: 2. Position isomers

Solution: 2-aminopentane and 3-aminopentane; Position is different.

Question 127. The total number of cyclic isomers possible for a hydrocarbon with molecular formula C4H6 is

  1. 1
  2. 3
  3. 5
  4. 7

Answer:  3. 5

Solution: C4H6 can have five cyclic isomers.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Five Cyclic Isomers

Question 128. Which of the following compounds exhibits geometrical isomerism?

  1. C2H5Br
  2. (CH)2(COOH)2
  3. CH3CHO(CH2)2
  4. (COOH)2

Answer: 2. (CH)2(COOH)2

Solution: (CH)2(COOH)2 actually represents HOOC−CH=CH−COOH which shows geometrical isomerism.

Question 129. The maximum number of alkene isomers for an alkene with molecular formula C4H8 are

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 6
  4. 5

Answer: 3. 6

Solution: The maximum number of alkene isomers for an alkene with molecular formula C4H8  are 6 namely, 1- butene, isobutylene, Cyclobutane, methyl cyclopropane, cis 2-butene, trans 2-butene.

Question 130. In fructose, the possible optical isomers are

  1. 12
  2. 8
  3. 16
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 8

Solution: Fructose has three chiral carbon atoms, hence the number of optical isomerism =23

= 2×2×2

= 8

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Number Of Optical Isomers

Question 131. The number of optical isomers of pent-3-en-2-ol.

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 8
  4. 16

Answer: 1. 2

Solution: CH3CH = CH2CHOHCH3 has one asymmetric carbon.

Question 132. Which of the following acids shows stereoisomerism?

  1. Oxalic acid
  2. Tartaric acid
  3. Acetic acid
  4. Formic acid

Answer: Tartaric acid

Solution: In the case of 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid, known as tartaric acid, the two chiral centres have the same four substituents and are equivalent. As a result, two of the four possible stereoisomers of this compound are identical due to a plane of symmetry, so there are only three stereoisomeric tartaric acids.

Question 133. How many types of functional groups can be present in an amine with the formula C3H9N?

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 4. 4

Solution: 4 namely, propylamine, isopropyl amine, N-methyl ethylamine, and trimethylamine.

Question 134. The maximum number of stereoisomers possible for 3-hydroxy-2-methyl butanoic acid are

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 4. 4

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 3 Hydroxy 2 Methyl Butanoic Acid

Has two asymmetric carbon atoms and the molecule has no symmetry. Thus, the number of optical isomers = 2n

= 22

= 4.

Question 135. An important chemical method to resolve a racemic mixture makes use of the formation of?

  1. Mesocompound
  2. Enantiomer
  3. Racemers
  4. Diastereoisomers

Answer: 4. Diastereoisomers

Solution: The resolution of the racemic mixture involves the formation of Diastereoisomers.

Question 136. Which one of the following pairs represents stereoisomerism?

  1. Structural and geometrical isomerism
  2. Linkage and geometrical isomerism
  3. Chain and rotational isomerism
  4. Optical and geometrical isomerism

Answer: 4. Optical and geometrical isomerism

Solution: Stereoisomerism is of two types, geometrical and optical.

Question 137. How many asymmetric carbon atoms are present in?

1. 1, 2-methylcyclohexane

2.  3-methyl cyclopentane and

3.  3-methylcyclohexane?

  1. Two, one, one
  2. One, one, one
  3. Two, none, two
  4. Two, none One

Answer: 1. Two, one, one

Solution: They contain two,, asymmetric carbon atoms respectively.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Contains Two One One Asymmetric Carbon Atoms Respectively

Question 138. Which class of compounds can exhibit geometrical isomerism?

  1. C6H5CH = NOH
  2. CH3CH = CHCH3
  3. HOOCCH- CH2– CHCOOH
  4. All of the above

Answer: 4. All of the above

Solution: All of them show geometrical isomerism.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Geometrical Isomerism

Question 139. Which type of isomerism is most common among the ethers?

  1. Metamerism
  2. Functional
  3. Chain
  4. Position

Answer: 1. Metamerism

Solution: Ethers show metamerism. Metamerism arises when a polyvalent functional group (For example, -O-,>C=O., etc.) is attached to different alkyl groups but the molecular formula remains the same for example, C2H5-O- C2H5 and CH3-O-C3H7

Question 140. How many chiral isomers can be drawn from 2-bromo, 3-chloro butane?

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 3. 4

Solution: 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Bromo 3 Chloro Butane

∴ Number of asymmetric carbon atoms=2

∴ Number of chiral isomers = 2n

= 22

= 4

Question 141. Identify the compound that exhibits tautomerism

  1. 2-butene
  2. Lactic acid
  3. 2-pentanone
  4. Phenol

Answer: 3. 2-pentanone

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Ketol Form And Enol Form

Question 142. Which of the following may exist in enantiomorphs?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Enantiomorphs

Answer: 4

Solution: Due to the presence of asymmetric carbon atoms.

Question 143. The two optical isomers given below, namely are

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Optical Isomers

  1. Enantiomers
  2. Geometrical isomers
  3. Diastereomers
  4. Structural isomers

Answer: 3. Diastereomers

Solution: Diastereomers are a type of stereoisomer. Diastereomers are defined as non-mirror image, non-identical stereoisomers. Hence, they occur when two or more stereoisomers of a compound have different configurations at one or more of the equivalent stereo centres and are not mirror images of each other.

Question 144. CH3CH2OH and CH3OCH3are the examples of

  1. Chain isomerism
  2. Functional isomerism
  3. Position isomerism
  4. Metamerism

Answer: 2. Functional isomerism

Solution: CH3CH2OH and CH3OCH3 have different functional groups. (ie., -OH in alcohol and –O-in ether), hence they are examples of functional isomerism.

Question 145. Which is optically active?

  1. Isobutyric acid
  2. β-chloropropionic acid
  3. Propionic acid
  4. α-chloropropionic acid

Answer: 4. α-chloropropionic acid

Solution: CH3CHClCOOH contains an asymmetric carbon atom.

Question 146. Compounds that rotate plane polarised light in a clockwise direction are known as?

  1. Dextrorotatory
  2. Laevorotatory
  3. Optically inactive compounds
  4. Racemic

Answer: Dextrorotatory

Solution: A characteristic of dextrorotatory.

Question 147. Maleic acid and fumaric acid are

  1. Position isomers
  2. Geometric isomers
  3. Enantiomers
  4. Functional isomers

Answer: 2. Geometric isomers

Solution: The structures of maleic and fumaric acids are given below

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Structure Of Maleic And Fumaric Acids

The structures of fumaric and maleic acid suggest that they are geometrical isomers because they have the same molecular formula but different spatial arrangements of atoms around a double bond.

Question 148. The total number of isomeric carbocations possible for the formula C4H9+

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 2
  4. 5

Answer: 2. 4

Solution: The possible carbocations are (CH3)3C+, (CH3)3CHC+H2,CH3CH2CH2C+H2 and CH3CH2C+HCH3

Question 149. Glucose and fructose are

  1. Chain isomers
  2. Position isomers
  3. Functional isomers
  4. Optical isomers

Answer: 3. Functional isomers

Solution: Glucose has an aldehyde group and a fructose keto group. The general formula for both is C6H12O6.

Question 150. The compound isomeric with acetone is

  1. Propionaldehyde
  2. Propionic acid
  3. Ethoxy ethane
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Propionaldehyde

Solution: Both have the same molecular formula.

Question 151. How many structural formulae are possible for C5H11Cl?

  1. 6
  2. 8
  3. 10
  4. 12

Answer: 2. 8

Solution: 1-chloropentane, 2-chloropentane, 3-chloropentane,1-chloro-3-methylbutane, 1-chloro-2-methylbutane, 1-chloro-2,2 dimethylpropane,2-chloro3-methylbutane, 2-chloro-2-methylbutane

Question 152. Total number of isomeric aldehydes and ketones that can exist with the molecular formula C5H10O :

  1. 5
  2. 8
  3. 6
  4. 7

Answer: 4. 7

Solution: Draw all possible isomers.

Question 153. Isomerism exhibited by acetic acid and methyl formate is

  1. Functional
  2. Chain
  3. Geometrical
  4. Central

Answer: 1. Functional

Solution: Acid has —COOH group whereas, ester has —COOR group.

Question 154. The number of isomeric structures for C2H7N would be?

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 3. 2

Solution: CH3CH2NH2and CH3NHCH3.

Question 155. Which of the following will have a meso-isomer also?

  1. 2-chloroquine
  2. 2, 3-dichlorobutane
  3. 2, 3-dichloromethane
  4. 2-hydroxy propanoic acid

Answer: 2. 2, 3-dichlorobutane

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Chlorobutane

One asymmetric carbon atom, forms d, and l-optical and isomers.

Two asymmetric carbon atoms, forms d, l and meso forms

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Plane Of Symmetry

Meso due to internal compensation

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Meso To Internal Compensation

Two asymmetric carbon atoms but does not have symmetry. Hence, the meso form is not formed.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Asymmetric Carbon Atoms Of Meso Form Is Not Formed

Question 156. 

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Question 164

Compound can exhibit

  1. Geometrical isomerism
  2. Tautomerism
  3. Optical isomerism
  4. Geometrical and optical isomerism

Answer: 3. Optical isomerism

Solution: A compound could be optically active only when it contains, at least one asymmetric carbon atom or a chiral centre.

Question 157. Select R-isomers from the following

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers R Isomers

  1. 1 and 3
  2. 2, 4 and 5
  3. 1,2, and 3
  4. 2 and 3

Answer: 3. 1,2, and 3

Solution: Draw the orientations.

Question 158. A similarity between optical and geometrical isomerism is that

  1. Each forms an equal number of isomers for a given compound
  2. If in a compound, one is present then so is the other
  3. Both are included in stereoisomerism
  4. They have no similarity

Answer:  3. Both are included in stereoisomerism

Solution: Both geometrical and optical isomerism are included in stereoisomerism.

Question 159. Acetone and propen-2-ol are?

  1. Positional isomers
  2. Keto-enol tautomers
  3. Geometrical isomers
  4. Chain isomers

Answer: 2. Keto-enol tautomers

Solution: Acetone has a ketone functional group and propenal have an aldehyde functional group therefore, these are functional isomers.

Question 160. How many isomers are possible for the compound having a molecular formula C3H5Br3?

  1. 5
  2. 4
  3. 6
  4. 8

Answer: 1. 5

Solution: Draw position and chain isomers.

Question 161. Which one of the following shows functional isomerism?

  1. C2H4
  2. C3H6
  3. C2H5OH
  4. CH2Cl2

Answer: C2H5OH

Solution: Ethyl alcohol shows functional isomerism with dimethyl ether.

C2H5OH – Alcohol

CH3-O-CH3 – Ether 

Question 162. How many isomers of C5H11OH will be primary alcohols?

  1. 5
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 2

Answer: 2. 4

Solution: A total of 8 structural isomers of pentanol i.e., 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methylbutan-1-ol, 3-methylbutan-1-ol, 2-methylbutan-2-ol, 2-methylbutan-3-ol and 2,2-dimethylpropanol are possible. Out of these 8, 4 are primary alcohols.

Question 163. The molecular formula of a saturated compound is C2H4Br2. This formula permits the existence of which isomers?

  1. Functional isomers
  2. Optical isomers
  3. Positional isomers
  4. Cis-trans isomers

Answer: Positional isomers

Solution: 1,1-dibromoethane and 1,2-dibromoethane.

Question 164. C6H12 on the addition of HBr in the presence and in the absence of peroxide gives _______product.

  1. Hexene-3
  2. 2,3-dimethyl butane-2
  3. Symmetrical alkene
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. All of these

Solution: There are two symmetrical hexenes as given in (1) and (2).

Question 165. Buta-1,3-diene and But-2-yne are:

  1. Position isomers
  2. Functional isomers
  3. Chain isomers
  4. Tautomers

Answer: 2. Functional isomers

Solution: But-2-yen and Buta -1, 3-diene both have the same molecular formula of C4H6. In both of them, the functional group is different but the formula is the same. – Hence, they show functional isomerism.

Question 166. Which of the following compounds are optically active?

  1. (CH3)2CHCH2OH
  2. CH3CH2OH
  3. CCl2F2 CH3
  4. CHOHC2H5

Answer: 4. CHOHC2H5

Solution: CH3CHOHC2H5 is optically active because it has chiral C*-atom

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Chiral Carbon Atom

Question 167. Compounds whose molecules are superimposable on their mirror images even though they contain asymmetric carbon atoms or chiral centres are known as

  1. Enantiomers
  2. Racemers
  3. Mesomers
  4. Conformers

Answer: 3. Mesomers

Solution: Mesoforms are optically inactive as they are superimposable to their mirror images.

Question 168. Position isomerism is shown by

  1. O-nitrophenol and p-nitrophenol
  2. Dimethyl ether and ethanol
  3. Pentan-2-one and pentan-3-one
  4. Acetaldehyde and acetone

Answer: O-nitrophenol and p-nitrophenol

Solution: O-,m-,p- isomers are position isomers.

Question 169. The number of stereoisomers possible for a compound of the molecular formula

CH3-CH=CH-CH(OH)-Me is

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 4
  4. 6

Answer:

Solution: There are four stereoisomers cis-R cis-S trans-R trans-S

Question 170. Which of the following will exhibit cis-trans isomerism?

  1. CH2Br–CH2Br
  2. CBr3–CH3
  3. CHBr=CHBr
  4. CBr2=CH2

Answer: 3. CHBr=CHBr

Solution: Due to the restricted rotation of a double bond, the alkene shows geometrical isomerism because the relative position of atoms or groups attached to the carbon atoms of the double bond gets fixed.

If the same groups or atoms are attached to the double bond bearing carbon, then alkene doesn’t show geometrical isomerism.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Geometrical Isomers Cis Form And Trans Form

Question 171. The total number of cyclic structural as well as stereoisomers possible for a compound with the molecular formula C5H10 is

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 6
  4. 7

Answer: 3. 6

Solution: The total number of cyclic isomers is six as shown below.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Enantiomers

Question 172. The maximum number of possible optical isomers in 1-bromo-2-methylcyclohexane is

  1. 4
  2. 2
  3. 8
  4. 16

Answer: 1. 4

Solution: The molecule contains two carbons. The number of optical isomers is given by 2n, where n=No. of chiral carbons.

∴ Optical isomers 22 = 4.

Question 173. How many stereoisomers does this molecule have? CH3CH=CHCH2CHBrCH3

  1. 6
  2. 8
  3. 4
  4. 2

Answer: 4. 2

Solution:

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Question 181 Molecule

It has one chiral centre (two enantiomers) and two geometrical isomers cis⎼d, trans⎼d, cis⎼ and trans⎼l.

Question 174. How many optically active stereoisomers are possible for butane-2, 3-diol?

  1. 0
  2. 1
  3. 2
  4. 3

Answer: 4. 3

Solution: The structure of butane-2, 3-idol is as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Bromo 3 Chloro Butane

∵ Optical isomers in compounds have similar asymmetric carbon atoms, which are even in number =2n-1

Here, n = 2

∴ Total number of optically active stereoisomers =

= 2(2)-1

= 4- 1=  3

Question 175. The number of isomeric pentyl alcohols are

  1. Two
  2. Four
  3. Six
  4. Eight

Answer:  4. Eight

Solution: n-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methylbutanol, 2-methylbutan-2-ol, 3-methylbutanol, 2, 2-dimethypropanol, and 3-methylbutan-2-ol (8 isomers)

Question 176. Which of the following is most likely to show optical isomerism?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Question 176 Optical Isomerism

Answer: 2

Solution: Optical isomerism is shown by compounds which have one or more chiral carbon atoms.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Question 176 Optical Isomerism.

∵ It has asymmetric or chiral carbon atoms,

∴ It shows optical isomerism.

Question 177. Which type of isomerism is shown by propanal and propanone?

  1. Functional group
  2. Metamerism
  3. Tautomerism
  4. Chain isomerism

Answer: 1. Functional group

Solution: When two compounds have similar molecular formulas but differ in the functional group then the isomerism is called functional group isomerism i.e.,

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Different Functional Group Of Isomers

Question 178. The number of isomers possible for C4H8O is

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 5
  4. 6

Answer: 4. 6

Solution: There are six isomers possible for the compounds having molecular formula C4H8O, which are as follows

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Six Isomers

Question 179. Which of the following statements are correct?

  1. Desmotropism is another name for tautomerism
  2. Allyl carbocation is less stable than isopropyl carbocation
  3. -I effect is exhibited by -NH3+
  4. The formula CH2Cl2 is non-polar

Answer: 1. Desmotropism is another name for tautomerism

Solution: Desmo (bond), tropism (turn). Thus, desmotropism, i.e., isomerism arised due to the turning of bond was the name given to tautomerism.

Question 180. Which of the following structures are superimposable?

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Question 180 Superimposable

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Question 180 Superimposable.

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 and 3
  3. 1 and 4
  4. 1 and 3

Answer: 4. 1 and 3

Solution: (1) and (3) are enantiomeric forms of each other.

Question 181. The alkene that exhibits geometrical isomerism is

  1. Propene
  2. 2-methylpropene
  3. 2-butene
  4. 2-methyl-2-butene

Answer: 2 -butene

Solution: 2-Butene may exist as cis and trans isomers. The cis-isomer has the two methyl groups on the same side and the trans-isomer has the two methyl groups on opposite sides. Due to restricted rotation around the double bond, it exhibits geometrical isomerism.

Question 182. The isomers which are interconverted through rotation around a single bond are

  1. Conformers
  2. Diastereomers
  3. Enantiomers
  4. Position isomers

Answer: 1. Conformers

Solution: The isomerism which arises due to rotation about a C-C is called conformational isomerism and the isomers are called conformational isomers or rotational isomers or conformers.

Question 183. The total number of acyclic isomers including the stereoisomers with the molecular formula C4H7Cl

  1. 11
  2. 12
  3. 9
  4. 10

Answer: 2. 12

Question 184. n-pentane and neopentane exhibit

  1. Functional isomers
  2. Geometrical isomers
  3. Chain isomers
  4. Position isomers

Answer: 3. Chain isomers

Solution: N-pentane and isopentane or 2-methylbutane are chain isomers since both have different hydrocarbon chains.

Question 185. Geometrical isomerism is shown by

  1. – C –C –
  2. >C=C<
  3. C≡C
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. >C=C<

Solution: Geometrical isomerism is shown by >C=C< only when identical groups are not present on the double bonded carbon atoms.

Question 186. Example of geometrical isomerism is

  1. 2-butanol
  2. 2-butene
  3. Butanal
  4. 2-butyne

Answer: 2. 2-butene

Solution: 2-Butene may exist as cis and trans isomers. The cis-isomer has the two methyl groups on the same side and the trans-isomer has the two methyl groups on opposite sides. Due to restricted rotation around the double bond, it exhibits geometrical isomerism.

Question 187. Two crystalline forms of a substance, one being a mirror image of the other are called?

  1. Pentane
  2. Chain isomers
  3. Stereoisomers
  4. Functional isomers

Answer: 3. Stereoisomers

Solution: The mirror-image isomerism is a class of stereoisomerism and is included in optical

isomerism.

Question 188. Which pair represents chain isomers?

  1. CH3CHCl2 and ClCH2CH2Cl
  2. Propyl alcohol and isopropyl alcohol
  3. 2-methyl butane and neopentane
  4. Diethyl ether and dipropyl ether

Answer: 3. 2-methyl butane and neopentane

Solution: Note that propyl (propan-l-ol) and isopropyl alcohol (propan-2-ol) are position isomers.

Question 189. Different structures generated due to rotation about, the C – C axis, of an organic molecule, are examples of

  1. Geometrical isomerism
  2. Conformational isomerism
  3. Optical isomerism
  4. Structural isomerism

Answer: 2. Conformational isomerism

Solution: The different arrangement of atoms in space that results from the carbon-carbon single bond free rotation by 360° are called conformations or conformational isomers and this phenomenon is called conformational isomerism.

Question 190. Which of the following compounds is optically active?

  1. 1 – butanol
  2. Isopropyl alcohol
  3. Acetaldehyde
  4. 2-butanol

Answer: 4. 2-butanol

Solution: 2-butanol is optically active as it contains a chiral carbon atom.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Question 190 And 2 Butanol

Question 191. Which of the following will have meso isomers also?

  1. 2-hydroxy propanoic acid
  2. 2,3-dichlorobutane
  3. 2,3-dichloromethane
  4. 2-chloroquine

Answer: 2. 2,3-dichlorobutane

Solution: 2,3-Dichlorobutane has a meso-isomer due to the presence of the plane of symmetry.

Question 192. The isomerism which exists between CH3CHCl2 and CH2ClCH2Cl is

  1. Chain
  2. Functional
  3. Positional
  4. Metamerism

Answer: 3. Positional

Solution: The positions of Cl are different.

Question 193. Alkyl cyanide R-C≡N and alkyl isocyanides R–N≡C are

  1. Tautomers
  2. Metamers
  3. Functional isomers
  4. Geometrical isomers

Answer: Functional isomers

Solution: Both have different functional groups, i.e., –CN and –NC.

Question 194. Out of the following, the alkene that exhibits optical isomerism is

  1. 3-methyl-2-pentene
  2. 4-methyl-1-pentene
  3. 3-methyl-1-pentene
  4. 2-methyl-2-pentene

Answer: 3-methyl-1-pentene

Solution: For a compound to show optical isomerism, the presence of chiral carbon atoms is a necessary condition. H2C=HC−H|C∗|CH3  −CH2−CH3 3-methyl-1-pentene

Question 195. Which of the following compounds will show metamerism?

  1. CH3– CO-C2H5
  2. C2H5-S-C2H5
  3. CH3-O-CH3
  4. CH3-O-C2H5

Answer: 3. CH3-O-CH3

Solution: Compounds having bivalent functional groups (like C=O, –O–, –S – etc) with at least 4 carbon atoms (in the case of ether and thioether) or at least 5 carbon atoms (in the case of ketones) exhibit metamerism. Hence, C2H5-S-C2H5 will show metamerism.

Question 196. Which of the following compounds exhibit stereoisomerism?

  1. 3-methyl butyne –1
  2. 2-methyl butene –1
  3. 2-methyl butanoic acid
  4. 3-methyl butanoic acid

Answer: 3. 2-methyl butanoic acid

Solution: 2-methyl butanoic acid exhibits stereoisomerism.

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers 2 Methyl Butanoic Acid

It shows optical isomerism because it contains an asymmetric carbon atom.

Question 197. Who proposed the tetrahedral mirror image structures to a pair of enantiomers?

  1. Kekule
  2. Wohler
  3. Van’t Hoff
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Van’t Hoff

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 198. Geometrical isomers differ in

  1. Position of functional groups
  2. Position of atoms
  3. Spatial arrangement of atoms
  4. Length of the carbon chain

Answer: 3. Spatial arrangement of atoms

Solution: It is a fact.

Question 199. The number of isomeric alkanes having the molecular formula C2H12 is

  1. Three
  2. Five
  3. Nine
  4. Thirty-two

Answer: 1. Three

Solution: The isomers alkanes having the molecular formula C2H12 are as

NEET General Organic Chemistry Isomers Of Isomers Alkanes

Question 200. Two crystalline forms of a substance, one being a mirror image of the other are called

  1. Pentane
  2. Chain isomers
  3. Stereoisomers
  4. Functional isomers

Answer: 3. Stereoisomers

Solution: is a form of isomerism in which molecules have the same molecular formula and sequence of bonded atoms, but differ in the three-dimensional orientations of their atoms in space.

Question 201. A molecule having three different chiral carbon atoms, how many stereoisomers will it have?

  1. 8
  2. 3
  3. 9
  4. 6

Answer: 1. 8

Solution: The number of stereoisomers=2’

(Here, n=chiral carbon atom) Thus, the number of stereoisomers

= 23

= 2×2×2

= 8

The mirror-image isomerism is a class of stereoisomerism and is included in optical isomerism.

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Notes

Motion In A Straight Line

Distance: The actual length of the path travelled by the particle.

Displacement: Change in position in a particular direction (or the minimum distance between 2 points).

Speed = \(\frac{\text { distance }}{\text { time }}\)

Velocity = \(\frac{\text { displacement }}{\text { time }}\)

Avg. velocity = \(\frac{\text { total displacement }}{\text { total time }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{x_f-x_i}{t_f-t_i}=\frac{\Delta x}{\Delta t}\)

Where, xf is the final position, xi is initial position, f is final time and h is the initial time.

Read And Learn More: NEET Physics Notes

Instantaneous Velocity

Limiting value of average velocity is called instantaneous velocity.

⇒ \(\mathrm{v}=\lim _{\Delta \mathrm{t} \rightarrow 0} \frac{\Delta \mathrm{x}}{\Delta \mathrm{t}}=\frac{\mathrm{dv}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)

The slope of the x – t graph is the average velocity.

The slope of the v – t graph is acceleration

Area under the v – t graph is displacement.

Kinematic equations of motion for a body moving with uniform acceleration

v= u +at

x= ut + ½ at2

v2 = u2 + 2ax

x= \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{u}+\mathrm{v}}{2}\right) \mathrm{t}\)

Sn = \(\mathrm{u}+\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}(2 \mathrm{n}-1)\)

a= v \(v \frac{d v}{d x}\)

Where, u = initial velocity, v = final velocity, a = acceleration, t = time, x Sn= distance travelled in nth= displacement and second

Calculation of distance travelled in nth second:

Sn = Distance travelled in ‘n’ seconds – distance travelled in ‘n – 1’ seconds

Sn = Xn- Xn-1

= \(\mathrm{un}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{an}^2-\left[\mathrm{u}(\mathrm{n}-1)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{a}(\mathrm{n}-1)^2\right]\)

= \(\mathrm{un}+\frac{1}{2} a n^2-\left[\mathrm{un}-\mathrm{u}+\frac{1}{2} a\left(\mathrm{n}^2+1-2 \mathrm{n}\right)\right]\)

= \(\mathrm{un}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{an}^2-\left[\mathrm{un}-\mathrm{u}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{an}^2+\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}-\mathrm{an}\right]\)

= \(\mathrm{un}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{an}^2-\mathrm{un}+\mathrm{u}-\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{an}^2-\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}+\text { an }\)

= \(\mathrm{u}+\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}(2 \mathrm{n}-1)\)

Note:

x =  \(\mathrm{ut}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{at}^2\)

x= \((\mathrm{v}-\mathrm{at}) \mathrm{t}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{at}^2\)

x= \(\mathrm{vt}-\mathrm{at}^2+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{at}^2\)

x= \(\mathrm{vt}-\frac{1}{2} a \mathrm{t}^2\)

[ v= u +at, u= v-at]

(This equation can be used to find displacement (x) if final velocity (v) is known).

If a particle travels half the distance with velocity v1 and the remaining velocity with v2, then the average velocity is given by

⇒ \(\bar{v}=\frac{2 v_1 v_2}{v_1+v_2}\)

If a particle travels with velocity with vx for first half time, and the remaining half time with v2, then the average velocity is given by

⇒ \(\overline{\mathrm{v}}=\frac{\mathrm{v}_1+\mathrm{v}_2}{2}\)

Basci Formulae Of Diffrrentiiation

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Bascic Formula Of Differentiation

Where ‘a’ is a constant and ‘u’ is a function of ‘x’

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Bascic Formula Of Differentiation.

Basic Formulae of Integration:

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Bascic Formula Of Integration

Definite integration

⇒ \(\int_a^b f(x) d x=\left.g(x)\right|_a ^b=g(b)-g(a)\)

Illustration:

Suppose f(x) = x2. Determine the value of the definite integral from x = 1 to x = 2.

⇒ \(\int_1^2 x^2 d x=\left[\frac{x^3}{3}\right]_1^2=\frac{8}{3}-\frac{1}{3}=\frac{7}{3}\)

Example:

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Illustration.

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Illustration

Example:

The position of an object moving along x-axis is given by x = a + bt2 where a = 8.5 m, b = 2.5 ms-2 and t is measured in seconds. What is its velocity at t = 0s and t = 2s. What is the average velocity between t = 2s and t = 4s?

Solution: 

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Average Velocity

Equations of motion for constant acceleration using method of calculus

Consider a body starts with initial velocity ‘u’ (at t=0) and moves with a constant acceleration ‘a’ and attains a speed v in time ‘t’.w.k.t.,

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Acceleration using method Of Caculus 1

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Acceleration using method Of Caculus 2

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Acceleration using method Of Caculus 3

Sign Convention

“Upward Direction Is Taken + Y–axis”

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Upward Direction Is Taken By Y axis

Free Fall:

Consider a body dropped from the top of the building at t = 0s (i.e ., u= 0 m/s-2) and g= – 10 ms-2)

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Free Fall

The ratio of the distance travelled in 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds and so on are in the ratio, x1s: x2s: x3s= 1 : 4 : 9 := 12 : 22 : 32:

The ratio of the distance travelled in 1st second, 2nd second, 3rd second and so on are in the ratio, x1n: x2nd: x3RD …………= 1:3:9:………(Galileo’s law of odd numbers)

x-t, v-t and a-t graphs in the case of free fall are given below

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Free Fall Graphs

A car starts from rest and acquires a speed v with uniform acceleration a. Then it comes to stop with uniform retardation β.

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Uniform Retardation

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Uniform Retardation Equation

Distance Travelled in time ‘t’

x= \(x=\frac{1}{2}\left(\frac{\alpha \beta}{\alpha+\beta}\right) t^2\)

If a body is dropped from a height ‘h

NEET Physics Motion In A Straight Line Dropped From Height

The time required for the body to reach the ground is

t= \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \mathrm{~h}}{\mathrm{~g}}}\)

The velocity acquired by the body on reaching the ground is given by

v=  \(\sqrt{2 \mathrm{gh}}\)

Note:

Time of ascent (ta) = Time of descent (td)

Time of flight T = ta + td

T= \(\frac{\mathrm{u}}{\mathrm{g}}+\frac{\mathrm{u}}{\mathrm{g}}\)

T= \(\frac{2 \mathrm{u}}{\mathrm{g}}\)

The stopping distance of vehicles moving with constant retardation is given by

⇒ \(D_s=\frac{u^2}{2 a}\)

i.e., the stopping distance is directly proportional to the square of the initial speed.

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Notes

Laws Of Motion

Aristotle’s Fallacy

An external force is required to keep a body in motion.

Newton’s First Law of Motion

Everybody continues to be in its state of rest or of uniform motion unless compelled by an external force.
Or
If the net external force on a body is zero, its acceleration is zero.

Linear momentum is the product of mass and velocity.

⇒ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}=\mathrm{m} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\)

Newton’s Second Law of Motion

The rate of change of linear momentum of a body is directly proportional to the applied force and takes place in the direction of applied force.

i.e, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}} \propto \frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)

⇒ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\mathrm{k} \frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)

In SI, k = 1

∴ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}}{\mathrm{dt}}=\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{dt}} \mathrm{m} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}\)

Read And Learn More: NEET Physics Notes

For a body of fixed mass,

⇒ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}=\mathrm{m} \frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)

⇒ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\)= m\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\)

\(\frac{\mathrm{d} \overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}}{\mathrm{dt}}=\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\)

SI unit of force is Newton (N).

1 newton(1 N) is that force which produces an acceleration of 1ms-2 in a body of mass 1kg.

Note:

In the equation \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) = \(m \vec{a}\) we see that, if \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}\) = 0, then \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}\) = 0,

Newton’s 1st law is a special case of Newton’s 2nd law:

Impulse = Force x time duration

Impulse = change in momentum

= Pf – Pi= mv – mu (where Pf is the final momentum and Pi is the initial momentum)

= m(v – u)

= m(at)

(∴ v = u + at)

Impulse = Ft

Newton’s Third Law

To every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction.

Note:

1. Forces always occur in pairs. Force on a body A by B is equal and opposite to the force on the body B by A.

2. Action and reaction forces act on different bodies, not on the same body According to Newton’s third law

⇒ \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{AB}}=-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{BA}}\)

Where,  \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{AB}}\) is the force on A by B and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{F}}_{\mathrm{BA}}\) is the force on B by A.

According to law of conservation of momentum,

“The total momentum of an isolated system of interacting particles is conserved.”

A particle is said to be in equilibrium if net external force on a body is zero.

Static friction is directly proportional to normal reaction.

fs α N

The maximum value of static friction is given by,

(fs )max = μs N

It is also known as limiting friction.

Where μs is called the coefficient of kinetic friction.

Kinetic friction is given by,

(fk) = μk N

Where μk called the coefficient of static friction.

The maximum permissible speed of a car rounding on a horizontal circular road is,

⇒ \(\mathrm{v}_{\max }=\sqrt{\mu_{\mathrm{s}} \mathrm{rg}}\)

Maximum permissible speed of a car rounding on a banked road is given by

⇒ \(\mathrm{v}_{\max }=\left[\mathrm{Rg} \frac{\mu_{\mathrm{s}}+\tan \theta}{1-\mu_{\mathrm{s}} \tan \theta}\right]^{\frac{1}{2}}\)

If μs = 0 (in the absence of friction)

vo = \((\mathrm{Rg} \tan \theta)^{\frac{1}{2}}\)

At this optimum speed frictional force is not required to provide centripetal force. If the car moves in this speed wear and tear of the tyres will be less.

Acceleration of a block on a smooth inclined plane:

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Acceleration Of A Block On A Smooth Inclined Plane

Normal reaction is given by,

N = mg cos θ

The force responsible for the acceleration of the block is mg sin θ.

i.e F = ma = mg sin θ

Acceleration of a block down a rough inclined plane

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Acceleration Of A Block Down A Rough Inclined Plane

The force responsible for the acceleration of the block is,

ma =mg sin θ —f

ma = mg sin θ – μs N

mg = mg sin θ – μsmg cos θ

∴ a = g[sin θ  — μ cos θ ]

The motion of blocks in contact

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Motion Of Blocks In Contact

Due to the applied force F the system moves with an acceleration a FBD of A

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Applied The Force

Where RAB is the reaction force between A & B

(F- RAB) = m1a ________________ (1)

FBD of B

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion R Reaction Of Force Between A And B

RAB = m2 a ________________(2)

Substituting in (1) we get

F – m2a = m1 a

F= (m1+m2)a

a= \(\frac{F}{m_1+m_2}\)

(2) ⇒ RAB = \(=\frac{\mathrm{m}_2 \mathrm{~F}}{\mathrm{~m}_1+\mathrm{m}_2}\)

If Three masses m1 , m2 and m3 are in contact

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Three Masses

a= \(\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{m}_1+\mathrm{m}_2+\mathrm{m}_3}\)

RAB  \(=\frac{\left(\mathrm{m}_2+\mathrm{m}_3\right) \mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{m}_1+\mathrm{m}_2+\mathrm{m}_3}\)

RBC = \(\frac{m_3 F}{m_1+m_2+m_3}\)

Motion of blocks connected by massless strings:

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Connected Masless Strings

a= \(\frac{F}{m_1+m_2+m_3}\)

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Connected Masless Strings.

⇒ \(\mathrm{a}=\frac{\mathrm{F}}{\mathrm{m}_1+\mathrm{m}_2+\mathrm{m}_2}\)

T1 = (m1+m2)

T2 = m1a

Motion of connected blocks over a pulley:

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Motion of Connected Blocks Over A Pulley

m1 >m2

Say m1 >m2

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion FBD Of Masses

(1)+(2) ⇒

m1g – m2g = (m1 +m2)a

⇒ \(\mathrm{a}=\frac{\left(\mathrm{m}_1-\mathrm{m}_2\right) \mathrm{g}}{\mathrm{m}_1+\mathrm{m}_2}\)

Substituting the value of an in (2) we get

NEET Physics Laws Of Motion Substituting Equations Of Pulley.

Note: Angle of repose is defined as the angle of the inclined plane with horizontal such that a body placed on it just begins to slide.

μ = tan θ

Where θ  is the angle of repose.